MY BLOG.
THIS IS TO INFORM ALL MY FRIENDS THAT I AM DELETING THIS BLOG.
THANKS FOR STOPPING BY.
MICKMCK
path/to/wordpress/wp-content/plugins/disqus/
THIS IS TO INFORM ALL MY FRIENDS THAT I AM DELETING THIS BLOG.
THANKS FOR STOPPING BY.
MICKMCK
<object width=”425″ height=”344″><param name=”movie” value=”http://www.youtube.com/v/7yiTdlH3Rkk&hl=en_US&fs=1&”></param><param name=”allowFullScreen” value=”true”></param><param name=”allowscriptaccess” value=”always”></param><embed src=”http://www.youtube.com/v/7yiTdlH3Rkk&hl=en_US&fs=1&” type=”application/x-shockwave-flash” allowscriptaccess=”always” allowfullscreen=”true” width=”425″ height=”344″></embed></object>
Olson Picked to Lead U.S. Special Operations Command
TOOLBOXPresident Bush today nominated Navy Vice Adm. Eric T. Olson to lead U.S. Special Operations Command, replacing Army Gen. Bryan “Doug” Brown, according to a Pentagon release.
Olson would be the first Navy officer to head Socom. The command is responsible for about 48,000 elite troops, such as Army Green Berets, Rangers, Delta Force operatives, Navy SEALs and Air Force rescue teams. Olson is now Socom’s deputy commander.
Socom’s influence and budget — projected at more than $6 billion for 2008 — have grown since Sept. 11, 2001. In 2004, Bush designated Socom as the lead military organization for combating terrorism. In recent years, about 80 percent of deployed Special Operations forces have been engaged in Iraq and Afghanistan.
Olson, a longtime Navy SEAL, has served in Israel, Egypt and Tunisia. He graduated from the U.S. Naval Academy in 1973 and received the Distinguished Service Medal and the Silver Star.
Brown intends to retire this summer, military officials said.
Olson’s nomination marks another step in the recent turnover of key commanders involved in the Afghanistan and Iraq wars. Adm. William J. Fallon this spring replaced Gen. John P. Abizaid as head of Central Command, which oversees the Middle East, and Gen. David H. Petraeus succeeded Gen. George W. Casey Jr. as the top commander in Iraq.
One key military leader is likely to remain in his post. Bush is expected to nominate Marine Gen. Peter Pace to serve a second two-year term as chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Associated Press reported yesterday.
“It would not be a surprise,” a military official said yesterday.
If confirmed, Pace — who served four years as vice chairman before becoming chairman in 2005 — would exceed the six-year limit for those positions. However, the limit does not apply in wartime and the president can override it “in the national interest.”
1. REMEMBER TO ALAMO.
2. 9/11/91. TERRORIST ATTACH ON TWIN TOWERS.
3. 3/21/10 QUEEN PELOSI AND KING OBAMA PASS HEALTH CARE BILL. ARE WE LIVING IN “RUSSIA”
THE PATRIOT
the best book that I have read on the war against terrorists is the ”LONE SURVIVER” by MARCUS LUTTRELL, the only surviver of his seal team on a recon mission in iraq. I am a military buff and I read all the military books that I can. this blog is dedicated to the seals that died in that mission. If you are looking for a good read this is it.
mickmck707
No wonder respect for authority has decreased in this country.children adopt attitudes from adults, their parents, politicans,news media,sports figures,movie stars, t.v. radio the legal system, and so on. WHAT are we teaching them. one of the worst things is if you can get away with it do it even if it is against the law. this is not a message of being responsible for what you do. If you live long enough and follow two paths POLITICES or CAREERS IN CRIME you can get away with almost anything. Children are infested with corrupt ideals. Colleges like harvard and georgetown are teaching the Islamic doctrine to the kids . Talk about confusion in a childs mind!! These kids know what is going on in the world. No respect for anything. life,country,the people fighting for us. The President being beat up every day, everything going on bad in the world is being thrown in his face., even the bridge that collapsed in Minnasota is his fault.!!
computer detective
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
THE GOOD Last Wednesday, while flying from Phoenix to the Alamo City on U.S. Airways Flight 207, a San Antonio man, Gil Anderson, witnessed something memorable.Shortly before takeoff, he overheard a flight attendant tell a young uniformed soldier sitting in front of him:
“A lady in first-class wants to switch seats with you.”
The soldier accepted the offer and walked up to the first-class section.
“When the lady came back to our area, I had a tear in my eye,” Anderson said when he phoned this column soon after his plane landed. “I gave her a little round of applause.
“Then, by golly, everybody in that area started applauding,” he said in a voice tinged with emotion. “It was a very moving moment.”
Acknowledging the applause of Anderson and the other passengers, the first-class lady said simply:
“I did it because he deserves it.”
THE GLAD
Allen St. Pierre, executive director of the National Organization for the Reform of Marijuana Laws (NORML):
Regardless of one’s view of marijuana use as normal or immoral, healthy or unhealthy, the fact is that over 70 years of government prohibition has done little to nothing to achieve the long-stated public goals of increasing youth perception of harm from marijuana use, reducing youth access to untaxed and unregulated marijuana, increasing treatment for marijuana abuse and marijuana-related emergency room visits, and incarcerating users and dealers. In 2003, the Office of Management and Budget presented the Drug Enforcement Administration with a zero rating on a hundred-point scale for achievement of the bureau’s stated goals — an utterly failing grade.
Hundreds of billions of taxpayer dollars have been spent by the government since 1937 to both enforce and prolong marijuana prohibition. Meanwhile, over 19 million people have been arrested since 1965 (830,000 marijuana-related arrests in 2006 with 89 percent on possession-only charges), and an estimated 45,000 to 65,000 marijuana-only prisoners are currently incarcerated. There are more marijuana arrests annually than arrests for all violent crimes combined. As such, the moral and economic imperatives are clear in seeking logical and pragmatic alternatives to prohibition.
If prohibition is such a desirable policy, why is marijuana America’s number one cash crop? Prohibition is an abdication of policy making, leaving an otherwise popular commodity to the problems and vagaries of contraband markets. In a country where alcohol and tobacco products are legal and taxed by all levels of government, what are the common sense, social, economic, public health, and safety reasons not to legally control marijuana in the same manner as other so-called “vice” products for responsible adults?
The fact is that our government can’t muster better than an “F” in its marijuana control efforts even after employing mandatory minimum sentences, civil forfeiture, ineffective school campaigns such as DARE, high-tech interdiction methods, and controls on the borders and ports, while at the same time overtly discriminating against patients who possess a physician’s recommendation to use medical marijuana and American farmers who, absent prohibition, would cultivate and prosper from industrial hemp (i.e., non-psychoactive marijuana, which is lawfully grown in most of the world including Europe and Canada). As such, it’s worth it to ask: why not adopt low-tech but otherwise effective control mechanisms such as tax stamps and other government controls, similar to how we currently control alcohol and tobacco products?
There is nothing wrong with the responsible use of marijuana by adults — reformers and prohibitionists alike concur that marijuana is not for children, and that logical and reasonable civil and criminal sanctions are necessary for non-compliant sellers and abusers. However, the continued arrests and legal harassment of adults who responsibly use marijuana punishes behavior where there is no discernible victim, and therefore should be of no public concern or cost to the taxpayer.
The Dare program is not a failed program,It is one of the best in the country.
The kids have enough to deal with without leagalizing drugs.
THE “HTC” IN MARIJAUNA IS AN HALLUCINOGENIC.
I HAVE WORKED WITH KIDS FOR 30YRS IN LAWENFORCEMENT AND LEGALIZING MARIJUANA IS NOT GOING TO HELP ANYONE. MOST OF THE USERS ARE DROPOUTS.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE

I was just reading about the use of Google Earth by the Palestians and others regarding the use of this program to determine targets in Israel, and the feeble excuse that Google gave, on Counterterrosism blog. I decided to look up Israel and Syria, and lo and behold, if you type in Syria,then zoom to about 66 miles and in the Golan Heights and click on the ‘Al Qunaytirah‘ red dot, it actually says, “Houses destroyed by Israel”, and when you click on it, it shows a picture of house that has been hit by some type of weapons ordinance.I looked up all over Israel for something saying, “Houses destroyed by Hezbollah, Syria, or Palestinians“, and guess what the startling conclusion was, as far as I can tell. Yep, you guessed it, nothing of the sort.
The feeble excuse given by Google that, “anyone can fly over or drive by” the Israeli military installations and other government bodies as a perfectly reasonable explanation as to why they are allowed to show these close up is so shot down by this simple fact that they actually would say, and allow, you to see a picture of one house, supposedly destroyed by Israel.
This is why I absolutely refuse to use Google products of any kind, including their search engine.
P.S. Also, try to zoom in on places in Iran…for some amazing reason, the images are much more blurred than those in Israel.
Whatever happened to Google’s promise to “Do no evil?”
I think it is time for clean sweepin washington. Time to get ride of all the hatered,bickering, corruption, spending, incompetent people, money grabbing and power hungry politicians. The tax payers are the ones suffering. The pols. are spending billions to get into office. I wonder what the reward is!! We have enough Independent voters and none voters, and under-sided voters to support a third party. If we take away the billions of dollars that it costs to run, the corporate money, the lobby money. We could get some qualified people to run for office if they could all start even.
NOW WE ARE A ONE PARTY SYSTEM. DEMOCRATS HAVE ALL THE POWER. THIS IS NOT GOOD FOR THE COUNTRY
THE REPUBLICAN PARTY HAS NO LEADERSHIP, AND IS IN COMPLETE DISARRAY.
The middle class in this country is being fazed out by big government,big business, corporate America, Politics. They do not want a middle class in this country. Just rich and poor. Outsourcing, and Illegal aliens are getting all the work that the middle class used to get. It is time for the middle class to take the country back. Put new people in government. I think it is time for a” third party” an” INDEPENDENT PARTY” It is time to put people in Washington that will do what is right for us, not them. Time to get ride of big” corporate lobby’s” that own the politicians. Everything is going up in price in the country but the” working man’s pay”. Heating oil and fuel are going sky high. Interest rates are out of control. food prices are way up, and it is not going to stop until we are all in the poor class, and the rich get richer. The democrats will not be happy until all the working class is the”POOR” class. There is no insentive in the country to get a job, pay your mortage, pay your taxes. The obama people will take care of you.
WAKE UP AMERICA BEFORE IT IS TO LATE!!!
mickmck707
![]()
![]()
![]()
To Kill an American
by: Australian Dentist.
To Kill an American You probably missed it in the rush of news last week, but there was actually a report that someone in Pakistan had published in a newspaper an offer of a reward to anyone who killed an American, any American.
So an Australian dentist wrote an editorial the following day to let everyone know what an American is . So they would know when they found one. (Good one, mate!)
“An American is English, or French, or Italian, Irish, German, Spanish, Polish, Russian or Greek. An American may also be Canadian, Mexican, African, Indian, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Australian, Iranian, Asian, or Arab, or Pakistani or Afghan.
An American may also be a Comanche, Cherokee, Osage, Blackfoot, Navaho, Apache, Seminole or one of the many other tribes known as native Americans.
An American is Christian, or he could be Jewish, or Buddhist, or Muslim. In fact, there are more Muslims in America than in Afghanistan. The only difference is that in America they are free to worship as each of them chooses.
An American is also free to believe in no religion. For that he will answer only to God, not to the government, or to armed thugs claiming to speak for the government and for God.
An American lives in the most prosperous land in the history of the world. The root of that prosperity can be found in the Declaration of Independence, which recognizes the God given right of each person to the pursuit of happiness.
An American is generous. Americans have helped out just about every other nation in the world in their time of need, never asking a thing in return.
When Afghanistan was over-run by the Soviet army 20 years ago, Americans came with arms and supplies to enable the people to win back their country!
As of the morning of September 11, Americans had given more than any other nation to the poor in Afghanistan. Americans welcome the best of everything…the best products, the best books, the best music, the best food, the best services. But they also welcome the least.
The national symbol of America, The Statue of Liberty , welcomes your tired and your poor, the wretched refuse of your teeming shores, the homeless, tempest tossed. These in fact are the people who built America.
Some of them were working in the Twin Towers the morning of September 11, 2001 earning a better life for their families. It’s been told that the World Trade Center victims were from at least 30 different countries, cultures, and first languages, including those that aided and abetted the terrorists.
So you can try to kill an American if you must. Hitler did. So did General Tojo, and Stalin, and Mao Tse-Tung, and other blood-thirsty tyrants in the world. But, in doing so you would just be killing yourself. Because Americans are not a particular people from a particular place. They are the embodiment of the human spirit of freedom. Everyone who holds to that spirit, everywhere, is an American.
![]()
![]()
![]()
![]()
SFC Michael S. McElhiney isn’t a hero because of the Bronze Star Medal with “V” Device and Purple Heart on the left pocket of his battle dress uniform. Like other soldiers from the 5th Special Forces Group (Airborne) who received awards from Army Chief of Staff Gen. Eric K. Shinseki at a Fort Campbell, Ky., ceremony for their service in Afghanistan, he’ll tell you that medals don’t really make heroes. What makes SFC McElhiney heroic is the fight he’s in now and the way he’s waging it.
He received his awards with an empty BDU sleeve at his side. He lost his right hand and part of his forearm to the errant bomb blast that killed three Special Forces (SF) soldiers on a hill outside Kandahar. His left arm suffered nerve damage, and he also was hit in the chest.He was well enough to leave Walter Reed Army Medical Center and attend the award ceremony, but he returned to continue rehabilitation soon after it was over. SFC McElhiney faces a long, hard comeback.“You wish it didn’t happen to you, but that isn’t a regret,” he said. “We’re all volunteers in Special Forces, and there is no better unit to serve with,” he said, explaining that he knew what he was getting into when he put on the Green Beret and what could happen. He said that he went to Afghanistan with the attitude that it was “payback for the American people.”“I feel sorry for the loss of teammates,” he added.SFC McElhiney’s wife, Judy, is his ally in the fight. She’s a Special Forces wife, through and through. “This is the first time that Special Forces has been recognized this way,” Mrs. McElhiney said following the ceremony. “The Army has taken really good care of us during this,” she said.
SFC McElhiney and his teammate from Operational Detachment Alpha (ODA) 574, SFC Ronnie L. Raikes were in high demand for television interviews following the ceremony… largely because of their unfortunate circumstances of being the most severely and visibly wounded of the soldiers receiving awards.
SFC Raikes wore BDUs, too, because he was on temporary release from treatment at Walter Reed Army Medical Center. His right arm was in an elaborate brace because of nerve damage he received in the accidental bombing. He was awarded a Purple Heart and a Bronze Star Medal.
Gen. Shinseki awarded the 5th Special Forces Group soldiers their Bronze Star Medals and Bronze Star Medals with “V” (for valor) at the Fort Campbell ceremony. SFC Gilbert Magallanes Jr., remained hospitalized for treatment of his wounds.
The ceremony honored the soldiers who were involved in the accidental bombing incident and those who helped put down the prison revolt at Mazar-e-Sharif and who returned to the United States because of their wounds. Other Special Forces members will be honored when they return from the fighting.
During one of the many television interviews, SFC Raikes said, “We don’t consider ourselves heroes. Our families are heroes. The people supporting us back in the States are heroes.”
SFC Raikes said the accidental bombing incident was just that…an accident.
“Accidents happen,” he said. “I just hope it’s the last accident that happens. It was a freak accident, and it
just happened to us. Everybody’s not perfect…and everything is not peaches and cream wherever we go. I’m just glad that SF and the Army let us do our job in Afghanistan.”
What surprised every soldier at the ceremony was the support of the American people they received when they came home.
“Until I got back, I didn’t realize how intense the support was,” SFC Raikes said. “It’s overwhelming, and it’s great to have the support of the American people.” SFC McElhiney said, “I think the support of the American people has always been there, but sometimes it takes a disaster like September 11 to bring it out.”
“I have never seen so many American flags,” SFC Raikes added. “We are proud to have gone to Afghanistan to take care of these people who attacked America. And we’re going to get the bad guys, including bin Laden. They won’t get away with it.”
Maj. Gen. Geoffrey C. Lambert, Commanding General of the U.S. Army Special Forces Command (Airborne), spoke at the awards ceremony. Talking about the accomplishments of his soldiers in Afghanistan, he said, “They had to conquer the differences in language, culture and religion, and they had to conquer centuries of differences in technology…
and finally they had to conquer the Taliban, and they’ve done that.”
SFC McElhiney said, “We’re doing this now so people can live without fear later. That’s in everybody’s hearts. I know that’s what was in my heart.”
AWARDS
Silver Star
MSgt. Jefferson D. Davis*
SFC Daniel H. Petithory*
Bronze Star Medal w/V-Device
Capt. Jason L. Amerine
SFC Gilbert Magallanes Jr. **
SFC Michael S. McElhiney
SFC Christopher A. Pickett
SSgt. Wesley A. McGirr
SSgt. Brian C. Prosser*
Bronze Star Medal
Capt. Kevin C. Leahy
Capt. Paul R. Syverson
SFC Paul Beck
SFC Vaughn A. Berntson
SFC Ronnie L. Raikes
SSgt. Bradley J. Fowers
1st Sgt. David B. Betz
Purple Heart
Capt. Jason L. Amerine
Capt. Kevin C. Leahy
Capt. John F. Leopold
Capt. Paul R. Syverson
CW2 Terry W. Reed
MSgt. Jefferson D. Davis*
SFC Paul Beck
SFC Vaughn A. Berntson
SFC David C. Kennedy
SFC Gilbert Magallanes Jr.**
SFC Michael S. McElhiney
SFC Daniel H. Petithory*
SFC Christopher A. Pickett
SFC Ronnie L. Raikes
SSgt. Hamid Fathi
SSgt. Bradley J. Fowers
SSgt. Wesley A. McGirr
SSgt. Craig A. Musselman
SSgt. Brian C. Prosser*
SSgt. Alan Yoshita
1st Sgt. David B. Betz
Spc. John A. Menefee
Combat Infantrymen Badge
Capt. Jason L. Amerine
Capt. Kevin C. Leahy
Capt. Paul R. Syverson
MSgt. Jefferson D. Davis*
SFC Vaughn A. Berntson
SFC Michael S. McElhiney
SFC Daniel H. Petithory*
SFC Ronnie L. Raikes
SSgt. Bradley J. Fowers
SSgt. Wesley A. McGirr
SSgt. Hamid Fathi
Combat Infantryman Badge
(2nd Award)
CW2 Terry W. Reed
SFC Paul Beck
SFC Gilbert Magallanes Jr.**
1st Sgt. David B. Betz
Combat Medical Badge
SFC Christopher A. Pickett
Combat Medical Badge (2nd Award)
SFC David C. Kennedy
*Posthumous
Absolute Abuse of Taxpayer MoneyPosted at 20:00 Category: Political
WCBSTV has uncovered a story that is beyond belief and it involves the waste of taxpayer money by members of the House of Representatives. It seems there is a loophole that allows them to lease vehicles at the expense of taxpayers and there appears to be no limit as to how much they spend on the lease. Taxpayers also foot the bill for registration, insurance and the GAS. No wonder these chowder heads are not concerned about the price of gasoline. It is not bad enough we have to pay a fortune to fill our vehicles but we also pay to fill theirs.
Charlie Rangel of New York drives a Cadillac DeVille, and taxpayers are charged $774 per month ($9288 a year) to cover the lease.
Then there was Congressman Jose Serrano, getting out of his Buick LaCrosse, which he leases for $317 per month. And how about this one: Congressman Gregory Meeks was recently seen waiting for Congressman John Conyers to step out of Meeks’ Lexus LS460, which Meeks leases for $998 per month.
Charlie Rangel justified his extravagance by saying that his car is an office and that his constituents appreciate driving in comfort. I wonder how many of them are comfortable enough to have someone else paying for their cars? Rangel’s explanation was absolutely pathetic and it, along with the other members and their expensive leases, shows the contempt members of Congress have for the American public and our hard earned money. If Rangel’s car is paid for by taxpayers and he uses it as an office (his reasoning for havng the car) then it begs the question, has he ever conducted campaign business while in the car? If so, did he violate the Hatch Act?
The story tells of several members who lease much less expensive cars as if we are supposed to hail them as great people looking out for our money. Some people stated that they should all drive cheaper cars.
Wake up people and ask the right questions. Why in hell are they driving cars we pay for? Why are they not paying for their own vehicles just like the rest of us do. This is why these idiots think people are entitled to benefits paid for by others (health care, mortgages, education); because they get extravagant things paid for by us. To top it off, that jackass Rangel is always pushing for tax increases. How dare this maggot waste money and then demand more?
This also points out the hypocrisy of these idiots with regard to the environment. The vehicles mentioned are larger ones that use a lot of fuel. They are not “green” and they leave large carbon footprints. At the same time these jackasses are asking us to conserve they are driving around in gas guzzlers that we pay for.
This is absolutely criminal and everyone of these jackasses should be removed from office immediately. It is high time Americans revolted against this kind of abuse and the attitudes exhibited by people like Charlie Rangel. Perhaps we need to organize and refuse to pay taxes until ALL wasteful spending is eliminated and ALL members of Congress are replaced. They must all resign or they don’t get one stinking cent. We need to throw tea in a harbor and take back this country.
I am at the point where I absolutely hate every stinking one of the members of Congress. They are criminals and they abuse us every chance they get. They waste our money and then take more of it and they do not bat an eye. They come up with excuses as if they are privileged elite and how dare we peons ask them about their abuses. Rangel’s response demonstrates that he is out of touch. It is not like these people don’t make enough money to afford a car. They only work 100 days a year and they get $167,000. They are worthless, ineffective, and smarmy.
I am sure that members from both parties do this but it is worth mentioning that the ones mentioned are all Democrats. You know, the party OF the people…
It is absolutely ironic that the only people who would not have been missed were spared death on 9/11.
BIG DOG
oogle couldn’t be bothered to recognize Memorial Day (even though they’ve been confronted about it every year for at least 3 years), but today they have a nice little logo commemorating the climbing of Mount Everest.
my daughter lives in littelton colorado, the town that danny Dietz was from. I went to visit the memorial with my daughter and her kids. It was well worth the trip. the memorial was very done and well taken care of. The statue is bronze. The people of littelton are very proud of danny. Dietz was a member of a 4 man seal team that was ambushed in afganistan by 300 taliban. Dietz and two others were killed after along fire fight. The team was lead by Lt. Murphy a medal of honor recipent. 16 other seals were killed trying to rescue them. Luttrell was the only suvivior. He wrote the best seller”lone suvivior” a great book!
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
Housing CrisisPosted Jul 22, 2008 05:42pm EDT by Aaron Task in Newsmakers, Recession, Banking
Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson has been putting on a full-court press in the last 24 hours, making the case for his plan to shore-up Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
“I would rather not be in the position of asking for extraordinary authorities to support the GSEs,” Paulson said in a speech Tuesday in NYC. “But I am playing the hand that I have been dealt. There is a need to support efforts that strengthen Fannie and Freddie’s ability to continue to play their important role in financing mortgages and in our capital markets more broadly.”
The timing of Paulson’s speech — and various and sundry media appearances — is not coincidental. This week, Congress is expected to vote on housing legislation that includes Paulson’s plan, which a GAO report said is likely to cost the government $25 billion.
But $25 billion — or even the GAO’s worst-case $100 billion estimate — pales in comparison to the cost of doing nothing, says Nouriel Roubini, NYU professor and chairman of RGE Monitor.
“We have to find a solution where government intervention prevents a disorderly outcome” in the housing market that leads to a “systemic banking crisis,” Roubini says.
The housing bill, which earmarks $300 billion to backstop mortgages after lenders agree to lower mortgage payments, is “a step in the right direction” but “doesn’t do enough,” he says, predicting the government will ultimately need to spend more than $1 trillion.
Roubini’s main concern stems from a view that the “housing recession is not bottoming by any standards,” in contrast to hopeful comments from Paulson on Fox News and Barron’s last weekend.
The economist believes U.S. home prices will ultimately fall 30% from their peak — vs. 18% to date according to the S&P Case-Shiller Index — “before bottoming out some point in 2010.”
In the interim, the negative wealth effect of declining home values and increase in “underwater” mortgages will lead to more Americans walking away from their homes. Such “jingle mail” threatens to ultimately cost $1 trillion in credit losses, wiping out 75% of the capital of U.S. financial institutions, Roubini warns.
It is that “disorderly” outcome Roubini says the government cannot afford to let happen. With “the charade” that Fannie and Freddie weren’t already government agencies over, he believes a nationalization of the 50% of mortgages not owned or guaranteed by Fannie and Freddie will be necessary, and the Frank-Dodd Bill is a small step down that road.
From Roubini’s view, nationalizing housing avoids the government having to nationalization the entire banking system, making it the lesser of two evils
THIS IS TAXPAYER MONEY!!!
we are now bailing out!!
Lehman Brothers bail out imminent – it can cost hundreds of billons of dollars in the long run
Karen Zuba
Sep. 13, 2008

The meeting, which was attended by Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson, was held at the offices of New York Federal Reserve Bank president Timothy Geithner. Fed spokeswoman Michelle Smith confirmed the meeting.
Smith refused to disclose what financial institutions participated in the meeting or whether the group had reached any conclusion over how to resolve the crisis facing Lehman Brothers.
Lehman Brothers, the
|
Another Good Military Story Missed by the Media Posted: 26 Jul 2008 07:09 AM CDT Heck, we here at B5 even missed it….almost. CPT Brian Erickson received the Distinguished Flying Cross two weeks ago, for action in Afghanistan against an enemy who had pinned down a German Reconstruction Team. Good flying CPT Erickson.
And then there’s this one. |
PRESIDENT HOWARD OF AUSTRALIA SAYS,
MUSLIMS WHO WANT TO LIVE UNDER ISLAMIC SHARIA LAW TO GET OUT OF AUSTRALIA, THE GOVERNMENT TARGETED RADICALS IN A BID TO HEAD OF POTENTIAL TERROR ATTACKS.
HOWARD ANGERED SOME MUSLIMS BY SAYING HE SUPPORTED SPY AGENCIES MONITORING THE NATIONS MOSQUES. HOWARD ALSO SAID IMMIGRANTS NO AUSTALIANS HAVE TO ADAPT. TAKE IT OR LEAVE IT. I AM TIRED OF THIS NATION WORRYING ABOUT WHETHER WE ARE OFFENDING SOME INDIVDUAL OR THEIR CULTURE.
THIS COUNTRY SPEAKS ENGLISH NOT SPANISH,ARABIC,CHINESE,JAPANESE,RUSSIAN, OR ANY OTHER LANGUAGE. THEREFORE IF YOU WISH TO BE PART OF THE COUNTRY LEARN THE LANGUAGE!
MOST AUSTRALIANS BELIEVE IN GOD. THIS IS NOT SOME CHRISTIAN RIGHT WING POLITICAL PUSH BUT A FACT, BECAUSE CHRISTIANS FOUNDED THE NATION THIS IS DOCUMENTED. IT IS APPROPRIATE TO DISPLAY IT ON WALLS OF OUR SCHOOLS. IF GOD OFFENDS YOU I SUGGEST YOU CONSIDER ANOTHER PART OF THE WORLD AS YOUR NEW HOME.
THIS IS OUR COUNTRY OUR LAND AND OUR LIFESTYLE, BUT ONCE YOU ARE DONE COMPLAINING, WHINING,GRIPING ABOUT OUR FLAG, OUR PLEDGE,OUR CHRISTIAN BELIEFS, OR OUR WAY OF LIFE, I ENCOURAGE YOU TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF ONE OF OUR OTHER GREAT FREEDOMS.
“THE RIGHT TO LEAVE”
AMERICAN CITIZENS SHOULD FIND THE BACKBONE TO START SPEAKING AND VOICING THE SAME TRUTH
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
![]()
![]()
Matt Urban died at age 75. He was a World War II hero who earned 7 Purple Hearts, the Legion of Merit, the Croix de Guerre with a Silver Star and the Congressional Medal of Honor.
Friends said they were prepared for the worst. “The veterans community is gearing up for what’s going to happen next,” said Roger Jansen, a friend of Urban and state treasurer for the Disabled Veterans of America. “We’re a small city and it’s going to be a big loss.”
Urban collapsed while working in his office Friday. The nature of his illness was not disclosed.
Since retiring as Holland recreation director five years ago, Urban has traveled nationwide to speak to veterans groups. He wrote an autobiography, “The Matt Urban Story: Our Most Decorated Combat Soldier.” Urban’s raspy voice was the result of a bullet wound to the neck. He was shot during a gun battle between U.S. and German infantry. After his neck wound, Army doctors gave Urban no hope for survival. But he recovered two years later with damaged vocal cords.
Urban received the Congressional Medal of Honor from President Jimmy Carter years after he was recommended for the honor. Officials discovered they mistakenly had overlooked awarding the medal to Urban. His exploits on WWII battlefields earned him as many citations as the legendary Audie Murphy, thereby making him one of America’s most-decorated soldiers.
He died on Saturday, 4 Mar 1995, at Holland Community Hospital in Holland, Michigan. He was 75 and lived in Holland. The cause was complications from a collapsed lung brought on by one of his 7 war wounds, a spokesman for the family said.
Urban was called the Ghost by his German foes because he kept coming back to fight despite his wounds, his record was capped with the Medal of Honor in 1980 after a long-lost recommendation for the nation’s highest military honors was unearthed and acted upon by President Jimmy Carter. According to the Total Army Personnel Command in Alexandria, Virginia, both Murphy and Urban were awarded 29 medals.
His Medal of Honor citation for referred to ten separate acts of bravery that spanned almost the entire Normandy campaign. Early in the fighting in northern France, he was wounded twice battling tanks with a bazooka. After shrapnel ripped his leg, he was shipped back to England to an Army hospital, but within six weeks he had made his way back to the front. Once there, he found his unit bogged down by German fire. He ran across open ground to an unmanned American tank, and with machinegun bullets ricocheting around him, mounted the turret, climbed in and returned the enemy fire, routing the German position.
He fought with 9th Division’s 60th Regiment in North Africa, Sicily, France and finally in Germany.
His citations, besides the Medal of Honor, included the Bronze Star with 2 Oak Leaf Clusters, Silver Star with 1 Oak Leaf Cluster, Legion of Merit, Croix-de-Guerre, Presidential Unit Citation, American Campaign Medal and Purple Heart with 6 Oak Leaf Clusters.
He is survived by his wife, Jennie; a daughter, Jennifer Helen Urban of Cambridge, Massachusetts, and a brother, Dr. Stanley T. Urban of Buffalo, New York.
Retired Lieutenant Colonel Matt Urban — perhaps the most decorated soldier in US history — died of complications from a collapsed lung Saturday in Holland, Michigan. He was 75 and had won 29 medals for valor in World War II, three more than war hero Audie Murphy. The 1989 Guinness Book of World Records gave the record to Colonel Urban.
He waited a long time to get the nation’s highest military decoration, the Medal of Honor. “When I came home, I never thought about war,” he said in 1988. “That’s why the medal was 35 years late. . . . I just never pursued it.” But a friend did, and in 1980, Col Urban got the medal. Perhaps more amazing than the Medal of Honor were the seven Purple Hearts — one for each wound –Colonel Urban earned in the war. By the time he hit the beach at Normandy, France, he’d been wounded three times in North Africa. The Germans nicknamed him the Ghost. “I guess it was because I kept coming back,” he said. While still recovering from a leg wound, he performed the act that earned the Medal of Honor.
Carrying a cane in one hand and a gun in the other, he came on American troops pinned down by German fire. A sergeant later said: “One of the craziest officers suddenly appeared before us, yelling like a madman and waving a gun in his hand. . . . He got us on our feet, though, gave us our confidence back and saved our lives.” A couple of months later, Colonel Urban was shot through the neck, his seventh and final combat wound.
After the war, he served as recreation director for Port Huron for seven years, then director of the Monroe Community Center for 16 years. His last job was director of the civic and recreation department of Holland. He retired in 1989 to promote his book, “The Matt Urban Story: Life and World War II Experiences.”
Survivors include his wife, Jennie; a daughter, Jennifer, and a brother. Visitation will be 1-4 and 7-9 p.m. today at Dykstra Funeral Home, 188 W. 32nd St., Holland. A funeral mass will be at 10 a.m. Tuesday at St. Francis de Sales Church, 284 Maple Ave., Holland. Colonel Urban will be buried in Arlington National Cemetery, Virginia.
He is buried in Section 7-A of Arlington NationalCemetery, near both the Memorial Amphitheater and the Tomb of the Unknowns.
Rank and organization: Lieutenant Colonel (then Captain), 2d Battalion, 60th Infantry Regiment, 9th Infantry Division, World War II. Place and date: Renouf, France, 14 June to 3 September 1944. Entered service at: Fort Bragg, North Carolina, 2 July 1941. Date and place of birth: 25 August 1919, Buffalo, New York.
Citation:
Lieutenant Colonel (then Captain) Matt Urban, l 12-22-2414, United States Army, who distinguished himself by a series of bold, heroic actions, exemplified by singularly outstanding combat leadership, personal bravery, and tenacious devotion to duty, during the period 14 June to 3 September 1944 while assigned to the 2d Battalion, 60th Infantry Regiment, 9th Infantry Division.
On 14 June, Captain Urban’s company, attacking at Renouf, France, encountered heavy enemy small arms and tank fire. The enemy tanks were unmercifully raking his unit’s positions and inflicting heavy casualties. Captain Urban, realizing that his company was in imminent danger of being decimated, armed himself with a bazooka. He worked his way with an ammo carrier through hedgerows, under a continuing barrage of fire, to a point near the tanks. He brazenly exposed himself to the enemy fire and, firing the bazooka, destroyed both tanks. Responding to Captain Urban’s action, his company moved forward and routed the enemy.
Later that same day, still in the attack near Orglandes, Captain Urban was wounded in the leg by direct fire from a 37mm tank-gun. He refused evacuation and continued to lead his company until they moved into defensive positions for the night. At 0500 hours the next day, still in the attack near Orglandes, Captain Urban, though badly wounded, directed his company in another attack. One hour later he was again wounded. Suffering from two wounds, one serious, he was evacuated to England.
In mid-July, while recovering from his wounds, he learned of his unit’s severe losses in the hedgerows of Normandy. Realizing his unit’s need for battle-tested leaders, he voluntarily left the hospital and hitchhiked his way back to his unit hear St. Lo, France. Arriving at the 2d Battalion Command Post at 1130 hours, 25 July, he found that his unit had jumped-off at 1100 hours in the first attack of Operation Cobra.” Still limping from his leg wound, Captain Urban made his way forward to retake command of his company. He found his company held up by strong enemy opposition. Two supporting tanks had been destroyed and another, intact but with no tank commander or gunner, was not moving. He located a lieutenant in charge of the support tanks and directed a plan of attack to eliminate the enemy strong-point. The lieutenant and a sergeant were immediately killed by the heavy enemy fire when they tried to mount the tank. Captain Urban, though physically hampered by his leg wound and knowing quick action had to be taken, dashed through the scathing fire and mounted the tank. With enemy bullets ricocheting from the tank, Captain Urban ordered the tank forward and, completely exposed to the enemy fire, manned the machine gun and placed devastating fire on the enemy.
His action, in the face of enemy fire, galvanized the battalion into action and they attacked and destroyed the enemy position.
On 2 August, Captain Urban was wounded in the chest by shell fragments and, disregarding the recommendation of the Battalion Surgeon, again refused evacuation. On 6 August, Captain Urban became the commander of the 2d Battalion. On 15 August, he was again wounded but remained with his unit.
On 3 September, the 2d Battalion was given the mission of establishing a crossing-point on the Meuse River near Heer, Belgium. The enemy planned to stop the advance of the allied Army by concentrating heavy forces at the Meuse. The 2d Battalion, attacking toward the crossing-point, encountered fierce enemy artillery, small arms and mortar fire which stopped the attack. Captain Urban quickly moved from his command post to the lead position of the battalion. Reorganizing the attacking elements, he personally led a charge toward the enemy’s strong-point. As the charge moved across the open terrain, Captain Urban was seriously wounded in the neck. Although unable to talk above a whisper from the paralyzing neck wound, and in danger of losing his life, he refused to be evacuated until the enemy was routed and his battalion had secured the crossing-point on the Meuse River. Captain Urban’s personal leadership, limitless bravery, and repeated extraordinary exposure to enemy fire served as an inspiration to his entire battalion. His valorous and intrepid actions reflect the utmost credit on him and uphold the noble traditions of the United States.
|
BONG SON- Lieutenant Colonel Anthony B. Herbert assumed command of the 2nd Battalion, 503d Infantry during recent ceremonies at LZ English.
|
Trooper Risks Death 5 Times for Men |

paratrooper jump wings/glider wings

AIRBORNE HISTORY
Perhaps no military development has been so revolutionary as the employment of paratroopers.
Certainly none has been so spectacular or singularly effective. The history of the American
paratrooper is one of the most colorful in American military history.
General Billy Mitchell conceived the idea of parachuting troops from aircraft into combat. Shortly
after WW I, Gen Mitchell arranged for the first display of this concept at Kelly Field, Texas. In the
demonstration, six American soldiers parachuted from a Martin Bomber, landed, assembled their
weapons on the field, and were ready for action in less than 3 minutes after they left the plane.
Unfortunately, the officials who witnessed this historic event dismissed the whole idea as a folly.
Not all of the observers arrived at the same conclusion. Representatives of Soviet Russia and
Germany were greatly impressed with the demonstration. In August 1930, at Veronezh, Russia,
paratroopers participated in military maneuvers for the first time. German observers also quickly
grasped the potential of parachute troops and planners worked feverishly to develop an effective
military parachute organization.
Early in 1940, America awoke from its dream of isolation, and all branches of the armed forces
began an all-out preparedness program. In April 1940, after much controversy among the
branches of the armed forces as to who would assume command of a proposed “Air Infantry,” the
War Department approved plans for a test platoon of Airborne Infantry. The platoon was to
function under the direction and control of the US Army Infantry Board. The test platoon was
organized in July 1940 with 2 lieutenants and 48 enlisted volunteers. The first jump by members
of the platoon from an aircraft in flight was made from a Douglas B-18 over Lawson Field,
Georgia, on 16 Aug 1940. On 29 August 1940, at Lawson Field, members of the platoon made
the first platoon mass jump in the United States. As more airborne units were activated, it
became apparent that a centralized training facility should be formed. As a result, the Parachute
School was established at Fort Benning, Georgia, on 15 May 1942. Volunteers attend this same
school. It is a 3-week TDY course and when possible, students attend en route to their duty
assignment. Air Weather Service “jumpers” have been used since 1944, seeing action during
World War II at Normandy Beach, France; and, in the Netherlands and Yugoslavia. Since that
time, they have proven themselves in other parts of the world as well.
In Oct 1990 the first Air Force female graduated from jump school. In Nov 1990, MSgt Brenda
Frazier was assigned to an operational jump unit at Fort Bragg NC.
As with many elite groups, truths become distorted, traditions become altered, and it becomes
difficult for the newcomer to separate facts from fiction. Here is some information that should be
revealing and helpful to the potential weather jumper.
The overwhelming majority who arrive at Fort Benning and subsequently fail the course are
eliminated because they are not in good physical conditions. The remainder fails to complete the
course because they are not highly motivated or because they lack the courage to overcome their
natural fears. Approximately 10 percent of all students who enter the course fail to graduate.
Those who are in good physical condition and are properly motivated will complete the course.
Remember that this course is intentionally designed to tax a person both physically and mentally.
Those who meet the challenge will indeed value their parachute badge — the “Badge of Courage.”
In the 50 years that the Fort Benning Jump School has been in existence, more than 600,000
parachutists have graduated after completing more than 3,000,000 jumps. Since 1942, the injury
rate has declined to its current level of less than four-tenths of one percent. This extremely low
injury rate is due to two factors — superior training and superior equipment.
Ask yourselves what does this corrupt, heinous, villainous,
despicable group of individuals see in Obama.
Why do they drool at the thought of an Obama presidency?
If they support an Obama presidency, should that not give the rest of us pause?
Louis Farrakhan – Profile
The Nation of Islam – Profile
Raul Castro
Hamas – Profile
Hezbollah – Profile
British MP George Galloway – Profile
Iran’s Mahmoud Ahmadinejad
Communist Party USA
The New Black Panther Party
Rev. Wright – Profile
William Ayers – Profile
Raila Odinga
Libyan Leader Mu’ammar Al-Qadhafi – Profile
Nicaraguan Leader Daniel Ortega
Al Sharpton – Profile
Tony “the indicted one” Rezko
Father Pfleger – Profile
Rev. Meeks – Profile
Korean Tyrant Kim Jong-Il – Profile
*added 8/11/08
George Soros – Profile
Bernie Sanders – Profile
Kwame Kilpatrick
Hugo Chavez – Profile
*added 8/12/08
A.C.O.R.N. – Profile
This section of DiscoverTheNetworks examines Barack Obama’s connections to a number of key individuals and organizations. In some cases, these affiliates are notable for the leftist views and objectives they share with Obama. In other cases, they are notable for their collaboration with Obama in controversial or unethical activities. In all cases, they offer a window into Barack Obama’s values and priorities. Taken as a whole, they verify Thomas Sowell’s observation that Obama has “spent decades aiding and abetting people who hate America.”
Think before you vote.
STOLEN FROM SCARLET SWORD
Should The US government bail out American corporations?
Does corporate America share its profits with the tax payers? The answer is absolutely not.
Do they share the profits with the with their employees? The executives are paid millions.
The US Government should bail out all corporations large and small is that right? The answer is no. If it is a viable business, they can raise the money from investors, if not, let them close shop.
If the government decides to bail them out if should be at a cost (like shares in the company) where the government will make money and have a say in running the company. Even better have a public referendum where the voters decide.
Carmakers want money from the government; the financial institutions want money – where does it stop.
It is about time corporate America should learn they have to stand on their own feet. Where is corporate America financial responsibility?
They claim the government is abusing its financial responsibility; it seems Corporate America is no better. They also go to their workers to take a pay cut, is that fair? It seems the little guys are the ones that always pay the price for corporate financial abuse and miss-management.
Other corporations in the world are not asking to be bailed out – they go out of business.
Jay Draiman
PS
The corporate barracudas have no conscience they will step on anyone, stab anyone in the back and fudge the numbers to climb up the corporate ladder and receive the hefty bonuses.
As family values have declined in the last half a century so has corporate integrity and honesty, it seems that corporate America will do almost anything for the buck ($) no holes barred.
What a shame that corporate America has sunk so low.
The government is no different, honesty and integrity is a foreign language, they only serve the special interest groups. (We all know why).
What happened to the American people who placed their trust in the government? (The public officials they voted for).
We are faced constantly with another corporate or governmental scandal of wrongdoing. When is the American public going to wake up and demand an honest government and honest corporate America? Americans wake up before it is too late. I AM A SENIOR CITIZEN ON A FIXED INCOME. I CAN NOT GO TO SEE MY GRANDCHILDREN IN COLORADO, I USUALLY GO ONCE A YEAR. I WISH THE GOVERNMENT WOULD BAIL ME OUT!!!
MICKMCK707
Y
TOKYO – The steep decline in U.S. stocks sent Asian stock markets tumbling sharply Tuesday as investors were rattled by concerns over an expanding global financial crisis.
Japan’s benchmark Nikkei 225 stock index fell 4.8 percent to 11,632.99, falling under than 12,000-point level for the first time since mid-March.
South Korea’s Kospi shed 6.2 percent, and Taiwan’s benchmark was off 4.6 percent. The battering in Australia and New Zealandwasn’t quite as severe, with key indices down 2.4 percent and 2.7 percent respectively.
The early bloodletting in Asia followed a bleak Monday for world stock markets, which were hard hit after a double-fisted blow from Wall Street — news that Lehman Brothers had filed for bankruptcy and Merrill Lynch would be sold to Bank of America.
The Dow Jones industrial average fell more than 500 points in its largest point drop since after the September 11, 2001, terror attacks.
In Europe, the FTSE-100 share index closed down 3.9 percent in London, the Paris CAC-40 slipped 3.7 percent and Germany’s DAX 30 index of blue chips sagged 2.7 percent.
Asia’s biggest stock exchanges in Japan, Hong Kong and South Korea were closed Monday for national holidays.
In Tokyo, Kyodo news agency reported that the Japanese unit of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. has requested bankruptcy protection at a Tokyo court after the 158-year-old firm filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in New York on Monday.
The company, crippled by $60 billion in soured real-estate holdings, was unable to find an investment partner to throw it a lifeline despite a flurry of last-minute negotiations over the weekend.
Share prices in Tokyo fell across the board, with banking issues taking a particularly hard hit in the wake of Lehman’s collapse. Investors unloaded shares in major Japanese banks listed as some of the biggest lenders, including Aozora Bank, Mizuho Financial Group and Shinsei Bank.
Japan’s central bank issued a statement Tuesday that it will carefully watch the development and take appropriate measures to stabilize the market.
Downturns on the Australian and New Zealand markets were not as sharp as in some countries, in part because they had already absorbed some of the shock of Lehman and Bank of America news.
New Zealand Finance Minister Michael Cullen sought to reassure investors in his country but also warned that the turmoil may not be over.
“This is probably the worst financial crisis for a very long time … that doesn’t make it the same as the worst economic crisis,” he told reporters. “The U.S. economy itself has continued to grow during the current year. The financial sector is in very serious difficulty and that has implications for the wider economy, but not what happened in 1929 to ’31.”
He said the latest round of turmoil in the United States “will tend to lower GDP forecasts for the world for the next year or two.” THE ASIAN STOCK MARKET IS PROPING UP OUR ECONOMY NOW. SO THIS IS NOT GOOD NEWS.
MICKMCK707
__
Monday decided the fate of Lehman Bros. The same will happen at AIG by tomorrow. It’s the latest in a series of formerly unthinkable collapses by the biggest names on Wall Street this year.
Shares of AIG, formerly the world’s large insurer, are off another 50 percent today in the $2.50-a-share range after last night’s downgrade by credit rating agencies. Its shares have lost more than 95 percent of their value this year.
That downgrade may be the last straw. Lower ratings by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s mean AIG’s trading partners can demand it raise more capital to fund what are now deemed riskier investments in an amount that could total more than $14.5 billion in new collateral. Counterparties could also unwind their business with AIG and demand some $5.4 billion in payment, filings with the SEC show.
Meanwhile, New York Gov. David Paterson, who offered $20 billion in loans to keep AIG afloat, told CNBC this morning the firm has one more day to come up with capital worth some $75 to $80 billion.
Former AIG Chairman and CEO Hank Greenberg told CNBC today that if it can’t arrange funding, either from the Fed or another party, it would have “no alternative” but bankruptcy.
The threat AIG poses is this: Much like Bear Stearns, it’s involved in untold amounts of transactions with the largest banks in the world. The combination of Lehman’s bankruptcy and a failure of AIG would put the largest strain ever on the complex system of derivatives contracts that have never gone through upheaval this severe. DO WE LET THESE COMPANY’S GET TO BIG????.” NO OVERSITE”.
ARE THESE BIG MORGAGE CO. BAILING OUT BECAUSE OF THE HURRICANES?????
MICKMCK707
Citigroup says:
The Federal Reserve is poised to rescue insurance giant AIG with an $85 billion loan, MSNBC reports. In return, the Fed will take an 80% stake in the company, which is one of the world’s biggest insurers. The move is a reversal for the US government, but federal officials determined that AIG’s failure would be “catastrophic” in the current financial climate, the Wall Street Journal notes. AIG’s board approved the deal late today.
ANOTHER COMPANY THE TAXPAYER IS GOING TO OWN. THIS IS NOT THE TAXPAYERS FAULT!!!
THIS IS THE FAULT OF CONGRESS!!
If AIG went bust, it could affect small investors who have money-market funds that invest in the company, the Journal notes. Fed chief Ben Bernanke and Treasury chief Henry Paulson decided to act after trying unsuccessfully to drum up help from the private sector. AIG shares closed at $3.75 today, down from $70.13 in the past year. HOW CAN THESE COMPANY’S GO BANKRUPT, SINCE DAY ONE THEY HAVE BEEN MAKING MILLIONS????
MICKMCK707
Sources MSNBC, Wall Street Journal
I THINK IT IS TIME TO PUT A STOP TO THIS DRAIN ON THE “ FEDERAL RESERVE” TRILLIONS OF DOLLARS TO BAIL OUT MORGAGE COMPANYS. THE “NATIONAL DEBT” IS UP TO “$10,000,000,000,000″ WHERE IS THIS COUNTRY GETTING THIS MONEY FROM?? COUNTRYS LIKE CHINA, AND JAPAN, MIDDLE EAST COUNTRYS.
WHAT HAPPENS IF THESE COUNTRYS DESIDE TO PULL THEIR MONEY? OUR ECONEMY COULD BE IN BIG TROUBLE.
I THINK IT IS TIME TO CALL ALL THE “CEO’S” AND THE RECORDS OF ALL THE COMPANYS GOING BANKRUPT BEFORE A CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEE, AND FIND OUT WHERE ALL THIS MONEY WENT!!!
MICKMCK707
Below is an editorial that appeared in the New Hampshire Union Leader that talks about Barney Frank and Chuck Schumer and their roles in the failure of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
Here is the editorial in it’s entirely:
One month from tomorrow, U.S. Rep. Barney Frank, D-Mass., will be the keynote speaker at the New Hampshire Democratic Party’s annual Jefferson-Jackson dinner. It is a coveted and high-profile role previously filled by such notables as Hillary Clinton and Al Gore. The Democrats’ choice of House Financial Services Committee Chairman Barney Frank is, therefore, very revealing.
The party announced Frank as the keynote speaker on Sept. 11 — three days after the U.S. government took control of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, costing taxpayers untold billions. That takeover probably could have been prevented had Frank not worked to thwart every attempt to limit the risks taken on by the two government-sponsored mortgage giants.
For 16 years reformers in Congress have tried to improve oversight of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and prevent the government-chartered companies from putting the housing market and the whole economy at risk. All that time, Frank was involved in efforts to block those attempts, and in the last eight years he was a leader of those efforts.
In 2002, shortly before accounting irregularities were exposed at both companies, Frank said, “I do not regard Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as problems,” The Wall Street Journal reported. After the Freddie Mac accounting scandal in 2003, Frank said, “I do not think we are facing any kind of a crisis.”
But there was a crisis, thanks in large part to Frank, Sen. Charles Schumer and others on the leash of these companies. In Congress, they made sure there was no additional oversight, no additional limit on executive behavior and compensation, and no further restraint on the growth of the companies’ mortgage-backed-securities portfolios, among other changes.
(All of these needed reforms, by the way, have been championed for years by Sen. John Sununu.)
In fact, Frank & Co. made matters worse by pushing Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to take on greater risk. They wanted more loans to people who might not qualify for traditional bank financing. And, as The Wall Street Journal has pointed out, Frank “pressured regulators to ease up on their capital requirements — which now means taxpayers will have to make up that capital shortfall.”
Even now, after the government took the companies over (which Frank repeatedly said over the years was not a possibility), Frank opposes limits on the amount of money they can risk on mortgage backed securities — the one reform that might have done the most to prevent the current meltdown and probably would do the most to keep it from happening again.
Barney Frank is the very symbol of Washington’s deliberate refusal to prevent the collapse — the predicted collapse — of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. And this is the guy the New Hampshire Democratic Party showcases at its most prestigious annual event. That ought to tell you a lot right there.
Besides their total ignorance about the troubles that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were headed towards is the fact that these two men, and other Democrats, helped to make the problem worse.
In fact, Frank & Co. made matters worse by pushing Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to take on greater risk. They wanted more loans to people who might not qualify for traditional bank financing. And, as The Wall Street Journal has pointed out, Frank “pressured regulators to ease up on their capital requirements
These companies were forced to loan money to people who couldn’t afford it in the interest of “being fair.” Rules were relaxed and money was loaned and predictably low income families defaulted on loans that they never had any business getting in the first place and now you and I have to pay for it.
Another liberal policy and another liberal failure. And now we must all pay for it. But hell, they meant well.
Filed under: Politics, congress, corruption, economy, general, policies, political correctness | Tagged: Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac | No Comments »
President Reagan said, ‘A nation without borders is no nation at all.’ He was right, of course, and now the globalists are seeking to erase our borders and merge the United States into a North American Union with Canada and Mexico that would be the end of the United States as a sovereign nation and would be a stepping stone toward the merger of the United States into a World Government dominated by the United Nations.
“As President, I would take the preservation of our nation’s sovereignty and independence extremely seriously. This means that the burgeoning North American Union is dead on arrival the day I am sworn in as President. Upon taking office I would request that Dr. Jerome Corsi, the foremost expert on the danger posed by the North American Union, accept a special assignment to ensure that every single “working group” and any other bureaucratic remnant of the Security and Prosperity Partnership (under whatever name) be completely eliminated from every Federal agency so that this danger is put to rest for good.
“Gone, too, is the NAFTA superhighway. And for that matter, I would lead the United States out of NAFTA and CAFTA altogether. And any prospect for the FTAA would be dead as well.
“I oppose all international trade agreements which have the effect of diminishing America’s economic self-sufficiency and of exporting jobs, the loss of which impoverishes American families, undermines American communities, and diminishes America’s capacity for economic self-reliance, and the provision of national defense.
“We see our country and its workers as much more than bargaining chips for multinational corporations and international banks in their ill-conceived and evil New World Order. At every turn I will stand up for the economic security and well being of the American people and for the independence and sovereignty of our American republic.
MICKMCK707
The United States Naval Special Warfare Development Group; otherwise known as NAVSPECWARDEVGRU, the NSWDG, or simply as DEVGRU; is the United States Navy’s premier Counter-Terrorism unit. It is officially stated to have been formed after United States Navy SEAL Team SIX was disbanded and SEAL Team 8 was tasked with maritime deployments and take-downs. Unofficial accounts say that DEVGRU is simply SEAL Team SIX and MARESFAC restructured and renamed, but officers deny this to this day; these rumors are supported by DEVGRU being under the command of NAVSOC and also a component of JSOC along with such units as the U.S. Army’s 1st SFOD-D and and other Counter-Terrorism units.

DEVGRU is a naval counterpart to the Army’s Combat Applications Group (CAG), commonly known as Delta Force. It is considered to be one of the world’s premier Maritime Counter-Terrorism units. Its operators are drawn from the current SEAL and EOD ranks. Navy EOD technicians assigned to DEVGRU are rumored to operate during counter-proliferation missions.
The DEVGRU compound, located on Fleet Training Center Dam Neck, in Virginia Beach, Virginia, is similar to Delta Force’s at Fort Bragg, North Carolina, with a focus on operations at sea. It has firing ranges and shooting houses, a section of aircraft fuselage, and other likel
y hostage rescue locations. DEVGRU uses some unusual weapons because of their maritime environment, and the shooting ability of a DEVGRU operator is naturally among the best in the world.
DEVGRU’s mission is to provide intelligence and Counter-Terrorism services for the Department of the Navy and the overall U.S. Special Operations Command, and to create, test, and evaluate new tactics, weapons, and equipment for use by Naval Special Warfare forces such as SEALs. These responsibilities make it obvious that DEVGRU is the Naval equivalent of the Army’s elite Delta Force. Both units train together from time to time and deploy together when the need arises. The unit is currently based in Naval Air Station Oceana Dam Neck Annex, Virginia and administrative control is under Naval Special Warfare Command.
The US government has described the Naval Special Warfare Development Group as having been established to oversee development of NSW tactics, equipment, and techniques. This, of course, is only partly true. The unit is under the direct command of NAVSPECWARGRU, however it is also a component of Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC – Pope AFB, North Carolina), along with other CT units such as Delta Force. It is believed that DEVGRU maintains its own helicopter support unit (2 Sqns. with 18 HH-60H for SEAL transport and support), but trains frequently with the 160th SOAR, especially in support of ship assaults, which frequently make use of the small MH-6 Little Bird, operated exclusively by the 160th.
Organization and manpower of the Group is secret, and can only be guessed at. It is estimated that NSWDG now has about 200 operators, broken down by teams, much like the British SAS and Delta Force. Most recently, it has been reported that there are currently three such teams within the group, assault units Red, Blue, Gold; with Gold being the premier assault team. There is also a special boat unit, Gray, the transportation unit containing the SDVs and boats used to transport the assault teams. Green Team consists of the new operators who have just joined DEVGRU and are in training. Each operator inside the Teams has a specialty, but all are experts in underwater and HALO insertion. The missions of these units are, again, a cause for speculation, however it is logical that they are specialized amongst themselves, perhaps along the lines of the SAS; Mountain, Mobility, Boat, and Air (HALO) troops (within a single Squadron). It is also possible that these units may have a focus on specific target types instead, such as shipping, oil rigs, and structures, (although this scenario seems less likely due to the obvious need for all members of the Group to be current and proficient if a large scale operation arises).
What weapons and equipment DEVGRU uses has not been revealed. Given their tactical development goal and SEAL background, the HK MP5 submachine gun, the M4 Carbine, SOPMOD accessory kit, and the H&K USP probably figure highly in their weapons menu. Traditionally, units such as DEVGRU are allowed wide latitude in their choice of weapons, and often select weapons as appropriate for the specific mission or task. It is also common for information about issue weapons to be closely held.
There is also an administrative and testing section, which has about 300 personnel. These individuals are responsible for the testing and development of new NAVSPECWAR equipment, including weapons.
It has been reported that DEVGRU is one of only a handful of US units authorized to conduct pre-emptive actions against terrorists and terrorist facilities (NOTE: Red Cell once shared this charter, although it was never put into practice before the unit was apparently disbanded). DEVGRU operators reportedly fire an average of 2,500 to 3,000 rounds per week in training, amounting to more than the entire US Marines per year according to creator Dick Marcinko.
In 1997, per 5 USC §7103(b) President Clinton signed Executive Order 13039 excluding NSWDG from the Federal Labor Management Relations Program.
OJ WAS CONVICTED IN LAS VEGAS ON ALL COUNTS OF ARMED ROBBERY, KIDNAPPING. HE COULD SPEND THE REST OF HIS LIVE IN PRISON. I’LL BET THE GOLDMAN’S ARE HAPPY.
THIS BAILOUT WILL NEVER WORK WHEN OUR GOV. IS GIVING TRILLIONS OF DOLLARS TO THE SAME PEOPLE WHO CAUSED THE CRASH. UNTIL WE GET RID OF PAULSON, ” FRANK,”DODD, COX. THE VERY PEOPLE WHO WERE IN “ BED” WITH THE PEOPLE WHO BANKRUPTED THE MORTGAGE COMPANYS, AND MADE BIG MONEY FROM THE COMPANYS. WHAT ARE THE TERMS OF THE “HANDOUT”.???
IS THE GOV. AND TAXPAYERS BUYING THE BAD PAPER FROM WALL ST. OR ARE WE GOING TO GET INTEREST ON LOANS. THIS SHOULD NOT BE A “HANDOUT” THIS SHOULD BE AN INVESTMENT WITH INTEREST. WALL ST. DIDN’T GIVE ANY MONEY AWAY WITHOUT INTEREST. THE TAXPAYER SHOULD GET ALL THIS HANDOUT BACK WITH INTEREST!
computer detective

Secretary of the Navy Donald C. Winter announced today at a ceremony in Lake Ronkonkoma, N.Y., the name of the newest Arleigh Burke-class guided-missile destroyer will be USS Michael Murphy. Designated as DDG-112, the name honors Lt. Michael Murphy who was posthumously awarded the Medal of Honor for his heroic actions during Operation Red Wing in Afghanistan on June 28, 2005.
Navy SEAL (Sea, Air, Land) Lt. Michael P. Murphy lead a four-man team tasked with finding a key Taliban leader in the mountainous terrain near Asadabad, Afghanistan, when they came under fire from a much larger enemy force with superior tactical position. Mortally wounded while exposing himself to enemy fire, Murphy knowingly left his position of cover to get a clear signal in order to communicate with his headquarters. While being shot at repeatedly, Murphy calmly provided his unit’s location and requested immediate support for his element. He returned to his cover position to continue the fight until finally succumbing to his wounds.
USS Michael Murphy will be one of the U.S. Navy’s most advanced, state-of-the-art warships in the fleet. With the combination of Aegis, the vertical launching system, and advanced anti-submarine warfare system, advanced anti-aircraft missiles and Tomahawk cruise missiles, the Arleigh Burke-class continues the revolution at sea. Utilizing a gas turbine propulsion system, Michael Murphy will be able to operate independently or as part of carrier strike groups, surface action groups, amphibious ready groups, and underway replenishment groups.
USS Michael Murphy will be the 62nd Arleigh Burke-class destroyer. The 9,200 ton ship is being built by Bath Iron Works, a General Dynamics Company and will be 509.5 feet in length, have a waterline beam of 59 feet, a crew size of 323 (23 officers and 300 enlisted) and she will make speed in excess of 30 knots.
THE PRESIDENCY OF THE U.S.A. IS UP FOR SALE, THE PRESON WITH THE MOST “MONEY” WILL BE PRESIDENT.
HE WILL NOT BE PUT IN OFFICE BY THE VOTERS.
OBAMA HAS RAISED $600MILION DOLLARS. $66MILLION IN AUG. $150MILLION IN SEP. HOW DOES THIS MAN RAISE THIS KIND OF MONEY, WITH THE COUNTRY GOING INTO A RESSESION, PEOPLE LOSING THEIR RETIREMENT SAVINGS, THEIR HOUSES, THE PRICE OF EVERYTHING SKY HIGH???. OBAMA WANTS TO SPREAD THE WEALTH! THE POOR PEOPLE THAT ARE HOMELESS AND DON’T HAVE FOOD COULD USE SOME OF THOSE CAMPAIGN FUNDS!!!!
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
This is just the latest expressed insanity of the “Ward-Churchill brand of indoctrination” plaguing Colorado and other states. The leftist-indoctrinators (AKA “educators” or “teachers”) are no longer relegated to college campuses but, are now inculcating our children at the high school and even middle and grammar school levels with their brand of communist appeasement propaganda. On the flip side, we’ve already seen, in myriad ACLU lawsuits, that teaching from a US patriotic standpoint or (horror of horrors!) even deigning to bring up the concept of Intelligent Design (in “polite conversation”) is forbidden.
A stern warning to parents: If you do not become immediately involved in what is occurring with the education of you children, there will soon be another generation of adults who have both no concept as to what America is really about and will practice anarchy against the US. These kids are also being raised to fight everything America stands for and to offer up no resistance, whatsoever, to the enemies of our country. In fact, these “teachers” are programming their students to believe that the enemies of the US are their “friends” and that the US, itself, is the enemy. Is this what you want? If not, GET INVOLVED! Tell those who allow these contemptible behaviors to continue that they are not only unacceptable but, that you will refuse to send your children to school unless the indoctrinators either stop their brainwashing or are removed from classrooms.
Premiere Nikita Khrushchev of the former Communist Soviet Socialist “Republic” said: “We will destroy you from within!” If parents do nothing, it will become a reality. And there is another enemy of freedom who is now saying much the same thing — radical Islam. If our children are being taught to believe that the barbarians are their friends, the kids will be easier for this enemy to destroy and, ultimately, result in a murdered or converted-to-Islam generation. Remember, your children are now being raised to embrace appeasement and hate their own country. If you don’t intercede — and now — this will be yours and our entire legacy.
The end of the US’ beliefs and way of life is closer than it has ever been. Parents’ immediate involvement and participation in their children’s education is essential
THE RISE AND FALL OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE
The Roman Empire was strong for a time. It was founded on geography, family values, military strength, and wise leadership. It flourished because of social, economic, political, military and religious strengths. However, when the very things that make a civilization flourish start to decline, the civilization will also lead to a downfall.
The first reason for the fall was economic decay. The rulers of Rome had expensive lifestyles. To aid their image, they needed money. They gained money through taxation on the poor. In response to the torment of tax collectors, the poor fled to barbaric lands. The poor made up a large percentage of the Roman population. Barbarians disrupted trade on the Mediterranean sea. Rome’s gold and silver were being drained into buying luxuries from China, India, and Arabia. The government decreased the silver content in money. The value of the money also decreased. Diocletion attempted to curb the inflation. He issued an edict that fixed maximum prices and wages throughout the Empire. It was an unrealistic and unenforceable idea which failed. The emperors still felt the tax issue needed to be addressed. They decided to make the hereditary class of tax collectors pay the difference. In other words, if a poor person could not pay their full share, the tax collector paid the rest. This concept wiped out a whole class of moderately wealthy people.
Later, slavery split communities. Rome believed the workers of society should not benefit from slavery. Slaves then had to reason to try hard or improve. Eastern slaves started doing technical work. Thus, all technical work was looked down upon. Labor was cheap and worthless. Upper-class Romans were content with what they had become. They felt no need to improve their inventions, they were content with slaves.
Another reason for the fall of Rome was political issues. Citizens no longer displayed patriotism, they were indifferent. Only the rich ran for office. Only the rich could run for office. It had become too expensive to hold office. The officers were forced to pay for publicengagements themselves. The wealthy men destroyed Greco-Roman civilization. The loss of Greco-Roman civilization led to the decline of classical civilization. The general pattern of the classical civilization was based upon slavery being at the root of society. The army had proven itself to produce many leaders. The army needed to be maintained. Again, taxes were forced mainly on the poor or made more people impoverished. Soon the Pax Augusta came. It brought prosperity, but failed to release new productive forces. It also didn’t contribute to industrialization. The whole political system was put on display when gladiator shows and public executions were held. They reaffirmed the moral order.
The third and final reason reason for the decline of Rome was religion. Rome religion deteriorated because of conflicts between Christianity and Pagan gods. Constantine recognized Christianity as a religion. Because of him Christians wouldn’t suffer persecutions for their beliefs. Rather ironically, later Christians would persecute Pagans. Nevertheless Pagans were afraid. They thought Roman gods would leave because of the Christians. For example, their environment could go into ruin. The Pagans killed Christians. After a time, both sides realized the other wasn’t trying to overthrow them. Constantine legalized Christianity. Later Theodosius made Christianity the official religion of the Roman Empire. The army didn’t like Christ. Romans didn’t like Christians saying that they protected Rome through prayer. Some soldiers gave up. Some Christians believed soldiers performed sacrilegious acts.
In conclusion, the Roman Empire declined based upon the same factors that had caused it to flourish. It fell because the social, economic, political, military, and religion strengths were no longer viable. The Roman Empire came gradually and fell gradually.
DOES THIS SOUND FAMILIAR??????
Later, slavery split communities. Rome believed the workers of society should not benefit from slavery. Slaves then had to reason to try hard or improve. Eastern slaves started doing technical work. Thus, all technical work was looked down upon. Labor was cheap and worthless. Upper-class Romans were content with what they had become. They felt no need to improve their inventions, they were content with slaves.
Another reason for the fall of Rome was political issues. Citizens no longer displayed patriotism, they were indifferent. Only the rich ran for office. Only the rich could run for office. It had become too expensive to hold office. The officers were forced to pay for publicengagements themselves. The wealthy men destroyed Greco-Roman civilization. The loss of Greco-Roman civilization led to the decline of classical civilization. The general pattern of the classical civilization was based upon slavery being at the root of society. The army had proven itself to produce many leaders. The army needed to be maintained. Again, taxes were forced mainly on the poor or made more people impoverished. Soon the Pax Augusta came. It brought prosperity, but failed to release new productive forces. It also didn’t contribute to industrialization. The whole political system was put on display when gladiator shows and public executions were held. They reaffirmed the moral order.
The third and final reason reason for the decline of Rome was religion. Rome religion deteriorated because of conflicts between Christianity and Pagan gods. Constantine recognized Christianity as a religion. Because of him Christians wouldn’t suffer persecutions for their beliefs. Rather ironically, later Christians would persecute Pagans. Nevertheless Pagans were afraid. They thought Roman gods would leave because of the Christians. For example, their environment could go into ruin. The Pagans killed Christians. After a time, both sides realized the other wasn’t trying to overthrow them. Constantine legalized Christianity. Later Theodosius made Christianity the official religion of the Roman Empire. The army didn’t like Christ. Romans didn’t like Christians saying that they protected Rome through prayer. Some soldiers gave up. Some Christians believed soldiers performed sacrilegious acts.
In conclusion, the Roman Empire declined based upon the same factors that had caused it to flourish. It fell because the social, economic, political, military, and religion strengths were no longer viable. The Roman Empire came gradually and fell gradually.
I can not make it anymore simple than that. I no longer can sit here, and let Democrats and Republicans whittle away our precious Constitution. As a patriot, I love my nation to much, to let it go four more years, or even four more minutes.
Every election cycle we get bogged down in clichéd politics and clichéd sound bites. I could, and am more than willing, to spend hours talking intelligently on any one issue.
It all starts with thoughtful discussion and debate. Communication, on genuine issues, leading to simple solutions. This is what will bring America back from the edge. More taxes, more laws and more politicians will NOT do a lick of good. I’ve spent 23 years, being an activist, always trying to help my nation.
Again, I say it, I don’t know all the answers.
I would encourage all of you, to realize that the individual can make the biggest difference, always. I hope scores more, of “average citizens” hear my call. I want to see a whole roster full of patriots and thinkers, run for office; at every level.
We are Americans. We can do anything.
THINGS WE CAN’T DO
COMPUTERDETECTIVE
To have participated in Operation Overlord, the Allied invasion of Normandy in World War II, now that’s something.To have waded ashore through a deathly brew of bullets, blood and floating bodies, well, that’s a feat of a totally different stripe.
But to have been a Navy frogman, the first to touch beach the morning of June 6, 1944, that’s the stuff legends are made of.
A forerunner to the Navy special operations force known as the SEALs, Naval Combat Demolition Units cleared the way for the initial invasion force on that historic day.
“There was stuff blowing up all over the place,” Dennis Shryock recalled.
This week, the 85-year-old veteran is returning to northern France for the first time since he stepped ashore at Utah Beach as a 21-year-old explosives specialist. His daughter, Donna Barlow, a DODDS teacher, and her family arranged the trip to Normandy from their home near Heidelberg, Germany.
“We’re all very aware of what these guys went through, without inflating or overdramatizing anything,” said Kelly Hampton, of Carterville, Ill., another of Shryock’s daughters.
Hampton, who accompanied her father to Europe, her brother-in-law, Randy Barlow, and nephew Jesse traveled with Shryock to Normandy this week. Friday marks the 64th anniversary of the Allied landings, one of the iconic events of World War II.
Shryock’s trip would have coincided with the dedication of the U.S. Navy D-Day Monument at Utah Beach, but its unveiling has been pushed back to Sept. 27. Instead, U.S. commemorative events for this year’s anniversary will feature a midmorning wreath-laying ceremony at Normandy American Cemetery in Colleville-sur-Mer. Sword Beach in the British sector will host the main remembrances this year.
As always, any D-Day veteran should draw crowds of well-wishers, no matter the nationality. The landings allowed the Allies to get a foothold in northern France, from which men and materiel poured in to overwhelm and defeat Nazi Germany. The war in Europe ended 11 months later.
For Shryock — who after the war worked as a law clerk and raised five children with his wife, Blanche — there’s a stark difference between this foray and the last expedition.
“The Germans were cutting into us, too,” Shryock said of the landings on Utah. The ocean water around him “looked like pure blood. That was sickening.” But he added, “we couldn’t stop doing our job.”
Despite the bloodletting, Utah Beach fared far better than Omaha, the other beach in the U.S. sector. Demolition teams suffered six dead and 11 injured on Utah, according to Navy statistics. Thirty-one died and 60 were injured on Omaha.
Shryock is proud of the role he played in the battle. While his memory may fail him from one sentence to the next, the Springfield, Ill., native remains upbeat and engaging, a proud and consummate gentleman from a bygone era.
“He’s a survivor and he does it with a wonderful attitude,” Hampton said.
Before the war, Shryock was a member of the Illinois Reserve Militia. He joined the Navy days after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor and signed on to become a Seabee, or a member of a Navy construction unit. Shortly thereafter, the Navy, with an eye toward the pending invasion, created an unconventional warfighting unit at Fort Pierce, Fla. One of the specialties needed was demolition, which Shryock took on.
He recalled 5-mile swims and training in hand-to-hand combat. But Shryock said he didn’t fully realize how valuable underwater demolition teams were until he was ready to ship out for Europe.
His team had done some additional training on Long Island, N.Y., and was waiting to go to Europe by sea when it was told the military would be flying them, instead. He laughed heartily as he recalled how a group of officers protested vehemently when they had to give up their seats to enlisted personnel.
In all, 34 demolition units were deployed to England for the invasion. Shryock and others who served at Utah Beach participated in the landings in southern France two months later.
When the Normandy landing was delayed by a day because of the weather, Shryock said his boat circled around in the English Channel on June 5 waiting for the word.
The seas “were bad, but I never did get seasick,” Shryock said.
Working off of maps of the coastline supplied by the French Resistance, Shryock’s unit arrived off shore at least an hour before the 6 a.m. invasion. Despite the maps, his team landed a few miles off target, but adjusted and worked to clear the way for the incoming landing force.
“I don’t know why,” Shryock said, “but I didn’t think anybody would shoot me.”
Utah Beach was not as heavily defended as Omaha Beach, but there still were pockets of resistance and men were falling all around Shryock as he moved from obstacle to obstacle, lacing each with 60 pounds of explosives. At times he was so close he could hear German soldiers talking and even saw one of their remote-controlled mini-tanks packed with explosives roving across the sand. The only injury he sustained was a chipped tooth from a piece of shrapnel.
Shryock remembers the channel being packed with boats and the blood and chaos, but also remembers things like a woman waving hello from a seafront house. He’s hoping on this trip to visit the house, assuming it’s still there, and to see what else he can remember from that historic day.
“I want to see if my footprint is still there,” Shryock said.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
After listening to either uninformed or patently lying Democrat operatives on Fox News, this Saturday morning — Mary Anne Marsh and other multiple Democrat Obama-supporters — blame the Bush administration and Republicans for the current financial crisis, I felt it imperative to be one more voice in at least attempting to set the record straight. As they are backing Obama for POTUS and actively working against McCain, the leftist mainstream media certainly will not do it.
The current financial crisis facing the United States of America and the world began with the US home ownership debacle and President William Jefferson Clinton. In 1994, Clinton signed a bill to promote low-income home ownership that Business Week calls “one that argues for creative measures to promote homeownership” for those applicants who did not qualify for fixed mortgages. And these applicants came in droves and were almost always approved — no matter their credit histories or ability to pay. Said “creative ownership” began the heavy distribution of ARMs (Adjustable Rate Mortgages) that ensued. These ARMs began low but, are based on the market. As the market changed, the rates — and subsequent monthly payments for homeowners — rose to rates that the homeowners could no longer afford. Foreclosures on the ARM properties began and, like Dominos cascading onto one another, the current financial meltdown began.
Both Fannie Mae and Freddie MAC were essentially and quietly taken over by the Clinton Administration and his operatives and supporters — including Franklin Raines who ran Fannie Mae and ended up with over $6M his first year — raided both corporations which had become their personal slush funds. From his days of running Fannie Mae, Franklin Raines is reported to have accumulated a personal net worth of over $100M. Another Clintonian buddy — Jamie Gorelick (remember her from the CIA/FBI fiasco?) — is also said to be personally worth in excess of $100M. It appears that some in government service CAN achieve wealth beyond the wildest dreams of most of us! They just have to sell their souls to the highest bidder and be willing to betray their fellow Americans. This fortune was accumulated during her years (1997-2003) as Vice Chairman of Fannie Mae. The fraudulent accounting scheme which apparently allowed for Democrats Raines, Gorelick and other Clinton supporters to achieve vast fortunes in a very short period of time was brought to light in 2004.
As mortgage firms and investment banks heavily leveraged by ARM mortgages started to be adversely affected by the number of foreclosures, the current financial crisis began in earnest.
Democrats Sen. Chuck Schumer (D-NY), Rep. Barney Frank (D-MA) also the Chairman of the House Financial Services Committee — of all things — and Democrat presidential Candidate Barack Obama (who is reported to be the 3rd largest recipient of Fannie Mae political contributions — said to be over $100K in less than 4 years) have also benefited greatly from these Democrats’ personal slush funds. However, in the worst cut to We the People from the knife of corruption, the very people who created this problem will now be in charge of “correcting” it! Does this make any sense to anyone except those who have received and continue to receive funds from these institutions?
If we really want to get rid of these corruptions we have to vote these sleazes out of office. That requires courage. The only question remaining is: Do we have the internal fortitude to do it? If the answer is “No,” you can kiss your money and your country good bye and prepare for an inevitable serfdom.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE

Amazing how we came here, isn’t it? A year and a half ago, we all believed this election would be Hilary Clinton vs. Mitt Romney or Mike Huckabee. But alas, on that cold February night in Iowa, Barack Obama stormed on to the scene like a teen-pop sensation who just struck it big in a Disney Channel original movie. Hope. Change. Magazines, newspapers, cereal boxes, billboards, television commercials, Keith Olbermann’s bedside. It was, and still is, impossible to escape the man’s face. It is everywhere. For months, I refused to embrace him. I refused to ignore his connections with anti-American, anti-Semitic connections. I refused to ignore his policies of socialism and “trickle-up economics.” I refused to ignore his blatant disrespect for the troops in Iraq, referring to their efforts as a “mistake.” Let it be known, that on election day, my views have been changed. Barack Obama’s overwhelming number of shortcomings no longer play a part in my decision.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
Either we can spend the next several months — or years — trying to figure out what just happened, excusing our defeat away as a temporary blip or the result of a poor environment, and waiting for Barack Obama to trip up. Or we can refuse to take this defeat lying down, and start building the future of our party now.
2008 made one thing clear: if allowed to go unchecked, the Democrats’ structural advantages, including their use of the Internet, their more than 2-to-1 advantage with young voters, their discovery of a better grassroots model — will be as big a threat to the future of the GOP as the toxic political environment we have faced the last few years.
The time is now to set in motion the changes needed to rebuild our party from the grassroots up, modernize the way we run campaigns, and attract different, energetic, and younger candidates at all levels.
We must be conservative in philosophy — but bold in our approach. We don’t need a slight tweak here or there. We need transformation. We can’t keep fighting a 21st century war with 20th century weapons.
This is a document about bringing the Republican Party into the future — and it isn’t just about strategies and tactics.
Revitalizing the party will have much to do with how we talk about issues and standing on principle. And, above all, it will require leadership.
At the same time, waiting for a political savior to materialize out of thin air is not an option. Eventually, strong new leaders will emerge. And when they do, they must inherit a party stronger than the one in its current state. Our grassroots must be stronger and more open. We must inspire young leaders to want to run for office as Republicans.
We are asking all the candidates for RNC Chairman to pledge their support for this plan as a starting point for our way out of the wilderness.
Our focus will not end with the current party leadership race. We will continue advancing the tenets of this plan throughout the next election cycle. We will hold our leaders accountable for implementing the plan. And we’ll continue to refine with feedback from smart, up-and-coming leaders in the GOP, and help our local parties implement this strategy at the local level.
Change starts now. Complacency is no longer an option.
The Internet: Our #1 Priority in the Next Four Years
Winning the technology war with the Democrats must be the RNC’s number one priority in the next four years.
The challenge is daunting, but if we adopt a strongly anti-Washington message and charge hard against Obama and the Democrats, we will energize our grassroots base. Among other benefits, this will create real demand for new ways to organize and route around existing power structures that favor the Democrats. And, you will soon discover, online organizing is by far the most efficient way to transform our party structures to be able to compete against what is likely to be a $1 billion Obama re-election campaign in 2012.
Our near loss in the 2000 election sparked the 72 Hour program, after a brutal realization that we were being out-hustled in GOTV activities in the final days. Our partial success in the 2000 election didn’t blind us to the need for change, and our eyes must be wide open now. Barack Obama and the Democrats’ ability to build their entire fundraising, GOTV, and communications machine from the Internet is the #1 existential challenge to our existing party model.
Change is never easy, but as in the post-2000 period, it begins with tough love and a focus on what must be done at the local level.
What’s Wrong — And How to Fix It
In target 2010 Congressional races, we recommend setting a standard of at least 5,000 in-district online activists recruited, and a minimum of $100,000 raised online.
In target 2010 Senate races, we recommend a standard of 7,500 in-district online activists recruited and $150,000 raised online for each Congressional district.
Changing the Way We Run the Party
Everywhere we look, we see ordinary Americans using the connective power of the Internet to organize and take control of party politics. Look at what happened in our own primary with Ron Paul and Mike Huckabeecoming out of nowhere largely with the help of the Internet, winning surprising political and fundraising victories. Before the Internet, Barack Obama would never have defeated Hillary Clinton to become the Democratic nominee and the next President.
The power of traditional connections is being replaced by the power of mass connectedness. Politics is taking place on a grander stage than ever before, with millions, and not just tens of thousands — participating directly in the process. Millions of people can not only vote, but they can organize with each other across geographic boundaries to build political power in real time. Their sheer scale allows them to rapidly outflank traditional power brokers in a way that simply wasn’t possible before.
The Republican Party can no longer survive in a modern era if we resist this new reality. With our power in Washington waning, our grassroots are the source of our greatest strength — not a problem to be managed. To revitalize ourselves, we must invite the crowd back in and tap their energy and creativity.
This isn’t just about the Internet — it’s about recognizing that in a people-powered era, with the power of technology-empowered grassroots movements on the rise — everything about the way we mobilize voters changes. Campaign plans that called for a few hundred or thousand volunteers making phone calls in the final days are hopelessly quaint and limiting in an era when millions of people want to feel connected and involved 24/7.
What’s Wrong — And How to Fix It
Our technology should give Republican activists the ability to connect with fellow activists at the precinct level. We must encourage the growth of standalone volunteer communities, giving them the tools to organize themselves online, with the official party taking a step back and not trying to control them. We can’t anyway.
Initially, the most important mode of contact will be volunteer-to-volunteer. It is only once we have built this army — one small group at a time — that we’ll be ready to go out in the field and talk to our voters. In the last campaign, the Republican Party banked on its strong get-out-the-vote (GOTV) operation, but even the strongest turnout operation could not have overcome the Democrats’ stronger recruitment, registration and persuasion efforts in the early phases of the cycle.
This means kick starting a generational transition to the new fundraisingmodel. Right now, we cannot compete with the Democrats’ scalable online fundraisingmachine and if this is not corrected our party will face a long-term financial deficit. A big part of this will be growing a millions-strong network of supporters and giving them something to rally around. Moreover, our candidate recruitment should focus less on a candidate’s ability to collect $2,300 checks or to self-fund than on the strength of their message — which will ultimately attract more small and high dollar donors online and off. Traditional fundraising is still important, but in modern campaigns, it’s more like startup venture capital money than a long-term cash cow. We must change the culture of how we fundraise. The end goal of this effort must be clear: put our 2012 Presidential nominee in a position to raise over 50% of their money from the Internet.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
THE TAXPAYERS OF THIS COUNTRY ARE GOING TO GIVE A.I.G. A SECOND BAILOUT!!!!!!. THIS IS A DISGRACE
WAKE UP AMERICA.
THE AUTO INDUSTRY IS NEXT.
IS THE AIRLINE INDUSTRY NEXT??????
HOW MUCH MONEY DO WE OWE CHINA NOW!!!
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
we train young adults to kill, and send them into combat where they could possibly have to kill little kids, mothers, grand mothers. On return to this country we discharge those with combat fatigue or stress. what happens next. The vets turn to drinking and drugs. Remember the last major wars, Vietnam ect. Why do we not have help for these men and women. they need to be rehabilitated, they need to be taken care of by this country not ignored. we have had plenty of time to set up programs!!! Some of these vets commit suicide. If they are having these kind of thoughts and do not have insurance or money to seek help Iam sure if they go to the v.a. or any hospital that some one would help them. that is the least that could be done for them.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
The career of Ann E. Dunwoody ascended Friday from humble beginnings 33 years ago at Fort Sill, Okla., to a peak never before reached by a woman in the U.S. military: four-star general.
At an emotional promotion ceremony, Dunwoody added a fourth star and, looking back on her years in uniform, said it was a credit to the Army that she was given a chance to rise through the ranks in a male-dominated military.
“Thirty-three years after I took the oath as a second lieutenant, I have to tell you this is not exactly how I envisioned my life unfolding,” she told a standing-room-only auditorium. “Even as a young kid, all I ever wanted to do was teach physical education and raise a family.”
“It was clear to me that my Army experience was just going to be a two-year detour en route to my fitness profession,” she added. “So when asked, `Ann, did you ever think you were going to be a general officer, to say nothing about a four-star?’ I say, `Not in my wildest dreams.’
“There is no one more surprised than I — except, of course, my husband. You know what they say, `Behind every successful woman there is an astonished man.’”
Later, at Fort Belvoir, Va. — her birthplace — Dunwoody was being sworn in as commander of the Army Materiel Command, responsible for equipping, outfitting and arming all soldiers. Just five months ago, she became the first female deputy commander there.
Dunwoody, 55, has made it clear that she feels no need for special acclaim for her historic achievement.
“The recognition makes her a little bit uncomfortable from the standpoint of the gender aspect — that we’re making a big deal (that) she is the first female general officer,” Bryan Whitman, a Pentagon spokesman, said Thursday in announcing that Defense Secretary Robert Gates would attend her promotion ceremony.
When she was nominated by President George W. Bush in June for promotion to four-star rank, Dunwoody issued a statement saying she was humbled.
“I grew up in a family that didn’t know what glass ceilings were,” she said. “This nomination only reaffirms what I have known to be true about the military throughout my career — that the doors continue to open for men and women in uniform.”
She also told an internal Army publication, “While I may be the first, I know I won’t be the last.”
Her nomination was confirmed by the Senate in July.
There are 21 female general officers in the Army — all but four at the one-star rank of brigadier. It was not until 1970 that the Army had its first one-star: Anna Mae Hays, chief of the Army Nurse Corps.
Women now make up about 14 percent of the active-duty Army and are allowed to serve in a wide variety of assignments. They are still excluded from units designed primarily to engage in direct combat, such as infantry and tank units, but their opportunities have expanded over the past two decades.
Dunwoody received her Army commission after graduating from the State University of New York in 1975.
Her first assignment was to Fort Sill, as supply platoon leader in June 1976, and she remained at Sill in various positions until she was sent to quartermaster officer school at Fort Lee, Va., in July 1980.
She later served in Germany and Saudi Arabia.
After graduating from the Command and General Staff College in 1987, she was assigned to Fort Bragg, N.C., where she became the 82nd Airborne Division’s first female battalion commander.
She has numerous decorations, including the Distinguished Service Medal and Defense Superior Service Medal. she also was a qualified paratrooper
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
|
H/T Defense News article here. Congratulations to Austal USA for (finally!) receiving the contract for the Joint High Speed Vessel! As I’ve discussed in previous posts, this is a program near and dear to my heart and I fully intend to write a book about this someday (and of course a movie deal will be forthcoming). The High Speed Vessel program began in the late nineties and many observers (myself especially) noticed a very unusual ship operated by the Royal Australian Navy, the HMAS Jervis Bay. The RAN leased an aluminum commercial car ferry and used it for relief operations to East Timor.
What captured my attention, after months of research, was the open nature of the vehicle deck, coupled with a large passenger area, all with a low draft hull but with the ability to make better than 30 knots. My research was focused on capability, not hull form, type, manufacturer, none of that stuff that maritime designers and naval architects become obsessed with. I was obsessed with its potential. As someone who spent much time and many sleepless nights waiting on broken C-5’s throughout the Pacific, I really thought this type of ship was a potential game changer and my boss at the SEAL headquarters also immediately understood the potential and before long, with no money but a lot of enthusiasm, we were part of the team of organizations which would eventually lease the HSV X-1 Joint Venture.
Eventually, the US military would operate four high speed vessels, technically, the first was the Westpac Express and a sister ship to the design chosen today. Built by Austal in Western Australia, they operated in direct support of the Marines of III MEF on Okinawa. Then, we got the HSV X-1, followed by the Army’s lease of the TSV 1X Spearhead, and finally the HSV-2 Swift, the best design of all with the most capability. The latter three ships were all built by Incat in Tasmania Australia. Only the Swift and WestPac Express are still operated by the US military. While assigned to the Pacific Command as a reservist, I also convinced the theater Special Operations Commander there to get another HSV and while successful in convincing the SECDEF and SOCOM Commander of the need, the decision was made to go after the original HSV X-1 Joint Venture and while it performed fairly well (from what I hear) the decision was made to allow it to go back to the manufacturer.
Later, I also did work as a contractor on the program and throughout the entire process, was amazed at the institutional opposition, mostly because it didn’t look like traditional navy grey steel single hulled ships. Then along came the Littoral Combat Ship and when the Navy selected Austal’s trimaran as one of the two designs, I thought there was still hope. Now today, to see one of the two original companies selected, is a very good day indeed. The program looks to be five ships for the Army and five for the Navy. I’m going to go out on a limb and say this will not be the end of this program, either for the US military or foreign buyers. In today’s’ world, buying a vessel that’s part multi-mission ship, part helicopter carrier, part afloat staging base, that can do 30 plus knots and costs 180 million, will be a hit.
Two final comments: When we had our first major meeting at the Navy Warfare Development Command and we went around the room and asked, what each of us thought about this concept’s potential I said it will be the C-130 of the sea. It could be a relief or rescue vessel, a command post, a helo carrier, an amphib like ship, and most important to me, a special operations forces afloat staging base. The most succinct comment ever uttered on the high speed vessel was the first Navy SEAL SDV platoon commander who embarked and at the end of his brief wrote: you are only limited by your imagination. COMPUTER DETECTIVE |
LOOKS LIKE WE THE TAXPAYER ARE GOING TO HAVE TO PUT UP THE MONEY TO BAILOUT THE AUTO INDUSTRY (SIC) FRANK IS TELLING THE PEOPLE IF WE DON’T BAIL THEM OUT WE COULD GO INTO A DEPERSSION!!! WHAT ARE WE IN NOW??? FRANK GETS BIG MONEY FROM THE CAR MAKERS UNION THAT IS HIS MOTIVATION. THE SAME AS THE HANDOUT TO “FANNIE” & FREDDIE”. FRANK WAS IN THE TOP 5 POLS. TO RECIEVE MONEY FROM THE BANKS.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE.
SOMALI AND THE ARAB NATIONS ARE NOT THE ONLY NATIONS HAVING TROUBLE WITH “PIRATES”
AMERICA HAS A GOVERNMENT IS FULL OF “PIRATES”!!!!
EXAMPLES-CEO’S ON WALL ST SUPPORTING SENATERS BARNEY FRANK, CHRIS DODD, CHUCK SCHUMER, SEC. PAULSON, PELOISE, ECT.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
THE BOSTON CELTIC’S AND THE BRUINS ARE IN FIRST PLACE IN THEIR LEAGUES. THE PATRIOTS ARE DOING MUCH BETTER THAN EXPECTED WITH BRADY DOWN WITH AN INJURY!!!!!
On a mission in Afghanistan, then-Specialist Jack Bodani was in an up-armored humvee column when a massive explosion ripped through his vehicle, engulfing it in a fireball. Simultaneously, automatic weapons fire and well-aimed mortar rounds began hitting dangerously close to the convoy. Bodani, burned on the face and neck from the conflagration, got out of the vehicle and immediately helped another trapped soldier escape.
Safely evacuating the first soldier away from the vehicle, Bodani realized there was another unaccounted for, so he disregarded his own wounds and again ran back to the burning vehicle. At the humvee, the heat of the fire reached a critical temperature and ordinance and rifle ammunition began exploding in every direction. From the east, insurgent attacker became increasingly accurate with their weapons fire. Ignoring all of this, Bodani, and with the aid of another, extracted the dazed soldier.
Still in the height of the ambush and far from safety, Bodani reached for a rifle at the casualty collection point and provided vital security from the brazen enemy fighters. Because of Bodani’s brave acts, the wounded soldiers survived to receive a medevac and receive the urgent care they needed.
Then-Specialist Jack Bodani was awarded the Bronze Star with Valor for his courageous actions.
Earlier today we noted with some surprise that Obama had lowered his definition of “wealthy” from those earning $250,000 a year to those earning more than $200,000 a year.
Now there’s a report from Fox News quoting running mate Joe Biden saying that wealthy begins above $150,000. Biden told a Scranton, Pa., TV station on Monday that Obama’s tax break “should go to middle class people — people making under $150,000 a year.”
John McCain attacked the downward trend in the Obama-Biden definition of wealthy:
“You getting an idea of what’s on their mind, huh? A little sneak peak,” McCain said, pointing to Biden’s comment. “It’s interesting how their definition of rich has a way of creeping down. At this rate, it won’t be long before Senator Obama is right back to his vote that Americans making just $42,000 a year should get a tax increase.”
As I noted earlier today –
We’ve heard his promise to taxpayers so many times, it is permanently etched into our brains: “If you make less than $250,000, you will get a tax cut.”
Thanks to Obama’s cash-flush campaign, he ran those ads so often, we can recite the numbers by heart. We were all pretty clear that $250K was the thresh-hold. Below that, and you were on the Obama dole — the check was as good as in the mail! If you earned more than $250K, you were out of luck, buster! Just hand over your paycheck or business revenues to the Obama enforcers and be done with it.
Now we have this new Obama ad — I call it “The Case of the Missing $50,000.” Just 30 seconds into the ad and now Obama is promising that “If you earn less than $200,000, you will get a tax cut.”
What happened to the $50,000?
Did someone in his campaign finally do the math and realize that he needed to punish more people in order to redistribute sufficient wealth to the rest of the country?
Rest assured, no one will fail to catch this last-minute switcheroo. But I sense that those who were supporting Obama in the first place generally earned much less than $200K a year. This is not going to change their vote.
What people should really be concerned about is how Obama’s definition of wealthy is likely to keep shifting downward –$100,000? $75,000? A warm body with a steady job?
BE CAREFUL WHAT YOU WISH FOR.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
I HAVE HAD TO HAVE MY CREDIT CARD BLOCKED AGAIN. THIS IS ABOUT THE 6TH TIME IN TWO YRS. I AM GETTING CHARGES PUT ON MY CARD BY COMPANYS THAT I HAVE GIVEN MY INFORMATION TO SO I COULD GET A SERVICE OR A PRODUCT. THESE COMPANYS SIGN YOU UP TO OTHER SERVICES THAT YOU DON’T KNOW ABOUT UNTIL YOU GET YOUR CREDIT CARD BILL EACH MONTH. IF YOU DON’T CHECK YOUR CARD EVERY MONTH YOU WILL MISS THESE CHARGES. (EXAMPLE) ASK FOR A CREDIT CHECK ON LINE. THIS COMPANY PUT A CHARGE OF$149.00 ON MY CREDIT CARD. WHEN I CALLED MY CREDIT CARD THEY TOLD ME THIS WAS A COMMON PRACTICE!!!!
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
Another day, another heart-stoppingly huge Wall Street bailout.
The federal government stepped in Monday and guaranteed $300 billion of Citigroup‘s assets to keep the sprawling megabank from collapsing under waves of investor panic.
That brought the total of promised government outlays and guarantees to a staggering $7.7 trillion, a Bloomberg News analysis found. That figure dwarfs the whopping $700 billion Wall Street bailout.
It represents $24,000 for every American man, woman and child and is nine times what Washington has spent on the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.
The vast pledges of taxpayer money are meant to shore up the faltering economy, and in the short term anyway, the stock market greeted the latest bailout with another giddy 400-point rally.
Citigroup, which lost 60% of its market value in a three-day run on its shares last week, rebounded 58%.
President Bush, in an appearance that was strikingly brief and blithe, said Citigroup had to be helped and he expects more bailouts may be in store.
“The decision was made to safeguard Citi … Citicorp,” he said, forgetting that the bank was renamed 10 years ago. “We have made these kind of decisions in the past. And if need be, we’re going to make these kind of decisions to safeguard our financial system in the future.”
Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson, who stood with Bush, said nothing. Ten days ago, Paulson said the banking system “has been stabilized” and that “no one is asking themselves anymore, is there some major institution that might fail.”
Under the details of the latest rescue, the government will put $20 billion into Citigroup and guarantee $300 billion of its toxic assets. In return, taxpayers will receive up to $7 billion in preferred shares.
The management team that drove the once-mighty bank to its knees will stay put, even as the firm lays off 53,000 employees.
Citigroup plans to go ahead with a scheme to pay the New York Mets $400 million to name their new stadium “Citi Field,” a decision that drew fire from taxpayer groups.
“When they’re already going back to the trough for more money from the taxpayers, Citigroup should be reevaluating all spending – from pens and pencils to naming a baseball field for themselves out of sheer corporate ego,” said Steve Ellis of Taxpayers for Common Sense.
THIS IS RIDICULES!!!!
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
Image via Wikipedia
![]() |
| 10. Chain, 1958-1979 In 1958, the Military Sea Transportation Service (MSTS), took over the operation of Chain, a Navy salvage vessel, and under an agreement with the Navy, the ship came to Woods Hole. Chain‘s first nine cruises at WHOI were made with an MSTS crew. In 1959, WHOI assumed operation of the vessel.Chain made a total of 129 scientific cruises, including a cruise that took her around the world in 1970-1971. She traveled some 600,000 miles and was used in every type of ocean science. Long a favorite for her seaworthiness, Chain‘s last cruise ended in December 1975. In June 1979 the vessel was towed away for scrap.I SERVED ON THE CHAIN FOR 5YRS, AS A SEAMANWOODS HOLE SCIENTIST ARE THE GROUP THAT FOUND THE “TITANIC” COMPUTER DETECTIVE
|
Marijuana is the most widely used illicit drug on the planet. In most countries, this plant is illegal; some brand it as dangerous; others seem to look the other way. In the U.S. the federal government places it in the same category as heroin. Across the globe, bold growers plant gardens in national forests, national parks and suburban homes converted into greenhouses. Scientists who study this plant consider it among the most complex in the plant kingdom with 400 active chemicals and compounds. And in California alone, the marijuana trade out paces the entire wine industry, placing it among the largest cash crops in the United States. Intertwined with culture, economics, law enforcement and perhaps medical miracles, this plant holds both peril and promise. Join National Geographics EXPLORER as we investigate the state of marijuana
THE PEOPLE THAT ARE BUYING AND USING THE ILLICIT DRUG ARE SUPPORTING THE MEXICAN DRUG CARTELS AND TERRORISTS, AND MURDERS, AND KIDNAPPERS.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE

Awarded Silver Star
Several paratroopers from the 82nd Airborne Division received the Silver Star, the nation’s third-highest award for combat valor, last week.
On Friday, five troopers from the 5th Squadron, 73rd Cavalry, received the award from Lt. Gen. William B. Caldwell. The men had recently returned from a fifteen-month tour in Iraq that cost their unit 22 Troopers. Receiving the citation for gallantry in action
were:
First Sergeant John R. Croomer
Machine gun fire erupted less than 20 feet from Croomer’s position. The executive officer, Capt. Rhett Schiller, and an Iraqi soldier, were both shot during the ambush, Croomer said. Insurgents — hidden in holes near the dried out canal — continued to pepper Croomer and his men with gunfire.
The clearance team was pinned down and unable to provide medical attention to Schiller and the Iraqi soldier. Croomer tried going over a berm to get to Schiller, but the volume of gunfire was too fierce. Instead Croomer threw a grenade, killing the insurgents.
As a reconnaissance squad leader in the enemy-controlled town of Quabba, Young was shot in his chest plate and received shrapnel wounds to his neck, knocking him off his feet. While under direct fire, he managed to fire his damaged M4 weapon, killing the enemy. Young refused treatment for his neck wound and took up an AK-47 and three extra magazines and continued to lead his team. For the next five days, Young continued clearing Qubbah and Zaganiyah. He never once sought medical treatment for his injuries.
Harriman was a platoon Medic.
On March 5, he was shot multiple times while running to help injured soldiers. Machine gun rounds hit his body armor and medical bag. Much of his medical supplies were destroyed. He applied two tourniquets and an IV on a man whose femoral arteries had been severed, all while taking on fire.
For four days, Dobbins’ group endured combat gunfire south of Balad Ruz, near the village of Turki. Around 8 p.m. on Nov. 15, 2006, Dobbins was maneuvering his soldiers when his vehicle hit an anti-tank mine, destroying the vehicle and wounding him and his crew. Injured and refusing medical evacuation, Dobbins helped move the wounded soldiers from the damaged vehicle. He then made his way across a minefield, taking enemy gunfire and vomiting along the way from a head concussion.
He called in close air support from helicopters and F-16 jets, which succeeded in destroying the enemy. He crossed the minefield again and was instrumental in calling in enemy coordinates. In all, 18 insurgents were killed.
As a reconnaissance platoon machine gunner, Church was in an intense firefight with 30 entrenched insurgents north of Baqouba near the village of Naqeeb on Aug. 8. He was part of a convoy of 11 gun trucks.
He was shot though his left wrist. Although bleeding, he continued to load his 50-caliber gun and return fire. While reloading with one hand, he put his wounded hand into the turret so another soldier could tend to the hole in his wrist. The bleeding continued and he applied a tourniquet to himself.
Twice, he dismounted his vehicle under a torrent of gunfire to gather more ammunition.
Also on Friday, Spc. Thomas Barbieri, from the 1st Battalion, 325th Airborne Infantry Regiment, was awarded the Silver Star, posthumously, for his actions during an enemy ambush
in Iraq last year. The citation was accepted by his brother, David.
“I am proud of him,” said David Barbieri. “He gave his life to save others.”
Barbieri’s unit was ambushed in August 2006. With his unit under fire, Barbieri exposed himself to fire as he flanked a group of heavily armed enemy fighters who were firing on his platoon. He killed one fighter and flushed the other one out so his unit mates could kill him. But it cost him his life.
![]() Photo Greg Matheison/Mai/ Time LifePictures/ Getty Images A Delta Force operator prepares for a HALO (High Altitude Low Opening) Exercise. See more military images. |
Delta Force is often referred to as Special Forces Operational Detachment-Delta. It’s also known as the Combat Applications Group (CAG). While it often draws its ranks from the Army Special Forces (the Army Green Berets) and shares Fort Bragg, N.C., headquarters with them, it isn’t an Army Special Forces detachment. Delta Force is a unit unto itself, composed of members from all branches of the military.
They’re not called soldiers, but operators and are said to shun the traditional philosophies of military life. They wear civilian clothes. They work for whomever needs them — for the Army, the FBI and the CIA. Mark Bowden, author of the book “Blackhawk Down” — for which he interviewed several Delta Force members — famously said of the operators, “They are professional soldiers who hate the Army” .
It must be said that neither the United States government nor the military officially acknowledges the existence of Delta Force. To this end, almost all of the information contained in this article is unsupported by any official reports from the United States. It’s only in recent years that vague references by the government to the group’s existence have been allowed to go uncensored. These references have turned up in transcripts from Congressional hearings and biographies of high-ranking military leaders.
Shortly after 9/11, the Pentagon ordered a top secret team of American commandos into Afghanistan with a single, simple order: kill Osama bin Laden. It was America’s best chance to eliminate the leader of al Qaeda. The inside story of exactly what happened in that mission, and how close it came to its objective has never been told until now.
The man you are about to meet was the officer in command, leading a team from the U.S. Army’s mysterious Delta Force – a unit so secret, it’s often said Delta doesn’t exist. But you are about to see Delta’s operators in action.
Why would the mission commander break his silence after seven years? He told 60 Minutes correspondent Scott Pelley that most everything he has read in the media about his mission is wrong and now he wants to set the record straight.
In 2001, just 10 weeks after 9/11, he was a 37-year-old Army major leading a team of America’s most elite commandos. Even now, 60 Minutes can’t tell you his name or show you his face. 60 Minutes hired a theatrical make up artist to take this former Delta officer through a series of transformations to disguise him. He calls himself “Dalton Fury,” and is the author of “Kill Bin Laden,” a new book out this week.
Dalton Fury is used to disguises. In fact in 2001, his entire team transformed themselves in Afghanistan. “Everybody has their beard grown. Everybody’s wearing local Afghan clothing, sometimes carrying the same weapons as them,” he explains.
“The idea was that if this all worked out Osama bin Laden would be dead, and no one would ever know that Delta Force was there?” Pelley asks.
“That’s right,” Fury says. “That’s the plan. And that always is when you’re talking about Delta Force.”
And there was no mission more important to the United States. “We’ll smoke him out of his cave and we’ll get him eventually,” President Bush had vowed.
But the administration’s strategy was to let Afghans do most of the fighting. Using radio intercepts and other intelligence, the CIA pinpointed bin Laden in the mountains near the border of Pakistan. Following the strategy of keeping an Afghan face on the war, Fury’s Delta team joined the CIA and Afghan fighters and piled into pickup trucks. They videotaped their journey to a place called Tora Bora.
Fury told 60 Minutes his orders were to kill bin Laden and leave the body with the Afghans.
“Right here you’re looking at basically the battlefield from the last location that we had a firm on Osama bin Laden’s location,” Fury explains to Pelley, looking at a ridgeline with an elevation of about 14,000 feet.
Asked how tough it would be to attack such a position on a scale of one to ten, Fury tells Pelley, “In my experience it’s a ten.”
Delta developed an audacious plan to come at bin Laden from the one direction he would never expect.
“We want to come in on the back door,” Fury explains. “The original plan that we sent up through our higher headquarters, Delta Force wants to come in over the mountain with oxygen, coming from the Pakistan side, over the mountains and come in and get a drop on bin Laden from behind.”
But they didn’t take that route, because Fury says they didn’t get approval from a higher level. “Whether that was Central Command all the way up to the president of the United States, I’m not sure,” he says.
The next option that Delta wanted to employ was to drop hundreds of landmines in the mountain passes that led to Pakistan, which was bin Laden’s escape route.
“First guy blows his leg off, everybody else stops. That allows aircraft overhead to find them. They see all these heat sources out there. Okay, there a big large group of Al Qaeda moving south. They can engage that,” Fury explains.
But they didn’t do that either, because Fury says that plan was also disapproved. He says he has “no idea” why.
“How often does Delta come up with a tactical plan that’s disapproved by higher headquarters?” Pelley asks.
“In my experience, in my five years at Delta, never before,” Fury says.
a href=”http://mickmck707.wordpress.com/?attachment_id=1426″ rel=”attachment wp-att-1426″>
TIME TO STOP BUYING TOYS FROM CHINA THAT ARE NOT SAFE FOR OUR CHILDREN!
YORK (Reuters) – Bernard Madoff, a quiet force on Wall Street for decades, was arrested and charged on Thursday with allegedly running a $50 billion Ponzi scheme in what may rank among the biggest frauds ever.
The former chairman of the Nasdaq Stock Market is best known as the founder of Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC, the closely-held market-making firm he launched in 1960. But he also ran a hedge fund that U.S. prosecutors said racked up $50 billion of fraudulent losses.
ANOTHER THIEF ON WALL ST.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
America has elected Islamobama – the most inexperienced and unqualified President of all time. Now he, coupled with the most “do-nothing” congress in American History – are going to fix all our woes.
We can expect nothing for the next four years except a constant drum beat of how the incompetent Islamobama coupled with the do-nothing congress is all Bush’s fault. When nothing could be further from the truth.
The Bush administration tried 17 times to get congress to regulate, tighten up on “Fannie Mae” and “Freddie Mac,” but the Damn O Craps would not have it – which makes their current lies on George Bush’s policies of no regulation ludicrous!
This is not up for argument – it is a matter of record. Watch as they attack the regulator for fear-mongering and proclaim that “Fannie Mae” and “Freddie Mac” are healthy and do not need regulating.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
CORRUPT POLITICANS AND WHITE COLLAR CRIME “WALL ST. AND CORPORATE CEO’S AND ALL OTHER WHITE COLLAR THIEF’S IN THE COUNTRY MAKE “ORGANIZED CRIME” LOOK LIKE PENNEY ANTI PUNKS. POLITICS AND COPORATE AMERICA ARE CORRUPT.
IT IS TIME FOR THE AMERICAN PEOPLE TO TAKE THE COUNTRY BACK! BOTH POLITICAL PARTY‘S ARE CORRUPT OR UNABLE TO LEAD THE COUNTRY IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION. WE NEED A NEW SYSTEM. WE NEED A POLITICAL PARTY THAT WILL REPRESENT THE PEOPLE. WE NEED TO CHANGE THE WAY WE HOLD ELECTIONS WHO WANTS TO GO THROUGH TWO YRS. OF CAMPAIGNING AGAIN AND BILLIONS OF DOLLARS SPENT.
WE ARE NEVER GOING TO HAVE HONEST POLITICANS UNTIL WE STOP GIVING THE POLITICAL OFFICES TO THE HIGHEST BIDDER. WE HAVE TO LEVEL THE PLAYING FIELD. TAKE MONEY OUT OF THE PROCESS. WE NEED TERM LIMITS, WE NEED TO ELECT OUR JUDGES. NO MORE LIFE TIME JOBS.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
THE MEXICAN DRUG SMUGGLERS NOW CONTROL ALL THE MAJOR DRUG DISTRIBUTION IN AMERICA. THEY ARE IN EVERY CITY IN THE COUNTRY. THEY ARE DISTRIBUTING, HEROIN, CRACK COCAINE AMPHETAMINES, AND ANY OTHER DRUG THEY CAN MAKE MONEY ON. THESE CARTELS ARE MURDERS, KIDNAPPERS, AND TERRORIST.
THE SMUGGLERS AND MURDERS, KIDNAPPERS, AND TERRIORIST ARE COMING INTO THIS COUNTRY THROUGH THE OPEN BORDERS OF MEXICO AND THE US.
WHAT IS OUR GOVERNMENT WAITING FOR,IT IS TIME TO CLOSE THE BORDERS AND DEPORT ALL THE ILLEGAL ALIANS. THEY ARE DRAINING OUR WELFARE SYSTEM, THEY ARE FREE MEDICAL CARE, JOBS, AND THEY DON’T HAVE TO PAY TAXES. SOON WE WILL BE SPEAKING SPANISH.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
For the far and, more often than not, extreme Left: these lunatics live in a web of propaganda, conspiracy theories and economic fallacies so dense that they actually have a very limited knowledge of hard facts, particularly when it comes to America. However, they can and do recognize the universal signs of International Marxism dropped by the new President-elect, and they just know Obama is one of them, even if the average American voter doesn’t. For the first time since the fall of the Soviet Union, (Old) Europe’s appallingly numerous Marxist-Leninists, Trotskyites and Stalinists see the winds of change blowing in their favor.
Perfect.
For the Socialists1 and Social Democrats: these people are obsessed with “countering American hegemony”1. Part of them are deluded1, the rest is cynical1 but all of them realize that said “hegemony” is a direct result of the U.S. building wealth and power by embodying what they oppose1: (comparatively) limited government, strong defense, free market economy, work ethics, self-reliance and individual responsibility2. All of them realize that their own antagonist policies are the primary cause of their poor economic and geostrategic performances—the only Socialists who advocate Socialism are those on top of the social ladder who actually benefit from this thieving system—and that they cannot “beat” America without becoming like her—thus renouncing their apparatchiks’ privileges. All of them know that Obama will set America adrift from the social model that made her such a successful nation, and sail towards the fetid and primeval swamps of Socialism, where Old Europe is still stuck. All of them1, in short, expect his presidency to weaken America, and all of them1 sees anything that weakens America as a good thing.
Perfect.
For the Far-Right3: take the class-warfare component out of the Far-Left and replace with race-warfare (OEM spare part #1936). For the rest, they are exactly the same brand of anti-American and anti-Capitalism Collectivists (sharing identical conspiracy theories and economic fallacies with the Marxists). They broke open the Champaign at France’s National-Front’s offices on that bright day of September 11, 2001—a fact I wish that side of the U.S anti-Jihad front that advocates an alliance de circonstance with Old Europe’s white supremacists (and regards Jean-Marie Le Pen as “acceptable”) would consider. They too, like the Socialists1, see every opportunity to weaken America as a good thing. In addition to that, the new President-elect vindicates one of the pillars of their ideological framework: these folks, after all, define America as an infamous melting pot run by “Kikes” and “Niggers”, and they will go “Ha-ha! Told you so!” It’s quite ironic though… You can’t really blame these f*tards for looking at the U.S. election from the racial point of view: everybody on the Left did, starting with the happy winner himself4…
Finally, the Right, conservative & libertarians (or classical liberals as we call them here). You know, these guys who harbor the crazy ideas that the government should be limited, taxation drastically reduced, the market freed of State intervention and the people left to their own devices and the pursuit of happiness under the protection of a strong defense. For them, needless to say, Obama is a very, very bad news (I mean, picture yourself manning an isolated outpost deep inside enemy lines, and suddenly learning that Central Command has been overrun. See what I mean?)
Well, they have no political significance whatsoever—as a matter of fact they don’t exist at all, at least not as a political force per se. Just a bunch of isolated guys like yours truly, hunkered down in their compounds and ideological ghettos, who know that as far as their countries are concerned they are, and always have been, on the wrong side of History5. They won’t cast much of a shadow on the current worldwide Socialist renewal.
Perfect…
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
FROM THE FROGMAN
James Megellas, a World War II officer and author of All the Way to Berlin: A Paratrooper at War in Europe, will be at the Wisconsin Veterans Museum 2nd floor Education Center on Wednesday, August 23 at Noon. He’ll talk about his experiences during the European campaign, and his most recent adventures in Afghanistan when he visited paratroopers in his former unit, the 504th Parachute Regiment, 82nd Airborne Division. Megellas will also sign copies of his book following the lecture in the Museum’s Gift Store.
Megellas joined the 82nd Airborne as a platoon leader in 1942. In the years to follow, he participated in several significant campaigns including Anzio and Operation Market Garden, earning the Distinguished Service Cross, two Silver Stars, two Bronze Stars, and two Purple Hearts for his service. Megellas finished the war as the most decorated officer in the 82nd Airborne Division. His book has been printed six times since its initial 2003 release, and he has traveled the world to speak to groups regarding his experiences. James Megellas, a World War II officer and author of All the Way to Berlin: A Paratrooper at War in Europe, will be at the Wisconsin Veterans Museum 2nd floor Education Center on Wednesday, August 23 at Noon. He’ll talk about his experiences during the European campaign, and his most recent adventures in Afghanistan when he visited paratroopers in his former unit, the 504th Parachute Regiment, 82nd Airborne Division.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
.
On November 4, 1979 a mob in Iran stormed the US Embassy and took the staff and USMC security contigent hostage. In all, 52 Americans were captured and were being held by the Iranian Revolutionary Guard and it was unclear whether they were being tortured or readied for execution. Within hours, the newly certified US Army Special Forces Operational Detachment-Delta (Airborne) was on full alert and plans were being drawn up for a rescue.
Delta’s commander, Colonel Charles Beckwith, was intimately involved with the rescue attempt. The Americans faced a daunting task. Tehran is well inside Iran and away from friendly countries. The hostages were not held at an airport as in Israel’s earlier Entebbe raid. Good intelligence was hard to come by about forces inside the embassy and in Tehran. And of course, all the planning and training had to be carried out in complete secrecy.
What was ultimately decided on was an audacious plan involving all four services, eight helicopters (USMC RH-53′s), 12 planes (four MC-130′s, three EC-130′s, three AC-130′s, and two C-141′s), and numerous operators infiltrated into Tehran ahead of the actuall assault. The basic plan was to infiltrate the operators into the country the night before the assault and get them to Tehran, and after the assault, bring them home.
The first night, three MC-130′s were to fly to an barren spot in Iran and offload the Delta force men, Combat Controllers, and translators/truck drivers. Three EC-130′s following the Combat Talon’s would then land and prepare to refuel the Marine RH-53′s flying in from the US Carrier Nimitz. Once the helicopters were refuled, they would fly the task force to a spot near the outskirts of Tehran and meet up with agents already in-country who would lead the operators to a safe house to await the assault the next night. The helicopters would fly to another site in-country and hide until called by the Delta operators.
On the second night, the MC-130′s and EC-130′s would again fly into the country, this time with 100 Rangers, and head for Manzariyeh Airfield. The Rangers were to assault the field and hold it so that the two C-141′s could land to ferry the hostages back home. The three AC-130′s would be used to provide cover for the rangers at Manzariyeh, support Delta’s assault, and to supress any attempts at action by the Iranian Air Force from nearby Mehrabad Airbase. Delta would assault the embassy and free the hostages, then rendevous with the helicopters in a nearby football stadium. They and the hostages would be flown to Manzariyeh Airfield and the waiting C-141′s and then flown out of the country. All the aircraft but the eight helicopters would be flown back, the helicopters would be destroyed before leaving.
What actually happened was far different from what was planned.
A month before the assault a CIA Twin Otter had flown into the first landing area, known as Desert One. A USAF Combat Controller had rode around the landing area on a light dirt bike and planted landing lights to help guide the force in. That insertion went well, with no contact, and the pilots reported that their sensors had picked up some radar signals at 3,000 feet but nothing below that.
Despite these findings, the helicopter pilots were told to fly at or below 200 feet to avoid radar. This limitation caused them to run into a haboob, or dust storm, that they could not fly over without breaking the 200 foot limit. Two helicopters lost sight of the task force and landed, out of action. Another had landed earlier when a warning light had come on. Their crew had been picked up but the aircraft that had stopped to retrieve them was now 20 minutes behind the rest of the formation.
Battling dust storms and heavy winds, the RH-53′s continued to make their way to Desert One. After recieving word that the EC-130′s and fuel had arrived, the two aircraft that had landed earlier started up again and resumed their flight to the rendevous. But then another helicopter had a malfunction and the pilot and Marine commander decided to turn back, halfway to the site. The task force was down to six helicopters, the bare minimum needed to pull off the rescue.
The first group of three helicopters arrived at Desert One an hour late, with the rest appearing 15 minutes later. The rescue attempt was dealt it’s final blow when it was learned that one of the aircraft had lost its primary hydralic system and was unsafe to use fully loaded for the assault. Only five aircraft were servicable and six needed, so the mission was aborted.
Things got worse, though, when one of the helicopters moved to another position and drifted into one of the parked EC-130′s (in the pilot’s defense, it was dark and his rotors kicked up an immense dust cloud, making it difficult to see). Immediately both the C-130 and RH-53 burst into flames, lighting up the dark desert night. The C-130 was evacuated and the order came to blow the aircraft and exfiltrate the country.
However, in the dust and confusion the order never reached the people who would blow the aircraft. There were wounded and dying men to be taken care of and the aircraft had to be moved to avoid having the burning debris start another fire. Because of this failure to destroy the helicopters, top secret plans fell into the hands of the Iranians the next day and the agents waiting in-country to help the Delta operators were almost captured.
![]() |
The Aftermath: broken aircraft at Desert One. |
All told, five Air Force personnel and three Marines lost thier lives and dozens more were injured. The Iranians scattered the hostages around the country afterwards, making any further rescue attempts impossible. They would be released later, after ??? days of imprisonment.
Lessons LearnedInsufficient information and bad planning played a key role in the failure of the rescue. The planners had calculated that it would take the eight RC-53′s four hours and twenty minutes to make the flight; it had taken five hours twenty minutes. The Air Weather Service had not been able to predict the low level dust storms that hampered the mission. If they had, some more low-level bad weather flight training might have made the flight easier and have prevented the fatal crash that killed eight people.
Also, the helicopter crews had been thrown together at the last minute after it was discovered that many of the Marine pilots lacked the skills necessary to complete the mission. It was a combination of Air Force, Navy, and Marine pilots who flew the mission. In one case, unfamiliarity with the aircraft caused one pilot to ground the aircraft when it could have flown the mission.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
OK it has to be said……….enough with these losing whiny multi millionaire sports franchises. Their job is to win games, right?….but if they don’t they still get their salary, right?
Ok, here is my solution. If you win a game, you get paid. If you lose, you don’t get a paycheck. I will bet that would put some motivation in their overpaid asses.
When you don’t do your job, do you stay hired?….unless you are in Congress or any form of politics.
I am sick and tired of million dollar thugs not giving a damn, and at best, doing a mediocre job on the playing field.
Listen to the local sportscast and you will hear Head Coaches with the same soundbite night after night, trying to explain why their team lost AGAIN!
Make no mistake, I could give a damn about organized sports. It has never made sense to me, how anybody can yell support for their team, when their team could give a bigger damn about them.
These over active thyroid behemoths will charge a kid for an autograph, and nothing is ever done for the greater good…….there is always an angle. MONEY!
Screw em’. They lose games and still get paid, and YOU Mr and Mrs fan, foot the bill.
Wise up!
Times are hard and going to get harder. Do you really want to make sure that these so-called athletes stay supplied with drugs, fighting dogs, strippers and loaded pistols?, …….and all on YOUR dime.
After all of your support by buying tickets, t-shirts and hats, what is the thanks that you get? Increased prices on everything from parking to nachos.
Have you ever gone to the mailbox and got your team support check in the mail as a thank-you? I didn’t think so.
Just remember, your favorite sports hero would never endorse anything or anyone for free…….why should you?
I GUESS NO ONE TOLD THEM THAT THE REST OF THE COUNTRY IS IN A DEPRESSION.
MOSCOW — For a decade, Russian academic Igor Panarin has been predicting the U.S. will fall apart in 2010. For most of that time, he admits, few took his argument — that an economic and moral collapse will trigger a civil war and the eventual breakup of the U.S. — very seriously. Now he’s found an eager audience: Russian state media.
In recent weeks, he’s been interviewed as much as twice a day about his predictions. “It’s a record,” says Prof. Panarin. “But I think the attention is going to grow even stronger.”
Prof. Panarin, 50 years old, is not a fringe figure. A former KGB analyst, he is dean of the Russian Foreign Ministry’s academy for future diplomats. He is invited to Kremlin receptions, lectures students, publishes books, and appears in the media as an expert on U.S.-Russia relations.
But it’s his bleak forecast for the U.S. that is music to the ears of the Kremlin, which in recent years has blamed Washington for everything from instability in the Middle East to the global financial crisis. Mr. Panarin’s views also fit neatly with the Kremlin’s narrative that Russia is returning to its rightful place on the world stage after the weakness of the 1990s, when many feared that the country would go economically and politically bankrupt and break into separate territories.
A polite and cheerful man with a buzz cut, Mr. Panarin insists he does not dislike Americans. But he warns that the outlook for them is dire.
“There’s a 55-45% chance right now that disintegration will occur,” he says. “One could rejoice in that process,” he adds, poker-faced. “But if we’re talking reasonably, it’s not the best scenario — for Russia.” Though Russia would become more powerful on the global stage, he says, its economy would suffer because it currently depends heavily on the dollar and on trade with the U.S.
Mr. Panarin posits, in brief, that mass immigration, economic decline, and moral degradation will trigger a civil war next fall and the collapse of the dollar. Around the end of June 2010, or early July, he says, the U.S. will break into six pieces — with Alaska reverting to Russian control.
In addition to increasing coverage in state media, which are tightly controlled by the Kremlin, Mr. Panarin’s ideas are now being widely discussed among local experts. He presented his theory at a recent roundtable discussion at the Foreign Ministry. The country’s top international relations school has hosted him as a keynote speaker. During an appearance on the state TV channel Rossiya, the station cut between his comments and TV footage of lines at soup kitchens and crowds of homeless people in the U.S. The professor has also been featured on the Kremlin’s English-language propaganda channel, Russia Today.
Mr. Panarin’s apocalyptic vision “reflects a very pronounced degree of anti-Americanism in Russia today,” says Vladimir Pozner, a prominent TV journalist in Russia. “It’s much stronger than it was in the Soviet Union.”
Mr. Pozner and other Russian commentators and experts on the U.S. dismiss Mr. Panarin’s predictions. “Crazy ideas are not usually discussed by serious people,” says Sergei Rogov, director of the government-run Institute for U.S. and Canadian Studies, who thinks Mr. Panarin’s theories don’t hold water.
Mr. Panarin’s résumé includes many years in the Soviet KGB, an experience shared by other top Russian officials. His office, in downtown Moscow, shows his national pride, with pennants on the wall bearing the emblem of the FSB, the KGB’s successor agency. It is also full of statuettes of eagles; a double-headed eagle was the symbol of czarist Russia.
The professor says he began his career in the KGB in 1976. In post-Soviet Russia, he got a doctorate in political science, studied U.S. economics, and worked for FAPSI, then the Russian equivalent of the U.S. National Security Agency. He says he did strategy forecasts for then-President Boris Yeltsin, adding that the details are “classified.”
In September 1998, he attended a conference in Linz, Austria, devoted to information warfare, the use of data to get an edge over a rival. It was there, in front of 400 fellow delegates, that he first presented his theory about the collapse of the U.S. in 2010.
“When I pushed the button on my computer and the map of the United States disintegrated, hundreds of people cried out in surprise,” he remembers. He says most in the audience were skeptical. “They didn’t believe me.”
At the end of the presentation, he says many delegates asked him to autograph copies of the map showing a dismembered U.S.
He based the forecast on classified data supplied to him by FAPSI analysts, he says. He predicts that economic, financial and demographic trends will provoke a political and social crisis in the U.S. When the going gets tough, he says, wealthier states will withhold funds from the federal government and effectively secede from the union. Social unrest up to and including a civil war will follow. The U.S. will then split along ethnic lines, and foreign powers will move in.
California will form the nucleus of what he calls “The Californian Republic,” and will be part of China or under Chinese influence. Texas will be the heart of “The Texas Republic,” a cluster of states that will go to Mexico or fall under Mexican influence. Washington, D.C., and New York will be part of an “Atlantic America” that may join the European Union. Canada will grab a group of Northern states Prof. Panarin calls “The Central North American Republic.” Hawaii, he suggests, will be a protectorate of Japan or China, and Alaska will be subsumed into Russia.
“It would be reasonable for Russia to lay claim to Alaska; it was part of the Russian Empire for a long time.” A framed satellite image of the Bering Strait that separates Alaska from Russia like a thread hangs from his office wall. “It’s not there for no reason,” he says with a sly grin.
Interest in his forecast revived this fall when he published an article in Izvestia, one of Russia’s biggest national dailies. In it, he reiterated his theory, called U.S. foreign debt “a pyramid scheme,” and predicted China and Russia would usurp Washington’s role as a global financial regulator.
Americans hope President-elect Barack Obama “can work miracles,” he wrote. “But when spring comes, it will be clear that there are no miracles.”
The article prompted a question about the White House’s reaction to Prof. Panarin’s forecast at a December news conference. “I’ll have to decline to comment,” spokeswoman Dana Perino said amid much laughter.
For Prof. Panarin, Ms. Perino’s response was significant. “The way the answer was phrased was an indication that my views are being listened to very carefully,” he says.
The professor says he’s convinced that people are taking his theory more seriously. People like him have forecast similar cataclysms before, he says, and been right. He cites French political scientist Emmanuel Todd. Mr. Todd is famous for having rightly forecast the demise of the Soviet Union — 15 years beforehand. “When he forecast the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1976, people laughed at him,” says Prof. Panarin.
THE MORAL COLLAPSE AND THE FANINCIAL COLLAPSE HAVE ALREADY STARTED
WAKE UP AMERICA.
, COMPUTER DETECTIVE
A federal judge has awarded more than $65 million to several men of the USS Pueblo, who were captured and tortured by North Korea back in the 1960s.
U.S. District Judge Henry H. Kennedy Jr. issued the judgment against North Korea on Tuesday.
North Korea did not respond to the lawsuit accusing it of kidnapping, imprisonment and torture.
The USS Pueblo was seized off North Korea while it was on an intelligence-gathering mission on Jan. 23, 1968. North Korea says the ship was inside its coastal zone. U.S. Navy records say it was in international waters.
The men on the ship were held and sometimes tortured for 11 months.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
LESLIE STAHL THE AIRHEAD DOES AN INTERVIEW WITH BARNEY “THE FAG” FRANK, WHO IS ALSO ONE OF THE PEOPLE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CRASH ON WALL ST’
THERE MUST SOMETHING MORE IMPORTANT GOING ON IN THE COUNTRY THAN A SOFT INTERVIEW WITH FRANK!!!!!
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
According to a tally by The Associated Press, at least 314 U.S. soldiers died in Iraq in 2008, down from 904 in the previous year.
In Chicago, however, it’s looking like they need an exit strategy:
Chicago closed out the year with 509 homicides, an increase of about 15 percent over 2007.
Will Obama be calling efforts to stop crime in his hometown a failure like the called Iraq?
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
Capt. Kyle Walton remembers pressing himself into the jagged stones that covered the cliff in northeast Afghanistan.
Machine gun rounds and sniper fire ricocheted off the rocks. Two rounds slammed into his helmet, smashing his head into the ground. Nearby, three of his U.S. Army Special Forces comrades were gravely wounded. One grenade or a well-aimed bullet, Walton thought, could etch April 6, 2008 on his gravestone.
Walton and his team from the 3rd Battalion, 3rd Special Forces Group had been sent to kill or capture terrorists from a rugged valley that had never been penetrated by U.S. forces — or, they had been told, the Soviets before them.
He peered over the side of the cliff to the dry river bed 60 feet below and considered his options. Could he roll the wounded men off and then jump to safety? Would they survive the fall?
By the end of the six-hour battle deep within the Shok Valley, Walton would bear witness to heroics that on Friday would earn his team 10 Silver Stars, the most for a single battle in Afghanistan.
Walton, a Special Forces team leader, and his men described the battle in an interview with The Associated Press last week. Most seem unimpressed they’ve earned the Army’s third-highest award for combat valor.
“This is the story about Americans fighting side-by-side with their Afghan counterparts refusing to quit,” said Walton, of Carmel, Ind. “What awards come in the aftermath are not important to me.”
The mission that sent three Special Forces teams and a company from the 201st Afghan Commando Battalion to the Shok Valley seemed imperiled from the outset.
Six massive CH-47 Chinook helicopters had deposited the men earlier that morning, banking through thick clouds as they entered the valley. The approaching U.S. soldiers watched enemy fighters racing to positions dug into the canyon walls and to sniper holes carved into stone houses perched at the top of the cliff.
Considered a sanctuary of the Hezeb Islami al Gulbadin terrorist group, the valley is far from any major American base.
It was impossible for the helicopters to land on the jagged rocks at the bottom of the valley. The Special Forces soldiers and commandos, each carrying more than 60 pounds of gear, dropped from 10 feet above the ground, landing among boulders or in a near-frozen stream.
With several Afghan commandos, Staff Sgt. John Walding and Staff Sgt. David Sanders led the way on a narrow path that zig-zagged up the cliff face to a nearby village where the terrorists were hiding.
Walton followed with two other soldiers and a 23-year-old Afghan interpreter who went by the name C.K., an orphan who dreamed of going to the United States.
Walding and Sanders were on the outskirts of the village when Staff Sgt. Luis Morales saw a group of armed men run along a nearby ridge. He fired. The surrounding mountains and buildings erupted in an ambush: The soldiers estimate that more than 200 fighters opened up with rifles, rocket-propelled grenades, machine guns and AK-47s.
C.K. crumbled to the ground.
Walton and Spc. Michael Carter dove into a small cave. Staff Sgt. Dillon Behr couldn’t fit so the Rock Island, Ill., native dropped to one knee and started firing. An F-15 made a strafing run to push back the fighters, but it wasn’t enough.
Sanders radioed for close air support — an order that Walton had to verify because the enemy was so near that the same bombs could kill the Americans.
The nearest house exploded; the firing didn’t stop.
“Hit it again,” Sanders said.
For the rest of the battle, F-15 fighters and Apache helicopters attacked.
Behr was hit next — a sniper’s round passing through his leg. Morales knelt on Behr’s hip to stop the bleeding and kept firing until he, too, was hit in the leg and ankle.
Walton and Carter, a combat cameraman from Smithville, Texas, dragged the two wounded men to the cave. Gunfire had destroyed Carter’s camera so Walton put him to work treating Morales who, in turn, kept treating Behr.
Staff Sgt. Ronald J. Shurer, a medic from Pullman, Wash., fought his way up the cliff to help.
“Heard some guys got hit up here,” he said as he reached the cave, pulling bandages and gear from his aid bag.
Walton told Walding and Sanders to abandon the assault and meet on the cliff. The Americans and Afghan commandos pulled back as the Air Force continued to pound the village.
Walding made it to the cliff when a bullet shattered his leg. He watched his foot and lower leg flop on the ground as Walton dragged him to the cliff edge. With every heartbeat, a stream of blood shot out of Walding’s wound. Rolling on his back, the Groesbeck, Texas, native, asked for a tourniquet and cranked down until the bleeding stopped.
The soldiers were trapped against the cliff. Walton was sure his men would be overrun. The narrow path was too exposed. He sent Sanders to find another way down. Sometimes free-climbing the rock face, the Huntsville, Ala., native found a steep path and made his way back up. Could the wounded make it out alive? Walton asked.
“Yes, they’ll survive,” Sanders said.
Down below, Staff Sgt. Seth E. Howard took his sniper rifle and started climbing with Staff Sgt. Matthew Williams.
At the top, Howard used C.K.’s lifeless body for cover and started to shoot. He fired repeatedly, killing as many as 20 of their attackers, his comrades say. The enemy gunfire slowed. The Air Force bombing continued, providing cover.
Morales was first down the cliff, clutching branches and rocks as he slid. Sanders, Carter and Williams went up to get Behr, then back up to rescue Walding. As Walton climbed down, a 2,000-pound bomb hit a nearby house. Another strike nearly blew Howard off the cliff.
Helicopters swooped in to pick up the 15 wounded American and Afghan soldiers, as well as the rest of the teams. Bullets pinged off the helicopters. One hit a pilot.
All the Americans survived.
Months later, Walding wants back on the team even though he lost a leg. Morales walks with a cane.
The raid, the soldiers say, proved there will be no safe haven in Afghanistan for terrorists. As for the medals, the soldiers see them as emblems of teamwork and brotherhood. Not valor.
“When you go to help your buddy, you’re not thinking, ‘I am going to get a Silver Star for this,’” Walding said. “If you were there, there would not be a second guess on why.”
I put my carry-on in the luggage compartment and sat
> down in my
> assigned seat. It was going to be a long flight.
> ‘I’m glad I have a
> good book to read Perhaps I will get a short nap,’ I
> thought.
> >
> > Just before take-off, a line of soldiers came down the
> aisle
> and filled all the vacant seats, totally surrounding me. I
> decided to
> start a conversation. ‘Where are you heade d?’ I
> asked the soldier
> seated nearest to me.
> >
> > ‘Chicago – to Great Lakes Base. We’ll be there
> for two weeks
> for special training, and then we’re being deployed to
> Iraq‘
> >
> > After flying for about an hour, an announcement was
> made that
> sack lunches were available for five dollars. It would be
> several hours
> before we reached Chicago, and I quickly decided a lunch
> would help pass
> the time.
> >
> > As I reached for my wallet, I overheard soldier ask
> his buddy
> if he planned to buy lunch. ‘No, that seems like a lot
> of money for
> just a sack lunch. Probably wouldn’t be worth five
> bucks. I’ll wait
> till we get to Chicago ‘
> >
> > His friend agreed.
> >
> > I looked around at the other soldiers. None were
> buying lunch.
> I walked to the back of the plane and handed the flight
> attendant a
> fifty dollar bill. ‘Take a lunch to all those
> soldiers.’ She grabbed
> my arms and squeezed tightly. Her eyes wet with tears, she
> thanked me.
> ‘My son was a soldier in Iraq ; it’s almost like
> you are doing it for
> him.’
> >
> > Picking up ten sacks, she headed up the aisle to where
> the
> soldiers were seated. She stopped at my seat and asked,
> ‘Which do you
> like best – beef or chicken?’
> >
> > ‘Chicken,’ I replied, wondering why she asked.
> She turned and
> went to the front of plane, returning a minute later with a
> dinner plate
> from first class. ‘This is your thanks.’
> >
> > After we finished eating, I went again to the back of
> the
> plane, heading for the rest room. A man stopped me. ‘I
> saw what you
> did. I want to be part of it. Here, take this.’ He
> handed me
> twenty-five dollars.
> >
> > Soon after I returned to my seat, I saw the Flight
> Captain
> coming down the aisle, looking at the aisle numbers as he
> walked, I
> hoped he was not looking for me, but noticed he was looking
> at the
> numbers only on my side of the plane. When he got to my row
> he stopped,
> smiled, held out his hand, an said, ‘I want to shake
> your hand.’
> >
> > Quickly unfastening my seatbelt I stood and took the
> Captain’s
> hand. With a booming voice he said, ‘I was a soldier
> and I was a
> military pilot. Once, someone bought me a lunch. It was an
> act of
> kindness I never forgot.’ I was embarrassed when
> applause was heard
> from all of the passengers.
> >
> > Later I walked to th e front of the plane so I could
> stretch my
> legs. A man who was seated about six rows in front of me
> reached out
> his hand, wanting to shake mine. He left another
> twenty-five dollars in
> my palm.
> >
> > When we landed in Chicago I gathered my belongings and
> started
> to deplane. Waiting just inside the airplane door was a man
> who stopped
> me, put something in my shirt pocket, turned, and walked
> away without
> saying a word. Another twenty-five dollars!
> >
> > Upon entering the terminal, I saw the soldiers
> gathering for
> their trip to the base. I walked over to them and handed
> them
> seventy-five dollars. ‘It will take you some time to
> reach the base. It
> will be about time for a sandwich. God Bless You.’
> >
> > Ten young men left that flight feeling the love and
> r espect of
> their fellow travelers. As I walked briskly to my car, I
> whispered a
> prayer for their safe return. These soldiers were giving
> their all for
> our country. I could only give them a couple of meals.
> >
> > It seemed so little…
> >
> > A veteran is someone who, at one point in his life,
> >
> > wrote a blank check made payable to ‘The United
> States of
> America‘
> >
> > for an amount of ‘up to and including my
> life.’
> >
> > That is Honor, and there are way too many people
> >
> > in this country who no longer understand it.’
Luke AFB is west of Phoenix and is rapidly being surrounded by civilization that complains about the noise from the base and its planes, forgetting that it was there long before they were. A certain lieutenant colonel at Luke AFB deserves a big pat on the back. Apparently, an individual who lives somewhere near Luke AFB wrote the local paper complaining about a group of F-16s that disturbed his/her day at the mall.When that individual read the response from a Luke AFB officer, it must Have stung quite a bit.The complaint:‘Question of the day for Luke Air Force Base:Whom do we thank for the morning air show? Last Wednesday, at precisely 9:11 A.M, a tight formation of four F-16 jets made a low pass over Arrowhead Mall, continuing west over Bell Road at approximately 500 feet. Imagine our good fortune! Do theTom Cruise-wannabes feel we need this wake-up call, or were they trying to impress the cashiers at Mervyns early bird special?Any response would be appreciated.The response:Regarding ‘A wake-up call from Luke’s jets’ On June 15, at precisely 9:12 a.m., a perfectly timed four- ship fly by of F-16s from the 63rd Fighter Squadron at Luke Air Force Base flew over the grave of Capt. Jeremy Fresques. Capt Fresques was an Air Force officer who was previously stationed at Luke Air Force Base and was killed in Iraq on May 30, Memorial Day.At 9 a. m. on June 15, his family and friends gathered at Sunland Memorial Park in Sun City to mourn the loss of a husband, son and friend. Based on the letter writer’s recount of the fly by, and because of the jet noise, I’m sure you didn’t hear the 21-gun salute, the playing of taps, or my words to the widow and parents of Capt. Fresques as I gave them their son’s flag on behalf of the President of the United States and all those veterans and servicemen and women who understand the sacrifices they have endured..A four-ship fly by is a display of respect the Air Force gives to those who give their lives in defense of freedom. We are professional aviators and take our jobs seriously, and on June 15 what the letter writer witnessed was four officers lining up to pay their ultimate respects.The letter writer asks, ‘Whom do we thank for the morning air show? The 56th Fighter Wing will make the call for you, and forward your thanks to the widow and parents of Capt Fresques, and thank them for you, for it was in their honor that my pilots flew the most honorable formation of their lives.Only 2 defining forces have ever offered to die for you….Jesus Christ and the American Soldier.One died for your soul, the other for your freedom.Lt. Col. Grant L. Rosensteel, Jr.How ALL phones SHOULD be answered!GOOD MORNING,
WELCOME TO THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA………
Please Press ’1′ for English.Press’2′ to disconnect until you learn to speak English
And remember only two defining forces have ever offered to die for you, Jesus Christ
And the American Soldier
One died for your soul,
The other for your freedom.
If you agree…….Keep it going![]()
In the 1930’s alcohol was legalized to help bring the country out of the Depression. Alcohol kills people everyday. Whether it is driving drunk, alcohol poisoning, etc. Alcoholic beverages are FAR MORE DANGEROUS than a plant that comes from GOD. If President Elect Barak Obama legalizes Marijuana, it would get the economy out of debt. He should think about releasing all non-violent Marijuana offenders from prison with the agreement to pay a $50 fine every month until sentence is “served”, which will not only free up space for TRUE criminals in our prisons, but save our Government money AND MAKE money…ALL AT THE SAME TIME! WOW! WHAT A PLAN! Also, Medical Science has PROVEN that Marijuana has NEVER caused a death! Did you know that Marijuana can be made into a fuel? That it is bio-degradeable? Gets rid of head-aches? Stomach aches? Strongest fiber in the world? Is a pain reliever? President Abraham Lincoln grew AND smoked it? That Jesus was anointed with Cannabis oil by John the Baptist? For those of you who frown upon Marijuana, you do because you are brainwashed. Know the facts about Marijuana, the pros and cons, then way out the facts on alcoholic beverages. Alcohol kills…Marijuana does NOT! Man made beer, God made Marijuana. Who do YOU TRUST? I TRUST GOD!!!
WHAT A CROAK!!!
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
THE CIRCUS IS IN TOWN IN WASHINGTON. THE DEMOCRATIC CLOWNS ARE MAKING FOOLS OF THEM SELFS.
REID THE PARTY LEADER DOESN’T EVEN THE PROCESS OF SEATING A SENATOR! THE PARTY HAS SAID THAT THEY WILL NOT SEAT “BURRIS”. NOW THEY ARE GOING TO HAVE TO EAT CROW AND SEAT HIM. BLOGOCALLED THEIR BLUFF AND HE WAS RIGHT!!! THIS IS THE NEW PARTY IN CHARGE IN WASHINGTON. THEY ARE NOT EVEN SEATED AND THEY ARE SPLIT CALLING EACH OTHER RACISTS.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
THE APPOINTMENT OF LEON PINATTA TO HEAD THE CIA WAS OBAMA’S FIRST BIG MISTAKE. THE TERRORISTS ALL OVER THE WORLD ARE CELEBRATING, THEY CAN NOT WAIT TO GET AT US. NO MORE INTERAGATING PRISONERS. WE ARE GOING TO PUT THEM UP IN 5STAR HOTELS WITH ROOM SERVICE
WAKE UP AMERICA
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
Dear Fellow Conservative,
Do you know which special interest gave more money to the Obama campaign than any other?
If you guessed “trial lawyers” — well, okay, that’s too easy. But can you guess which special interest came in second?
Labor unions? Nope. The Green Lobby? Nope. AARP? Wrong, again. NEA? Nyet.
Give up? Okay, here’s the answer: Wall Street.
That’s right. According to CNNMoney.com, Wall Street securities and investment firms gave over $35 million to Democratic candidates this election cycle. And the amount they gave to the Obama campaign was nearly five times the amount they gave to McCain.
If you’ve been wondering why the financial industry is in meltdown — and taking your 401(k) or investment portfolio down with it — now you know.
Let’s face it: The former frat boys who populate Wall Street today understand economics about as well as the pinko professors whose courses they snored through.
That’s why betting their entire industry on “subprime” loans to people with no jobs and no collateral made sense to them — and why betting the entire U.S. economy on the likes of Obama makes sense to them now.
These jokers don’t even know what’s in their own self-interest, much less yours. Trusting them with your money is like trusting Bill Clinton to babysit your underage niece.
But I know someone you can trust to manage your investments — or rather, to help you do it yourself, without paying a nickel in commissions to some Wall Street frat boy.
His name is Dr. Mark Skousen — that’s “Dr.” as in “Ph.D. in Economics and Monetary History,” something you don’t get by playing Beer Pong with your frat buddies. For the past 28 years, subscribers to his investment newsletter, Forecasts & Strategies, have profited enormously from his uncanny ability to predict major market trends before they happen — often while the Wall Street establishment is pointing investors the other way. For instance:
| In the early ’80s, Dr. Skousen predicted that “Reaganomics will work” and said “a long decade of profits is coming.” | |
| He issued a “sell everything” recommendation just 41 days before the stock market crash of 1987. Then he told investors to get fully invested again several weeks later, just in time for the recovery. | |
| He called the Gulf War of 1990 “a turning point for U.S. stocks.” The Dow subsequently began a bull market that didn’t end for nearly ten years. | |
| He told subscribers in 1995 that the NASDAQ would double, and then double again. That’s exactly what it did. | |
| Just weeks before the NASDAQ collapsed in 2000, he warned subscribers that tech stocks were dangerously overvalued. | |
| In 2007, he warned subscribers about the looming financial crisis — and showed them how to protect themselves. |
Personally, Dr. Skousen had me at “Reaganomics will work.” But it’s nice to
see — and nicer still for his legions of loyal Forecasts & Strategies subscribers — that he’s continued to call things right ever since.
What’s his secret? Well, if I knew, I’d be an investment advisor myself. But I think it begins with grasping the real laws of economics — not the warmed-over Marxism that today’s Wall Street frat boys imbibed with their warmed-over beer on the morning of their Econ 101 finals.
The “bottom line,” as they say? Don’t let Democrats run the country. And don’t let Wall Street frat boys manage your investments. Do it yourself, with the genuinely expert guidance of freedom-loving economist Mark Skousen in Forecasts & Strategies.
Sincerely,

Compean and Ramos were convicted of shooting admitted drug smuggler Osvaldo Aldrete Davila in the buttocks as he fled across the Rio Grande, away from an abandoned van load of marijuana. The border agents argued during their trials that they believed the smuggler was armed and that they shot him in self defense. The prosecutor in the case said there was no evidence linking the smuggler to the van of marijuana. The prosecutor also said the border agents didn’t report the shooting and tampered with evidence by picking up several spent shell casings.
The agents were fired after their convictions on several charges, including assault with a dangerous weapon and with serious bodily injury, violation of civil rights and obstruction of justice. All their convictions, except obstruction of justice, were upheld on appeal.
Compean and Ramo were sentenced to 12 years and 11 years in prison, respectively. They each also were fined $2,000 and sentenced to three years of supervised release. Under the terms of Bush’s commutation, their prison sentences will expire on March 20, but their three-year terms of supervised release and the fines will remain intac


NOW WOULD BE THE BEST TIME TO UNITE OUR COUNTRY. RID THE COUNTRY OF RACISM. THE BLACKS IN THIS COUNTRY HAVE MADE IT TO THE TOP OF ALL POSITIONS IN THE COUNTRY.
WE ARE STILL THROWING TONS OF MONEY AT WALL ST AND CORPORATIONS ALL OVER THE COUNTRY. THE “PORN” INDUSTRY IS EVEN LOOKING FOR MONEY. STATES ARE GOING BANKRUPT. SMALL BANKS ARE GOING OUT OF BUSINESS. WE HAVE THE SAME PEOPLE THAT CAUSED THE “DEPRESSION” IN THE SAME POSITIONS THAT THEY WERE IN BEFORE THE “DEPRESSION. BARNEY FRANK REP. FROM MA. JUST GAVE A BANK IN BOSTON ” THE ONE UNITED BANK” A BLACK OWNED BANK $12 BILLION DOLLAR HANDOUT! FRANK IS CHAIRMAN OF THE POWERFUL HOUSE FINANCIAL SERVICES COMM. THIS BANK WAS HEAVILY INVESTED IN FANNY & FREDDIE. FRANK’S CASH COW. FRANK IS A DISGRACE TO CONGRESS AND THE COUNTRY
MICKMCK707
Illinois senators for the first time have heard FBI recordings of Gov. Rod Blagojevich that are part of a corruption investigation that led to his impeachment. The prosecutor at the Democrat‘s impeachment trial said Tuesday the taped conversations reveal the governor talking with a lobbyist about how to get campaign contributions in exchange for signing legislation wanted by the horse-racing industry.
Blagojevich never specifically mentions money, but he and others on the recordings talk about a lobbyist being “good for it” and keeping his “commitment.”
The recordings played Tuesday are just some made by federal authorities.
Blagojevich is boycotting the trial, which he says is biased. He’s denied any wrongdoing.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
The White House is promising new reviews of the “obligations” to the government by broadcasters who “occupy the nation’s spectrum” just as the president has targeted conservative talk radio icon Rush Limbaugh for a public attack, raising concerns over the possible restoration of the “Fairness Doctrine,” a policy that failed as unneeded and unconstitutional two decades ago.
WHAT ABOUT THE 1ST AMENDMENT IN THIS COUNTRY!!!
WAKE UP PEOPLE WE ARE LOSING RIGHTS EVERY DAY.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
NOW WOULD BE THE BEST TIME TO UNITE OUR COUNTRY. RID THE COUNTRY OF RACISM. THE BLACKS IN THIS COUNTRY HAVE MADE IT TO THE TOP OF ALL POSITIONS IN THE COUNTRY. PRESIDENT IS BLACK GENERAL POWELL A BLACK WAS CHIEF OF STAFF OF THE ARMY. MAJOR CORPORATIONS ARE RUN BY BLACKS. BLACK ATHLETES ARE AT THE TOP OF ALL SPORTS, MAKING MILLIONS OF DOLLARS. BLACKS ARE HOLDING HIGH JOBS IN LAWENFORCEMENT’. BLACKS HAVE UNLIMITED OPPORTUNITY’S IN THIS COUNTRY. BLACKS HAVE A LARGE INFLUENCE IN RELIGION IT HIS COUNTRY. WHAT OTHER COUNTRY IN THE WORLD COULD BLACKS LIVE THE WAY THEY DO IN AMERICA.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
America lost a good one this month. Retired US Army Lieutenant General William Yarborough, 93, passed away. Bill Yarborough was a veteran of three wars: WW II, Korea, and Vietnam. He was a highly decorated paratrooper and is considered by many one of the most imaginative, innovative combat leaders that America has ever produced. Yarborough came of age at the defining moment of the 20th century, the onset of the Second World War.
Hitler’s army used large-scale paratroop drops for the first time in history. Washington agreed that America desperately needed a similar capability. Yarborough volunteered for the Army’s airborne test unit at Ft. Benning, GA. From the onset he began to put his mark on the new unit. Over time he designed the paratrooper uniform and an eponymous knife. Most importantly, he helped formulate the tactics and strategy that came with this remarkable new unit.
Many of the early members of the Airborne are justifiably famous in American military lore. They were a tough, capable, colorful group — the kinds of men that one would expect to be drawn into a profession where they expected to be scattered behind enemy lines and completely surrounded before combat began. Among WWII paratroopers it was commonly assumed that 80-90% casualties would be the norm and that few would survive the war. Yet soldiers volunteered by the thousands and trainers made it extraordinarily difficult for even a percentage of those volunteers to pass the tough initiation. Universally, the comments from the time were that “if I have to go into combat, I want to have the best fighting men beside me,” as primary motivation for joining. The extra $55 per month of jump pay, almost doubling a private’s meager pay, didn’t hurt either.
Making it into the paratroops was a challenge. Training was as tough as anything any other units conducted. Men worked from pre-dawn till late into the evening. Exhaustion, inability to meet physical fitness standards, lack of motivation, and a plethora of injuries washed most of the volunteers from the program. In those early days, safety was considered secondary to proficiency, experimentation was the watchword of the day, and training fatalities were much higher than they are today. Cynical, fatalistic paratroop songs such as the famous Blood on the Risers, with its refrain of “gory, gory, what a helluva way to die!” became the anthem of the Airborne. Those few who graduated won the right to tuck their uniform trousers into their paratrooper boots and pin on the coveted jump wings. Both items, by the way, were designed by Bill Yarborough.
While most Americans are familiar with the massive paratroop drops associated with the Normandy invasion few are aware of the many jumps made in the Pacific and the early use of the Airborne in the North Africa campaign. In one of the first jumps in Europe, Yarborough was attached to the 507th Parachute Infantry (“Geronimo”) commanded by Lieutenant Colonel Edson Raff. Based in England, Yarborough helped conceive a drop into Tunisia that would be the first major American paratroop deployment of the war. John Duvall, director of the Airborne and Special Warfare Museum in Fayetteville, NC, credits Yarborough with operational conception.
“That jump had Yarborough’s fingerprints all over it,” Duvall says. Unlike most headquarters-bound staff officers, Yarborough formulated the operational plan and then volunteered to accompany the attack as an “observer.” It would have been tough to keep Yarborough out of that operation without tying him up.
Yarborough was a gutsy combat leader, an indefatigable planner, and a rare military visionary. One of the more famous stories involving Yarborough came in the early 1960s, when he was a three-star general in change of the newly forming Special Forces at Ft. Bragg. In those days the whole concept of Special Forces was still a tough sell, particularly to the more conservative, traditional Army leadership who viewed elite units with suspicion. Some, like chief of staff of the Army General Johnson, commented that it was “inefficient to have that much talent aggregated into one unit,” and that the Army would be better served by “distributing the men among the regular Army.”
From almost the earliest days of Special Forces there was a desire to enhance what some saw as a declining sense of esprit de corps in the post-Korean War army. Colonel Raff, now commanding the 77th Special Forces group pushed for a new headgear — the Green Beret — as a tribute to the unique nature of Special Forces. Simultaneously the 82nd Airborne Division was attempting to have a red beret authorized for the paratroop units. Department of Army turned down both requests. For several years the Beret was exiled to Special Forces groups in Germany and Okinawa who wore it without authorization.
When Bill Yarborough took command of the expanding Special Warfare Center at Fort Bragg in early 1960 he had his soldiers wear the Beret. Following the presidential election of 1960 an advisor to the new President John F. Kennedy, General Maxwell Taylor, a decorated combat Airborne commander, urged the new president to visit Ft. Bragg to learn what the paratroops were capable of doing. Prior to the visit, word came to Yarborough from the White House: have your troops dressed in the Green Beret for the president’s visit.
However, Yarborough had been ordered by the XVIIIth Airborne Corps commander, a 3 star, and Chief of Staff of the Army, a 4 star (both of whom were his superiors) not to have the troops in beret. In defiance of policy directives, Yarborough had the troops standing proudly, wearing their Berets. After an impressive series of demonstrations JFK asked Yarborough, “How do your men like those Berets?”
“They like them just fine, Sir,” Yarborough replied.
“Wear them with pride,” said the President. That took care of objections to the Beret from anyone lower in the chain of command than the Commander in Chief. Not long after that famous October 1961meeting, Kennedy issued a statement that spoke of the Green Beret as “a symbol of excellence, a badge of courage, and a mark of distinction, in the fight for freedom.” Since his assassination and internment at Arlington National Cemetery, a Green Beret has rested on JFK’s gravesite. Years later, Yarborough participated in ceremonies presenting a Green Beret at the Kennedy Presidential Library.
General Bill Yarborough was a quintessential American soldier: smart, courageous, innovative, and daring. He had a significant part in American military history that deserves to be remembered and cherished.
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
WHAT IS WRONG WITH THE PEOPLE OF THIS COUNTRY????
GOVERNMENT IS FULL OF CORRUPTION AND WE ALLOW THEM TO PUT A THIEF IN AS HEAD OF THE TREASURY!!!
GEITHNER DIDN’T PAY “HIS TAXES” FOR YRS. SAID HE DIDN’T UNDERSTAND THE RULES!!!! HE HELPED WRITE THEM NOW HE IS THE HEAD MAN IN THE TREASURY. THE “GOP” WENT RGHT ALONG WITH THE APPOINTMENT
President Obama promised during his campaign that lobbyists “won’t find a job in my White House.”
So far, though, at least a dozen former lobbyists have found top jobs in his administration, according to an analysis done by Republican sources and corroborated by Politico.
Obama aides did not challenge the the list of lobbyists appointed to administration jobs, but they stressed that former lobbyists comprise a fraction of the more than 8,000 employees who will be hired by the new administration. And they pointed out that before Obama made his campaign-trail promise, he issued a more complete – and more nuanced – policy on former lobbyists.
Formalized in a recent presidential executive order, it forbids executive branch employees from working in an agency, or on a program, for which they have lobbied in the last two years.
Yet in the past few days, a number of exceptions have been granted, with the administration conceding at least two waivers and that a handful of other appointees will recuse themselves from dealing with matters on which they lobbied within the two-year window.
“It would be more honest if they admitted they made a mistake and came up with a narrower rule,” said Melanie Sloan, executive director of the government watchdog group Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington. “Obviously, they can’t live with the rule, which is why they keep waving the magic wand and making exceptions. They’re saying one thing and doing another. It’s why the public is skeptical about politicians.”
But another watchdog, Meredith McGehee of the Campaign Legal Center, praised Obama’s rules as “a good starting place” and urged patience in judging their efficacy.
“Any good set of ethics rules has the opportunity for waivers, but if the waivers become the rule, rather than the exception, then you have to look at whether the waivers are being sought too frequently or whether there’s a problem with the rule,” McGehee said. “I don’t think we’re at that point yet.”
At the White House, spokesman Tommy Vietor insisted the president has been consistent.
“During the campaign, then-Sen. Obama put forth the toughest ethics and lobbying reform policy in history,” Vietor said, “and now he’s acting on it to reduce the influence of lobbyists in Washington.”
Here are former lobbyists Obama has tapped for top jobs:
Eric Holder, attorney general nominee, was registered to lobby until 2004 on behalf of clients including Global Crossing, a bankrupt telecommunications firm.
Tom Vilsack, secretary of agriculture nominee, was registered to lobby as recently as last year on behalf of the National Education Association.
William Lynn, deputy defense secretary nominee, was registered to lobby as recently as last year for defense contractor Raytheon, where he was a top executive.
William Corr, deputy health and human services secretary nominee, was registered to lobby until last year for the Campaign for Tobacco-Free Kids, a non-profit that pushes to limit tobacco use.
David Hayes, deputy interior secretary nominee, was registered to lobby until 2006 for clients, including the regional utility San Diego Gas & Electric.
Mark Patterson, chief of staff to Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner, was registered to lobby as recently as last year for financial giant Goldman Sachs.
Ron Klain, chief of staff to Vice President Joe Biden, was registered to lobby until 2005 for clients, including the Coalition for Asbestos Resolution, U.S. Airways, Airborne Express and drug-maker ImClone.
Mona Sutphen, deputy White House chief of staff, was registered to lobby for clients, including Angliss International in 2003.
Melody Barnes, domestic policy council director, lobbied in 2003 and 2004 for liberal advocacy groups, including the American Civil Liberties Union, the Leadership Conference on Civil Rights, the American Constitution Society and the Center for Reproductive Rights.
Cecilia Munoz, White House director of intergovernmental affairs, was a lobbyist as recently as last year for the National Council of La Raza, a Hispanic advocacy group.
Patrick Gaspard, White House political affairs director, was a lobbyist for the Service Employees International Union.
Michael Strautmanis, chief of staff to the president’s assistant for intergovernmental relations, lobbied for the American Association of Justice from 2001 until 2005.
Officials in Mexico reported about 1,600 homicides in Juarez in 2007 and at least 20 people have been killed in the first nine days of this year.
To date, there has been no significant violent spillover from the drug war in Mexico, but U.S. authorities have spent a tense year watching and waiting.
In October, Hidalgo County officials issued fully automatic weapons to deputies patrolling the river in the Rio Grande Valley. Sheriff Lupe Trevino also authorized his deputies to return fire across the border if smugglers or other criminals took aim at them.
In El Paso, the country’s largest border community and one of the safest metropolitan areas in the nation, Sheriff Richard Wiles said that while he doesn’t anticipate the city or county being overwhelmed by border violence he applauded the DHS plan to quickly respond if the worst should happen.
“I think it’s appropriate for the federal government to have a contingency plan all the way up to the worst case scenario,” Wiles said.
The contingency plan was news to most border states.
“At this point, DHS has not contacted the California National Guard to bring any forces … to support first responders, i.e. (U.S.) Border Patrol, at the border in California,” California National Guard spokesman
BAGDAD IS SAFER THAN BEING BORDER TOWNS IN MEXICO
It was less than two years ago outrage spread through U.S. cities on the pretext illegal immigrants from Mexico were taking jobs from Americans.
Today, the Mexican drug cartels are killing more people on an average day than in the Iraq and Afghanistan wars and in the recent Mumbai terrorist attacks.
Nary a whimper in protest is heard.
The Mexican drug wars are more than bad guys killing bad guys.
They could topple the Mexican government which, despite its corruption, is as effective as firing beebees against tanks.
In Juarez, across the Rio Grande from El Paso, Texas, telephone messages and banners threatened teachers that if they failed to pay protection money to cartels, their students would suffer brutal consequences.
Local authorities responded by assigning 350 teenage police cadets to the city’s 900 schools.
In Ciudad Juarez, a man was beheaded. His bloody corpse was suspended on an overpass. No one had the courage to remove the body until dark.
While Mexican citizens live in fear, U.S. officials remain numb.
The cartels’ henchmen so far have not killed or held ransom innocent U.S. tourists or businessmen.
Consequently, our citizens north of the border are looking the other way.
Big mistake.
Mexico is the U.S.’s second largest trading partner and U.S. tourism is Mexico’s second largest industry.
With the U.S. in full economic recession, hundreds of thousands of the estimated 10 million undocumented Latino workers are returning home.
Money these people earned in the U.S. and sent home to families is down 20% in 2008.
Illegal immigration — the only border issue that seems to stir the masses — was avoided like the plague in the recent U.S. presidential primaries and debates.
While the economic meltdown slackened the illegal immigrant debate, recent drug interdiction along the U.S. border stuffs the drug cartels’ coffers.
What hasn’t slackened is America’s thirst for these drugs. Illicit drug prices are at an all-time high on U.S. streets. In 37 states the price of cocaine has gone up by as much as 24%, while the average purity has dropped by 11%.
In a power bid for dominance a year ago, the two largest crime groups, the Sinaloa and Gulf cartels, murdered 250 people by February 2008. By April the toll spiked to 900.
Under President Felipe Calderon, Mexico has spent about $7 billion purging the federal, state and municipal police from corruption. The U.S. Congress has authorized $1.6 billion to interdict drug trafficking.
Partial construction of a 2,000-mile border fence between the U.S. and Mexico hasn’t worked.
The illegals find new gaps for passage.
The drug cartels fly over or sail around the wall. U.S.-Mexican forces have seized 270 airplanes and at least one submarine carrying 500 pounds of cocaine operated by the syndicates.
Multiple researchers propose focusing on prevention, treatment and education programs to curb demand rather than the continued support of combating the supply of drugs. Studies show that military interdiction efforts fail because they ignore the root cause of the problem: U.S. demand.
The Bush administration proposed cutting spending on drug treatment and prevention programs by $73 million, or 1.5%, in the 2009 budget, which hasn’t been approved yet.
The moral to this story is Americans protest vigorously the influx of illegal migrant workers and the burden some of them weigh on our healthcare system.
Yet, they turn their backs on the addictive vile the cartels deliver to their very own neighborhoods.
Which is worse?
AMERICA GAVE MEXICO $197 MILLION DOLLARS, THE FIRST INSTALLMENT ON A $400MILLION ASSISTANCE PACKAGE.
Arizona Cardinal Years
In the 1998 NFL Draft, the Arizona Cardinals selected Pat Tillman in the seventh round. Even though many people questioned his ability to make the opening-day roster, he soon became the team’s starting safety and broke the franchise record for tackles in 2000 with 224. Already a hometown favorite, Pat’s rugged play earned him accolades across the country.
Meanwhile, Pat refused to allow the fame and fortune of being a professional football player affect him. He drove the same old truck he had in college (without air conditioning) and refused to be tethered by a cell-phone. Pat also found new ways to challenge himself off the field. Physically, he competed in a marathon prior to the 2000 season and a half Ironman triathlon the following summer. Mentally, he pursued a master’s degree in history from his alma mater and read voraciously in an attempt to better understand many different topics, including the roots of current political and social systems, the conflicts among them, all the while developing, debating, and discussing his ideas with his eager listeners, family and friends. Pat made ‘your passion his passion’ and listened intently as his friends, family, and strangers shared their thoughts and opinions.
During his years as a Cardinal, Pat volunteered with the Boys and Girls Club of Arizona, Boys Hope Girls Hope and March of Dimes, and went to elementary, middle and high schools around the Phoenix valley to read to kids and give talks.
Pat married the woman he had been devoted to since high school, Marie, in the spring of 2002. Upon returning from their honeymoon, he informed the Cardinals of the decision he made with Marie and Kevin to place his NFL career on hold and become a U.S. Army Ranger with his brother. The decision shocked many and garnered national media attention despite his refusal to speak publicly about the choice.
His words from an interview the day after the attacks of September 11th, 2001, speak for themselves: “At times like this you stop and think about just how good we have it, what kind of system we live in, and the freedoms we are allowed. A lot of my family has gone and fought in wars and I really haven’t done a damn thing”.
“Pat knew his purpose in life,” Dave McGinnis, former Arizona Cardinals head-coach said. “He proudly walked away from a career in football to a greater calling.”
Pat and and his brother Kevin joined the U.S. Army in July of 2002, committing to a three-year term. They were assigned to the second battalion of the 75th
Ranger Regiment in Fort Lewis, Washington. They served tours in Iraq during Operation Iraqi Freedom in 2003, and in Afghanistan during Operation Enduring Freedom in 2004.
Pat and Kevin were recipients of the Arthur Ashe Courage Award at the 11th Annual ESPY Awards in 2003.
In the evening of April 22nd, 2004, Pat’s unit was ambushed as it traveled through the rugged, canyon terrain of Eastern Afghanistan. His heroic efforts to provide cover for his fellow soldiers as they escaped from the canyon led to his tragic death via fratricide.
I couldn’t believe it the day I heard he was killed. I grieved for his family and our country for losing such a hero. Pat, and the rest of our fallen heros, will definitely be on my mind on Sunday.
![]() |
NEW YORK – The Obama administration is the first government in human history to propose going $1 trillion in debt for any reason, let alone on the premise that borrowing and spending that amount would be a solution rather than another problem.
To answer the question of how big a problem borrowing $1 trillion will be, we decided to examine just how large 1 trillion actually is.
If you are one of those taxpayers that doesn’t want to spend $25 million on trails for ATVs, or $150 million for agricultural repairs (like beehives after a storm), then you’ll understand why no Republicans supported the stimulus in the House — and why most Republicans are trashing it in the Senate.
“This is about spending money we don’t have for things we don’t need,” said Senator Tom Coburn, R-Okla.
Despite the President’s lobbying for bipartisan support, Republicans complain their ideas are being ignored. They say the bill is too much “goodie bag” and not enough “stimulus.”
It includes $650 million to help people switch their old TV signals to digital and $335 million to prevent sexually transmitted disease – a program House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, D- Calif., defends because disease education creates jobs, too.
As Pelosi said on The Early Show: “And we have jobs across the board, not just for construction workers.”
But Rep. Eric Cantor, R-Va., says almost one-fourth of the one-time stimulus will never, ever get cut. Fifteen billion dollars for Pell grants to help young students with college, and $26 billion for special education. Maybe that’s all worthwhile, Cantor says. It’s just not temporary.
“How much of this gets rolled back in two years?” Andrews asked.
“That’s the problem. Every time a new program starts in Washington, it’s very, very difficult to stop it,” Cantor said.
And remember this an emergency bill the economy needs right now. President Obama said: “What we can’t do is drag our feet or delay much longer.”
But emergency bills aren’t paid for with higher taxes or budget cuts – the stimulus is all borrowed money. And so anything Congress couldn’t afford before — $50 million to support the arts, $70 million to help people stop smoking — has found its way into the stimulus now.
“When you say to the members of Congress ‘this has to get done and it has to get done quickly,’ it’s unfortunately an opportunity for a lot of things to get slipped in,” said Maya MacGuineas of the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget.
Next week in the Senate, the size of the stimulus becomes the issue, with some Democrats wanting even more added to the package. And most Republican saying ‘No, that if the President wants true bipartisan support, all that add-on spending has to go.’
|

BUT NO… a group of Republicans-In-Name-Only (RINOs) REFUSED TO WIN… they REFUSED to let this horrendous bill die. They REFUSED to allow hundreds of billions of dollars in pork, socialist wish list projects and payoffs to liberal special interests (like ACORN) go down the drain.
Without missing a beat, they scrambled to snatch defeat from the jaws of victory… they plotted behind closed doors to RESURRECT THIS EVIL “PORKULUS BILL” FROM THE DEAD!
Of course, there is some good news! You’ve already forced some Senators, who originally supported this travesty of a bill, to see the light.
Some of them changed their tunes once you started bombarding their offices with YOUR BLAST FAXES and phone calls.
Some of them are even talking tough now. And, their sudden reversal is a testament to what you can do when you make your voice heard!
But three stubborn Republicans-In-Name-Only still REFUSE to get the message; namely Senators Arlen Specter, Olympia Snowe and Susan Collins!
On Friday, they announced with almost perverse pride and pleasure that they had reached a “deal” with the opposition to cut $100 billion of liberal pet projects, pork and political payoffs from this “porkulus bill.”
They announced to the American people that they cut the bill down to $780 billion (the figure could still go higher and surpass $925 billion again when it’s all said and done).
And that number doesn’t even account for more than $300 billion in debt commitments created by this monstrosity, according to some estimates.
In other words, we’re still looking at over a trillion dollars of hard-earned taxpayer dollars, the large majority of which will go to fund liberal pet projects, pork and political payoffs, instead of stimulating the economy.
Yet, because they were able to negotiate a few cuts here and there, Specter, Collins and Snowe expect you to believe that everything is good.
Right?
WRONG!
As House Minority Leader John Boehner said on Friday, “90 percent of a bad idea is still a bad idea.”
That’s why our elected officials need to hear from you AGAIN! Despite what you may be hearing in the media, this so-called “deal” is VERY FRAGILE! We can BUST IT if we all act now!
And this is URGENT, because the Senate may vote on this BOGUS COMPROMISE as early as Monday!
The American people want the Obama-Pelosi Theft Act of 2009 DEAD… A STAKE DRIVEN THROUGH ITS EVIL HEART! Tell them – to borrow a phrase from former First Lady Nancy Reagan – they just need to say “NO” and stop this liberal boondoggle!
If the above hyperlinks do not work, please copy and paste the first hyperlink into your browser address bar.
Yes… You Are Having An Effect And It’s Time To Finish The Job!
Senator John McCain‘s first reaction several days ago was to join others in proposing his own version of the stimulus bill. His price tag was a mere $425 billion! NOW McCain’s talking tough. He recently said, “If this legislation is passed, it’ll be a very bad day for America.” He also told the press; “We want to stimulate the economy, not mortgage the future of our children and grandchildren by the kind of fiscally profligate spending embodied in this legislation.”
Senator Lindsey Graham initially appeared to indicate that he was willing to play “Let’s Make A Deal.” A few days ago he said; “Get us all in a room. That’s what you do with a major piece of legislation.” He even told a group of business owners in Spartanburg, South Carolina; “I don’t like borrowing more of your money than we’ve already borrowed but I find myself in a position where I don’t believe the private sector has the ability to jump start our economy.” By Friday, Graham didn’t appear as willing to negotiate! He told Greta Van Susteren of FOX News: “The process that’s led to this bill stinks. There is no negotiating going on here! Nobody is negotiating! We’re making this up as we go!”
Senator Mitch McConnell initially appeared content to put lipstick on this pig of a bill and offered the following statement: “We look forward to offering amendments to improve this critical legislation and move it back to the package President Obama originally proposed.” NOW he’s singing a different tune and is calling the so-called stimulus an “aimless spending spree that masquerades as a stimulus.”
And several of the Republican-In-Name-Only Senators who initially sided with Collins, Snowe, Specter and the opposition (Senators George Voinovich, Lisa Murkowski and Mel Martinez), BACKED-OFF ON FRIDAY.
WHAT A DIFFERENCE A DAY MAKES!
But have no delusions! These elected officials didn’t all suddenly have a change of heart. They did not wake up on Thursday or Friday morning and miraculously come to their senses.
THEY HEARD YOU LOUD AND CLEAR! That’s a testament to the effect you can have but it ALSO means that if they stop hearing from you at this crucial time, they might backslide. We can’t let that happen!
Why not?
Because as things now stand, Democrats only have 57 votes in the Senate.
They desperately NEED Specter and Snowe and Collins to reach the magic number of 60 votes needed to send this horrendous “porkulus bill” forward!
Make no mistake, we CAN stop the Obama-Pelosi Theft Act of 2009, but we must ACT NOW because a vote can come as early as Monday!
If the above hyperlinks do not work, please copy and paste the first hyperlink into your browser address bar.
The American people want the Obama-Pelosi Theft Act of 2009 DEAD… A STAKE DRIVEN THROUGH ITS EVIL HEART! Tell them – to borrow a phrase from former First Lady Nancy Reagan – they just need to say “NO” and stop this liberal boondoggle!
The American people want the Obama-Pelosi Theft Act of 2009 DEAD… A STAKE DRIVEN THROUGH ITS EVIL HEART! Tell them – to borrow a phrase from former First Lady Nancy Reagan – they just need to say “NO” and stop this liberal boondoggle!
If the above hyperlinks do not work, please copy and paste the first hyperlink into your browser address bar.
To put the original figure of $925 billion in perspective, that’s approximately $3,000 for every man, woman and child in the United States… a $12,000 back-breaking obligation for the average family of four… a legacy of debt and a diminished standard of living for our children and grandchildren. And that’s on top of the $700 billion that we’ve already spent!
You were RIGHT to tell them “NO WAY!”
But what did some of these Republicans-In-Name-Only do? Instead of LETTING THIS EVIL “PORKULUS BILL” DIE WHEN SUPPORTERS COULD NOT MUSTER THE VOTES TO PASS IT, they thought – for whatever reason – they should tinker with it and shove it down the throats of the American people.
Essentially, they tried to put lipstick this pig instead of slaughtering the vile animal!
Right now, Collins, Snowe and Specter are essentially looking the American people dead in the eye and saying:
We hear you loud and clear. $925 billion of Congressional pork and payoffs to liberal special interests like ACORN is simply UNACCEPTABLE! How about $780 billion of Congressional pork and payoffs to liberal special interests instead?
THAT’S RIDICULOUS! What are they thinking?
Congressman Gene Taylor, a Democrat from Mississippi, put it all in perspective when he observed:
“The nation borrowed $800 billion between the Revolutionary War through Gerald Ford’s presidency. In one vote, the nation is going to borrow another 800 billion. This is nuts.”
To speak frankly, this so-called “stimulus bill” (which has nothing to do with stimulating the economy and has everything to do with pork and payoffs to liberal special interests) is not just “NUTS.” it is just PLAIN EVIL!
That’s NOT what the American people want. The American people DON’T want this evil bill “fixed.” The American people want this evil bill DEAD… PERIOD… END OF SENTENCE!
Republican Senators should know better! Putting lipstick on this pig of a bill is NOT going to make it any less socialist… any less egregious… any more palatable to the American people.
Our elected officials need to hear from you AGAIN… RIGHT NOW.
The American people want the Obama-Pelosi Theft Act of 2009 DEAD… A STAKE DRIVEN THROUGH ITS EVIL HEART! Tell them – to borrow a phrase from former First Lady Nancy Reagan – they just need to say “NO” and stop this liberal boondoggle!
If the above hyperlinks do not work, please copy and paste the first hyperlink into your browser address bar.
And now we’re supposed to believe that spending MORE MONEY (money we don’t have) to fund liberal causes and pet projects WILL work?
Glenn Beck with FOX News said it best:
“So, the question is, when will America finally say, ‘You know, I think I’ve learned my lesson. Enough is enough?’”
Senator Richard Shelby told CNBC that Washington should just “shelve the stimulus package.”
Even economist Martin Feldstein, who initially supported a “stimulus plan” is singing a different tune and wrote in The Washington Post:
“It would be better for the Senate to delay legislation for a month, or even two… . We cannot afford an $800 billion mistake.”
Admittedly, people are suffering under the strain of this economic downturn.
But history teaches us that government meddling may only extend what could be short term misery!
Former President Ronald Reagan cautioned us that “government is not the solution to our problem; government is the problem.”
George Will, in a recent column titled “Same Old New Deal?” echoes those sentiments and insinuates that the New Deal turned a short-term recession into the Great Depression which lasted more than a decade!
“The assumption is that the New Deal vanquished the Depression. Intelligent, informed people differ about why the Depression lasted so long. But people whose recipe for recovery today is another New Deal should remember that America’s biggest industrial collapse occurred in 1937, eight years after the 1929 stock market crash and nearly five years into the New Deal. “
We don’t need compromises! We don’t need fixes! We don’t need alternative plans that will move America towards SOCIALISM!
Demand that our elected officials stand firm and KILL the Obama-Pelosi Theft Act of 2009!
Do it NOW!
The American people want the Obama-Pelosi Theft Act of 2009 DEAD… A STAKE DRIVEN THROUGH ITS EVIL HEART! Tell them – to borrow a phrase from former First Lady Nancy Reagan – they just need to say “NO” and stop this liberal boondoggle!

Senator John McCain‘s first reaction several days ago was to join others in proposing his own version of the stimulus bill. His price tag was a mere $425 billion! NOW McCain’s talking tough. He recently said, “If this legislation is passed, it’ll be a very bad day for America.” He also told the press; “We want to stimulate the economy, not mortgage the future of our children and grandchildren by the kind of fiscally profligate spending embodied in this legislation.”
Senator Lindsey Graham initially appeared to indicate that he was willing to play “Let’s Make A Deal.” A few days ago he said; “Get us all in a room. That’s what you do with a major piece of legislation.” He even told a group of business owners in Spartanburg, South Carolina; “I don’t like borrowing more of your money than we’ve already borrowed but I find myself in a position where I don’t believe the private sector has the ability to jump start our economy.” By Friday, Graham didn’t appear as willing to negotiate! He told Greta Van Susteren of FOX News: “The process that’s led to this bill stinks. There is no negotiating going on here! Nobody is negotiating! We’re making this up as we go!”
Senator Mitch McConnell initially appeared content to put lipstick on this pig of a bill and offered the following statement: “We look forward to offering amendments to improve this critical legislation and move it back to the package President Obama originally proposed.” NOW he’s singing a different tune and is calling the so-called stimulus an “aimless spending spree that masquerades as a stimulus.”
And several of the Republican-In-Name-Only Senators who initially sided with Collins, Snowe, Specter and the opposition (Senators George Voinovich, Lisa Murkowski and Mel Martinez), BACKED-OFF ON FRIDAY.
WHAT A DIFFERENCE A DAY MAKES!
But have no delusions! These elected officials didn’t all suddenly have a change of heart. They did not wake up on Thursday or Friday morning and miraculously come to their senses.
THEY HEARD YOU LOUD AND CLEAR! That’s a testament to the effect you can have but it ALSO means that if they stop hearing from you at this crucial time, they might backslide. We can’t let that happen!
Why not?
Because as things now stand, Democrats only have 57 votes in the Senate.
They desperately NEED Specter and Snowe and Collins to reach the magic number of 60 votes needed to send this horrendous “porkulus bill” forward!
Make no mistake, we CAN stop the Obama-Pelosi Theft Act of 2009, but we must ACT NOW because a vote can come as early as Monday!
If the above hyperlinks do not work, please copy and paste the first hyperlink into your browser address bar.
The American people want the Obama-Pelosi Theft Act of 2009 DEAD… A STAKE DRIVEN THROUGH ITS EVIL HEART! Tell them – to borrow a phrase from former First Lady Nancy Reagan – they just need to say “NO” and stop this liberal boondoggle!
The American people want the Obama-Pelosi Theft Act of 2009 DEAD… A STAKE DRIVEN THROUGH ITS EVIL HEART! Tell them – to borrow a phrase from former First Lady Nancy Reagan – they just need to say “NO” and stop this liberal boondoggle!
If the above hyperlinks do not work, please copy and paste the first hyperlink into your browser address bar.
I definatly think that Obama is pushing through his Socialist agenda as fast as he can. The American Communist party is certainly singing Obama’s praise. I just don’t understand why the Republican party didn’t see all of this coming. They were afraid to say anything offensive to Obama during the campaign because they would be accused of Racial hatred toward a Black Man. Well How about telling the truth regardless of Color. The race card was played by the democrats at ever turn and the Republicans just tucked their tails between their legs and coward. I blame all parties for what is going on. This is the start of a one world government. Obama promises Jobs but dosen’t explain where they will come from or how much the pay will be. This is just like the 30s when the cc camps and the wpa was set up. Many food items were rationed and men worked for 50 cents a day at hard labor. Franklin Roosevelt started the camps. This was what amounted to slave labor. This country is not going forward by the change that Obama promises. We are going backward. Families have worked for years to pay off there home mortgages but may end up losing in the end. You don’t take from the rich and give to the poor. The poor can’t pay anthing back. The Government should not take over Banks and Financing. Who is going to keep the Government honest? That is like a Fox guarding the hen house. This is how Communist countries are run and that is exactly what America has become. America should have opportunity for everyone. Bush is being blamed for all of this failure but anyone with a half a brain at at least one eye can see exactly what started all of this. The Democratic Congress and the Liberal idiots that were in charge of home finance got us into this. I knew as soon as Nancy Pelosi was elected that this Country was going down and I was right. Now it can only get worse with a stimulas plan that doesn’t stimulate anything. Obama keeps talking without really saying anything. All the while detention camps are going up all over America. Guess who they are for. All the desperate people who are losing their jobs would be my guess. Our new Furer can’t have any desenion. God help us out of this mess.
Last week, the House passed the then-$819 billion stimulus bill — without a single Republican vote. GOP senators vowed to oppose it as well, calling it a colossal waste of money, packed with pork and non-essential spending.
NBC broke down some of the bigger numbers in the bill, for example: $275 billion in tax relief, $90 billion for infrastructure, $79 billion for school funding, etc. Sounds good, right? But in the fine print, there’s a lot of proposed spending that may raise a few eyebrows. In an interview with President Barack Obama, CBS’ Katie Couric called him on some of the more unusual proposals:
- $6.2 billion for home weatherization
- $50 million for port modernization and water and wastewater infrastructure needs in Guam
-$100 million for children to learn green construction
Obama defended the weatherization spending by emphasizing the long-term effects:
“We’re going to weatherize homes, that immediately puts people back to work and we’re going to train people who are out of work, including young people, to do the weatherization. As a consequence of weatherization, our energy bills go down and we reduce our dependence on foreign oil. What would be a more effective stimulus package than that?”
Fair enough. But what about the $800 million for Amtrak? Or the $150 million for the Smithsonian Institute? And there’s more: So much more, in fact, that the Heritage Foundation, a conservative think tank, has set up a website that allows users to comb through the more than 900-page-long bill. You decide: Economic stimulus or wasteful spending?
- $198 million for U.S. military benefits for Filipinos who fought for the U.S. during WWII
- $75 million for “smoking cessation activities”
- $87 million for the “design of a new polar icebreaker”
- $335 million for HIV/STD screening
- $600 million to buy hybrid vehicles for federal employees
All projects worthy of money, to be sure, but are they worthy of being part of an economic stimulus plan that’s now expected to cost U.S. taxpayers $900 billion?
However, both sides have signaled a willingness to concede. In an interview with CNN, Obama said he would consider cutting items that “may not really stimulate the economy right now.” And in the spirit of bipartisanship, Sen. Ben Nelson (D-Nebraska) and Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine) are working together to compile a list of recommended cuts, with a goal of reducing the bill by $200 billion.
But as the economy continues to shrink and layoffs pile up by the tens of thousands, the nation may not have the patience for cross-party squabbling and finger-pointing. At the White House today, Obama summed it up:
If enacted, the Senate stimulus bill would fund over $100 billion in new government construction projects with the goal of providing additional jobs to unemployed Americans. The House-passed stimulus bill contains explicit language to bar employment of illegal immigrants in these construction projects. However, the Senate bill deliberately omits this language.
If the Senate version of the bill becomes law, a great number of the workers employed in government construction programs will, in fact, be illegal immigrants. About one out of seven (or 15 percent) of workers employed in construction in the U.S. is an illegal immigrant.[1] Unless strong mechanisms are put in place to prevent the hiring of illegal immigrants, it is reasonable to expect that a similar proportion of workers hired for construction projects under the stimulus bill would be in the country illegally.
Construction Funding and Employment of Illegal Immigrants
The Senate stimulus bill would provide roughly $104 billion in funding for a variety of construction projects including highways, schools, and renovation of public housing. This funding will be spread over five to seven years. Normal government estimates indicate that each $1 billion spent on construction will create around 19,500 construction jobs, each lasting a year.[2] Thus $104 billion in funding in construction projects would ostensibly create construction-related jobs for about 2.04 million workers over several years. Without specific mechanisms to ensure that workers are U.S. citizens or legal immigrants authorized to work, it is likely that 15 percent of these workers, or 300,000, would be illegal immigrants.
House Bill Blocks Employment of Illegal Immigrants
The House-passed version of the stimulus bill (H.R. 1, the American Recovery an Reinvestment Act) contains explicit language, introduced by Congressman Jack Kingston (R-GA), requiring that all contractors receiving funds under the bill use the federal E-Verify system to determine whether workers are U.S. citizens or legal immigrants authorized to work.
E-Verify is a real-time, web-based verification system run by the Department of Homeland Security and the Social Security Administration. E-Verify can determine with great accuracy the authenticity of the personal information and credentials offered by employees and new hires.[3] In most cases, verification occurs almost instantly.
Some 99.4 percent of lawful workers receive immediate positive verification, while the other 0.6 percent of lawful workers receive positive verification after a brief visit to their local security office, generally lasting only a few minutes. Despite years of use and screenings of millions of employees, there has never been a single instance in which a lawful worker lost permanent employment as a result of erroneous information provided by the E-Verify system.[4]
E-Verify is a very effective mechanism for determining the legal status of potential workers. E-Verify is inexpensive for employers to use, costing between $4 and $20 for each employee screened.[5] E-Verify is in wide use; currently about one in 10 new hires in the U.S. economy are screened through the E-Verify system.
At present, all federal employees are checked by the E-Verify system, but outside contractors receiving federal funds (such as construction firms) are not required to use the system. Requiring contractors receiving stimulus funds to use E-Verify will greatly reduce the probability that those funds will be used to employ illegal immigrants.
Senate Bill Does Not Block Use of Federal Funds to Employ Illegal Immigrants
The stimulus bill currently being debated in the Senate deliberately omits the E-Verify provision from the House bill. Later this week, Senator Jeff Sessions (R-AL) will introduce an amendment to include the House E-Verify language in the Senate bill. However, if the current Senate bill were to become law without language requiring contractor use of E-Verify, the inevitable result would be billions in federal funds spent to employ illegal immigrants.
A group of liberal lawmakers met secretly… literally behind closed doors, and announced that they had reached a “deal” on the so-called “stimulus package” on Wednesday! What you’re not being told is that Republican lawmakers (including Members of the House-Senate Conference Committee) were EXCLUDED from this deal-making session!
We couldn’t make this up!
HOW, IN THE NAME OF ALL THAT IS HOLY, DO YOU REACH A “DEAL“ ON THE LARGEST SPENDING BILL IN THE HISTORY OF OUR NATION (NEARLY $1,000,000,000,000 IN TAXPAYER MONEY) WHEN THE OPPOSITION IS NOT EVEN ALLOWED INTO THE ROOM?
WAKE UP AMERICA
If the Mexican government were to fail and collapse into chaos, it “could represent a homeland security problem of immense proportions to the Untied States.” According to the report, Mexico’s “government, its politicians, police, and judicial infrastructure are all under sustained assault and pressure by criminal gangs and drug cartels.”
Former drug czar General Barry McCaffrey describes the situation: “The outgunned Mexican law enforcement authorities face armed criminal attacks from platoon-sized units employing night vision goggles, electronic intercept collection, encrypted communications, fairly sophisticated information operations, sea-going submersibles, helicopters and modern transport aviation, automatic weapons, RPG‘s, Anti-Tank 66 mm rockets, mines and booby traps, heavy machine guns, 50 cal sniper rifles, massive use of military hand grenades, and the most modern models of 40mm grenade machine guns.”
Obama promised the people transparency. He promised time for Americans to read new bills before they were voted on… but here just more than 12 hours after publishing this bill, the House voted and passed this 1000+ page bill, and the Senate quickly followed. The largest spending bill in history… passed in a rush.. without being read by a single voter… and without being read by a single Congressmen. Passed in darkness, without seeing the light of day. And America has largely accepted this grand deceit. We seem willing to follow Obama even right off the cliff.
Dr. Vaknin states ” I must confess I was impressed by Sen.Barack Obama from the first time I saw him. At first I was excited to see a black candidate. He looked youthful, spoke well, appeared to be confident – a wholesome presidential package. I was put off soon, not just because of his shallowness but also because there was an air of haughtiness in his demeanor that was unsettling. His posture and his body language were louder than his empty words.
Obama’s speeches are unlike any political speech we have heard in American history. Never a politician in this land had such quasi “religious” impact on so many people. The fact that Obama is a total incognito with zero accomplishment, makes this inexplicable infatuation alarming.
Obama is not an ordinary man. He is not a genius. In fact he is quite ignorant on most important subjects. Barack Obama is a narcissist.
Dr. Sam Vaknin, the author of the Malignant Self Love believes “Barack Obama appears to be a narcissist.”
Vaknin is a world authority on narcissism. He understands narcissism and describes the inner mind of a narcissist like no other person. When he talks about narcissism everyone listens.
Vaknin says that Obama’s language, posture and demeanor, and the testimonies of his closest, dearest and nearest suggest that the Senator is either a narcissist or he may have narcissistic personality disorder (NPD).
Narcissists project a grandiose but false image of themselves. Jim Jones, the charismatic leader of People’s Temple, the man who led over 900 of his followers to cheerfully commit mass suicide and even murder their own children was also a narcissist. David Koresh, Charles Manson, Joseph Koni, Shoko Asahara, Stalin, Saddam, Mao,Kim Jong Ill and Adolph Hitler are a few examples of narcissists of our time. All these men had a tremendous influence over their fanciers. They created a personality cult around themselves and with their blazing speeches elevated their admirers, filled their hearts with enthusiasm and instilled in their minds a new zest for life. They gave them hope! They promised them the moon, but alas, invariably they brought them to their doom.
When you are a victim of a cult of personality, you don’t know it until it is too late. One determining factor in the development of NPD is childhood abuse. “Obama’s early life was decidedly chaotic and replete with traumatic and mentally bruising dislocations,” says Vaknin. “Mixed-race marriages were even less common then. His parents went through a divorce when he was an infant (two years old). Obama saw his father only once again, before he died in a car accident. Then his mother remarried and Obama had to relocate to Indonesia, a foreign land with a radically foreign culture, to be raised by a stepfather. At the age of ten, he was whisked off to live with his maternal (white)grandparents. He saw his mother only intermittently in the following few years and then she vanished from his life in 1979. She died of cancer in 1995″.
One must never underestimate the manipulative genius of pathological narcissists. They project such an imposing personality that it overwhelms those around them. Charmed by the charisma of the narcissist, people become like clay in his hands. They cheerfully do his bidding and delight to be at his service. The narcissist shapes the world around himself and reduces others in his own inverted image. He creates a cult of personality. His admirers become his codependents.
Narcissists have no interest in things that do not help them to reach their personal objective. They are focused on one thing alone and that is power. All other issues are meaningless to them and they do not want to waste their precious time on trivialities. Anything that does not help them is beneath them and do not deserve their attention.
If an issue raised in the Senate does not help Obama in one way or another, he has no interest in it. The “present” vote is a safe vote. No one can criticize him if things go wrong. Those issues are unworthy by their very nature because they are not about him.
Obama’s election as the first black president of the Harvard Law Review led to a contract and advance to write a book about race relations. The University of Chicago Law School provided him a lot longer than expected and at the end it evolved into, guess what? His own autobiography! Instead of writing a scholarly paper focusing on race relations, for
which he had been paid, Obama could not resist writing about his most sublime self. He entitled the book Dreams from My Father. Not surprisingly, Adolph Hitler also wrote his own autobiography when he was still nobody. So did Stalin. For a narcissist no subject is as important as his own self. Why would he waste his precious time and genius writing about
insignificant things when he can write about such an august being as himself?
Narcissists are often callous and even ruthless. As the norm, they lack conscience. This is evident from Obama’s lack of interest in his own brother who lives on only one dollar per month. A man who lives in luxury, who takes a private jet to vacation in Hawaii, and who has raised nearly half a billion dollars for his campaign (something unprecedented in history) has no interest in the plight of his own brother. Why? Because, his brother cannot be used for his ascent to power. A narcissist cares for no one but himself. This election is like no other in the history of America. The issues are insignificant compared to what is at stake.
What can be more dangerous than having a man bereft of conscience, a serial liar, and one who cannot distinguish his fantasies from reality as the leader of the free world?
I hate to sound alarmist, but one is a fool if one is not alarmed.
Many politicians are narcissists. They pose no threat to others…They are simply self serving and selfish. Obama evidences symptoms of pathological narcissism, which is different from the run-of-the-mill narcissism of a Richard Nixon or a Bill Clinton for example. To him reality and fantasy are intertwined. This is a mental health issue, not just a character flaw.
Pathological narcissists are dangerous because they look normal and even intelligent. It is this disguise that makes them treacherous.
Today the Democrats have placed all their hopes in Obama. But this man could put an end to their party. The great majority of blacks have also decided to vote for Obama. Only a fool does not know that their support for him is racially driven. This is racism, pure and simple. The downside of this is that if Obama turns out to be the disaster I predict, he will cause widespread resentment among the whites. The blacks are unlikely to give up their support of their man. Cultic mentality is pernicious and unrelenting. They will dig their heads deeper in the sand and blame Obama’s detractors of racism. This will cause a backlash among the whites.
The white supremacists will take advantage of the discontent and they will receive widespread support. I predict that in less than four years, racial tensions will increase to levels never seen since the turbulent 1960s. Obama will set the clock back decades…America is the bastion of freedom.
The peace of the world depends on the strength of America, and its weakness translates into the triumph of terrorism and victory of rogue nations. It is no wonder that Ahmadinejad, Hugo Chavez, the Castrists, the Hezbollah, the Hamas, the lawyers of the Guantanamo terrorists and virtually all sworn enemies of America are so thrilled by the prospect of their man in the White House.
America is on the verge of destruction. There is no insanity greater than electing a pathological narcissist as president.”
THE AMERICAN WORKER WHO WORKERS EVERY DAY AND PAYS HIS MORTGAGE, HIS TAXES, AND ALL HIS OTHER BILLS, AND IS TRYING TO SAVE MONEY TO PUT HIS CHILDREN THROUGH COLLEGE ARE NOW BEING ASKED TO PAY HIS NEIGHBORS MORTGAGE WHO IS NOT PAYING IT. ALSO WE ARE PAYING FOR ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS GET HOUSES AAND JOBS, HEALTH CARE, MEDICAL COVERAGE, AND THIS IS JUST THE BEGINNING!
ARE YOU HAPPY WITH THIS?? please leave a comment THANKS
THE AMERICAN TAXPAYERS HAVE BAILED OUT “AIG” THREE TIMES, $60BILLION, $50 BILLION AND $40BILLION, AND THEY STILL LOST BILLIONS IN THE FOUR QUARTER. THIS COMPANY IS WORLD WIDE AND POLITICANS TELL US THAT IF THEY FAIL OUR ECONOMY WILL FAIL!!!. ONE COMPANY CONTROLS OUR ECONOMY!!!!
HOW DID THE GOVERNMENT LET THIS COMPANY GET SO “BIG”?????
IT IS TIME FOR OVERSITE ON OUR BIG CORPORATIONS, AND NOT ALLOWING THEM TO GET SO BIG THAT THEY ARE OUT OF CONTROL.
NOBODY IN WASHINGTON IS QUALIFYED TO RUN A LEMONADE STAND NEVER MIND A CORPORATION.!!!
Due to the issues in the current economy the Federal Government is spending hundreds of billions of dollars bailing out AIG and large banks throughout the United States. President Obama floated a plan for bailing out individuals who bought houses they could not afford with mortgages they could not pay. See Are you being bailed out? Furthermore the banks who are receiving bailout money are not using the funds to increase their lending. See One Reason the bailout payments aren’t working. Now even though I am not a politician, I would like to set forth my proposal for fixing the economy.
It is true that The Fed is aPrivate banking/money cartel
and there is very limited control that can be exercised by The US Government. Bernanke and the people who run the 12 Federal Reserve banks operate independently. They are a government unto themselves and they can hurt us. They can make or break people and they do.
That said The Fed system is only a part of the problem.
What most of the regulars here know is that our government is rife with dishonest self serving men and women. Not only those elected on the federal level that amounts to about 550 people. There are thousands of appointed men and women in the Federal Government they have patronage jobs given out by the president and powerful members of congress. On paper they may be qualified but often they are not the best person for the job. People holding those jobs become powerful bureaucratic demigods they are always beholding to the political party and the man or women who gave them a job. They control billions and now trillions in tax payer money.
Now there is a slush fund that will soar to over three trillion dollars and the people elected to protect us and the people they appoint who are tasked with the job to hold each other and any one receiving Our Money accountable are willingly neglient. They are all DERILECT in their duty. I believe that they think that we are all as dumb as that donkey, who didn’t get it in Orwell’s Animal Farm. Chuck Schumer openly mocked us!
If Obama and the Democrat left can get away with it this country will become much like that farm in Orwell’s boook.
Drugs classified as hallucinogens (abbreviated)
All forms of marijuana are mind-altering. This means they change how the brain works. They all contain THC (delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol), the main active chemical in marijuana. But there are also 400 other chemicals in the marijuana plant.
1. The joint Declaration of Independence (1776) by thirteen colonies created free, independent and sovereign states.
2. The Treaty of Paris (1783) reaffirmed the sovereignty and independence of the original thirteen states. Furthermore that treaty is evidence of international recognition of these thirteen states taking their place among the nations of the world.
3. The United States of America (Federal Government) was born in 1789 with the ratification of the Constitution by free and independent states.
4. The Federal Government was delegated certain and specific powers and duties under The Constitution (Articles I-IV). All other powers, rights and duties are reserved to the States or the People (10th Amendment).
5. The compact that created the Federal Government is akin to a contract, the States and the Federal Government have certain specified responsibilities and certain specified rights; a violation of these rights or a failure to perform specified duties makes the contract nullifiable and voidable.
6. Forty-eight States of the Union joined the compact of their free will; never intending expressly or by implication to surrender powers or rights not clearly outlined in The Constitution.
7. The Constitution is silent on the issue of a state withdrawing from the Union. Unlike the previous Articles of Confederation there is no mention of a �perpetual union�. Amendment 10 to the Constitution states: “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.” We hold that the right to withdraw from the Union is a right of the States.
Be it further resolved that:
8. Hawai�i, an independent and sovereign kingdom prior to annexation by the Federal Government never legally or with consent conceded her sovereignty.
9. Hawai�i must be allowed to vote on the issue of statehood or independence; this vote should include only native-born citizens of Hawai�i, not military troops and other temporary residents who were included in the last ratification vote.
10. Alaska also must be allowed a free and open plebiscite on the issue of statehood or independence, this vote should include only native-born Alaskan citizens, not military troops and other temporary residents as who were included in the last ratification vote.
11. Puerto Rico must be allowed a free and open vote on the issue of commonwealth, statehood or independence. This vote should consist only of native-born citizens who are current residents of Puerto Rico.
Finally we resolve and declare that:
12. We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. –That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, –That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness. Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.
As such when the Federal Government exceeds its delegated powers or fails to execute its specified duties and states fail to exercise their rights under the compact of the Constitution the right of The People to abolish those governments and institute new governments is inalienable.
|
|
|
|
ALL OF THE ABOVE.
WHY ARE THEY STILL IN CHARGE. THEY SHOULD BE A JAIL
Oversight: Congressman Barney Frank says he wants some of those responsible for our current financial meltdown to be prosecuted. And we couldn’t agree more. First up in the court dock: Rep. Barney Frank, D-Mass.
Even by the extraordinarily loose standards of Congress, it takes some chutzpah for someone such as Frank to suggest that he’ll seek prosecutions for those behind the housing and financial crunch and for what he called “a strongly empowered systemic risk regulator.”
For Frank, perhaps more than any single individual in private or public life, is responsible for both the housing market mess and subsequent bank disaster. And no, this isn’t partisan hyperbole or historical exaggeration.
But first, a little trip down memory lane.
It was Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the two so-called Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSEs), that lay behind the crisis. After regulatory changes made to the Community Reinvestment Act by President Clinton in 1995, Fannie and Freddie went into hyper-drive, channeling literally trillions of dollars into the housing markets, using leverage and implicit taxpayers’ guarantees.
In November 2000, President Clinton’s Housing and Urban Development Department would trumpet “new regulations to provide $2.4 trillion in mortgages for affordable housing for 28.1 million families.” The vehicles for this were Fannie and Freddie. It was the largest expansion in housing aid ever.
Still, from the early 1990s on, many people both inside and outside Washington were alarmed by what they saw at Fannie and Freddie.
Not Barney Frank: Starting in the early 1990s, he (and other Democrats) stood athwart efforts by regulators, Congress and the White House to get the runaway housing market under control.
He opposed reform as early as 1992. And, in response to another attempt bring Fannie-Freddie to heel in 2000, Frank responded it wasn’t needed because there was “no federal liability there whatsoever.”
In 2002, Frank nixed reforms again. See a pattern here?
Even after federal regulators discovered in 2003 that Fannie and Freddie executives had overstated earnings by as much as $10.6 billion in order to boost bonuses, Frank didn’t miss a beat.
President Bush pushed for what the New York Times then called “the most significant regulatory overhaul in the housing finance industry since the savings and loan crisis a decade ago.”
If it had passed, the housing crisis likely would have never boiled over, at least not the extent it did, taking the economy with it. Instead, led by Frank, Democrats stood as a bloc against any changes.
“Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are not facing any kind of financial crisis,” Frank, then the ranking Democrat on the Financial Services Committee, said. “The more people exaggerate these problems, the more pressure there is on these companies, the less we will see in terms of affordable housing.”
It’s hard to say why Frank did all this. It could be his close ties to the Neighborhood Assistance Corp., a powerful housing activist group based in Boston, which controls billions in loans. Or that he received some $40,100 in campaign donations from Fannie and Freddie from 1989 to 2008. Or that he has been romantically linked to a one-time executive at Fannie during the 1990s.
Whatever the case, his conflicts are obvious and outrageous, and his refusal to countenance reforms of Fannie and Freddie contributed mightily to today’s meltdown. If you’re looking for a culprit in the meltdown to prosecute, no one fits the bill better than Frank.
WND
AUTHORED BY (NEWT GINGRICH)
In a city where Coca Cola, United Parcel Service and Home Depot are the titans of industry, there are new powerful forces on the block: Mexican drug cartels.
Their presence and ruthless tactics are largely unknown to most here. Yet, of the 195 U.S. cities where Mexican drug-trafficking organizations are operating, federal law enforcement officials say Atlanta has emerged as the new gateway to the troubled Southwest border.
Rival drug cartels, the same violent groups warring in Mexico for control of routes to lucrative U.S. markets, have established Atlanta as the principal distribution center for the entire eastern U.S., according to the Justice Department’s National Drug Intelligence Center.
In fiscal year 2008, federal drug authorities seized more drug-related cash in Atlanta — about $70 million — than any other region in the country, Drug Enforcement Administration records show.
| ACLU Announces Agenda For 111th Congress (1/13/2009)
Renewing Checks And Balances Tops Group’s Priorities
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
CONTACT: (202) 675-2312; media@dcaclu.org
WASHINGTON – Top leaders of the American Civil Liberties Union today called on the newly-installed 111th Congress to defend the fundamental freedoms of all Americans. In a letter sent to every member of Congress, the ACLU outlined its legislative agenda.
“The gaveling of the 111th Congress is an opportunity to renew America’s founding principles,” said Anthony D. Romero, Executive Director of the ACLU. “For years, our country has slid farther and farther away from its ideals – but the damage is not irreparable. Now is the time to turn back the clock on eight years of shameful policies and again become an America we can all be proud of.”
The ACLU will be encouraging the new Congress to repair the damage done to the Constitution by:
· Restoring appropriate limits on governmental power;
· Reestablishing and advancing each individual’s right to live free of discrimination; and
· Setting meaningful standards to reestablish and preserve the right to speak freely and openly.
Specifically, the organization is urging the repeal of, among other laws, the Military Commissions Act, the FISA Amendments Act and the REAL ID Act. The ACLU is also asking for greater privacy standards concerning government databases, a meaningful federal reporters’ shield law and reform of both juvenile justice and drug sentencing laws.
“Our system of checks and balances is broken,” said Caroline Fredrickson, Director of the ACLU Washington Legislative Office. “There must be a full and thorough investigation into the abuses of the past eight years by both Congress and an individual special prosecutor. By urging Congress to hold itself and the executive accountable, we reaffirm that no one is above the law. Americans have made their voices heard and are crying out for change. It’s time for Congress to listen.”
The ACLU’s legislative priorities for the 111th Congress are posted here:
|
The House Appropriations Subcommittee on Homeland Security is scheduled to hold a hearing tomorrow morning to examine the status of the “virtual fence,” a system of cameras and radar devices designed to monitor illegal border crossings. The hearing, entitled, “Secure Border Initiative and Control of the Land Border,” will address problems confronting the construction of the “fence” which is part of the Secure Border Initiative Network, a Department of Homeland Security endeavor that has been in the works for more than a decade.
The American Civil Liberties Union has long opposed the virtual fence initiative, citing the intrusion into the private lives of Americans and the wasteful use of limited homeland security resources. It subjects Americans who live near the border to constant surveillance, infringing upon their constitutional right to privacy. The looming guard towers are a constant reminder that local residents are being monitored, regardless of their innocence.
In addition, the extreme conditions at both the northern and southern borders cause the technology of the “virtual fence” to break down, rendering it unreliable for combating illegal border crossings, while the ongoing implementation has put it billions of dollars over budget, with only more expenses to come. The ACLU is calling on Congress to finally drop this wasteful and problematic project and instead employ border and immigration policies that have been proven both effective and respectful of Americans’ liberties.
The following can be attributed to Timothy Sparapani, ACLU Senior Legislative Counsel:
“The ‘virtual fence’ is not only ‘virtual,’ but it is basically non-existent. On the other hand, after more than a dozen years, the privacy violations and the billions of wasted dollars spent on this project are very real. It is time Congress protected Americans’ civil liberties and saved taxpayers a whole lot of money by terminating this ineffective program.”
# # #
Shortly after class, an economics student approaches his economics professor and says, “I don’t understand this stimulus bill. Can you explain it to me?”
The professor replied, “I don’t have any time to explain it at my office, but if you come over to my house on Saturday and help me with my weekend project, I’ll be glad to explain it to you.” The student agreed.
At the agreed-upon time, the student showed up at the professor’s house. The professor stated that the weekend project involved his backyard pool.
They both went out back to the pool, and the professor handed the student a bucket. Demonstrating with his own bucket, the professor said, “First, go over to the deep end, and fill your bucket with as much water as you can.” The student did as he was instructed.
The professor then continued, “Follow me over to the shallow end, and then dump all the water from your bucket into it.” The student was naturally confused, but did
as he was told.
The professor then explained they were going to do this many more times, and began walking back to the of the pool.deep end The confused student asked, “Excuse me, but why are we doing this?” The professor matter-of-factly stated that he was trying to make the shallow end much deeper.
The student didn’t think the economics professor was serious, but figured that he would find out the real story soon enough.
However, after the 6th trip between the shallow end and the deep end, the student began to become worried that his economics professor had gone mad. The student finally replied, “All we’re doing is wasting valuable time and effort on unproductive pursuits. Even worse, when this process is all over, everything will be at the same level it was before, so all you’ll really have accomplished is the destruction of what could have been truly productive action!”
The professor put down his bucket and replied with a smile, “Congratulations. You now understand the stimulus bill.”
Barney Frank Banking Queen is one of the funniest videos created. For those who don’t know who this crook is, Barnett “Barney” Frank (born March 31, 1940) is an American politician in the United States House representing Massachusetts’s 4th congressional district since 1981. Barney Frank the Banking Queen, a recipient of more than $40,000 in campaign donations from Fannie since 1989 – was once romantically involved with a Fannie Mae executive. The media coverage of Frank’s coziness with Fannie Mae and his pro-Fannie Mae stances has been lacking. Of the eight appearances Frank made on the three broadcasts networks between Jan. 1, 2008, and Sept. 21, 2008, none of his comments dealt with the potential conflicts of interest. History will show that the US Congress over the past couple of decades have made countless agenda driven laws which have placed this country in real peril. I am one of many none-bleeding heart liberals who is am fed up with the Barney Franks of Congress (liberal spendocrats)! Barney Frank Banking Queen video below mocks the fat, slobbering, crook. I hope you enjoy it.
http://www.fireandreamitchell.com/barney-frank-banking-queen/
COPY AND PAST URL
AIG OWNS GOVERNMENT: JOHN PAULSON CAME FROM WALL ST.
TIM GEITNER CAME FROM WALL ST.
CHRIS DODD PUT A ARTICLE IN THE BAILOUT TO ALLOW THE BONUSES!
BARNEY FRANK IS IN THEIR POCKET!
PRES. OBAMA RECIEVED THE SECOND HIGHEST DONATION FROM AIG
CHRIS DODD WAS THE HIGHEST ON THE DONATION LIST, AND WHO KNOWS WHO ELSE WAS ON THE LIST.
THE FEDERAL RESERVE SHOULD BE INVESTIGATED.
ALL THESE PEOPLE SHOULD BE FIRED, AND PEOPLE WHO ARE QUALIFIED PUT IN THEIR PLACE.
THESE PEOPLE COULD NOT RUN A PAPER ROUTE AND BALANCE THE BOOKS!!!
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
WHAT THE HELL IS GOING ON IN OUR COUNTRY!!!!!
NOW WEBSTERS DICTIONARY IS REDEFINING WORDS TO SATISFY A MINORITY GROUP!!! “HOMOSEXUALS”
THIS COUNTRY IS GOING DOWN THE SEWER FAST!!
COMPUTER DETECTIVE
| Name | Office | Total Contributions |
|---|---|---|
| Obama, Barack (D-IL) | Senate | $104,332 |
| Dodd, Chris (D-CT) | Senate | $103,900 |
| McCain, John (R-AZ) | Senate | $59,499 |
| Clinton, Hillary (D-NY) | Senate | $37,965 |
| Baucus, Max (D-MT) | Senate | $24,750 |
| Romney, Mitt (R) | Pres | $20,850 |
| Biden, Joseph R Jr (D-DE) | Senate | $19,975 |
| Larson, John B (D-CT) | House | $19,750 |
| Sununu, John E (R-NH) | Senate | $18,500 |
| Giuliani, Rudolph W (R) | Pres | $13,200 |
| Kanjorski, Paul E (D-PA) | House | $12,000 |
| Durbin, Dick (D-IL) | Senate | $11,000 |
| Perlmutter, Edwin G (D-CO) | House | $10,500 |
| Rangel, Charles B (D-NY) | House | $9,000 |
| Edwards, John (D) | Pres | $7,850 |
| Corker, Bob (R-TN) | Senate | $7,400 |
| Smith, Chris (R-NJ) | House | $6,900 |
| Neal, Richard E (D-MA) | House | $6,500 |
| Rockefeller, Jay (D-WV) | Senate | $6,500 |
| Reed, Jack (D-RI) | Senate | $6,000 |
| Udall, Mark (D-CO) | House | $5,800 |
| Maffei, Dan (D-NY) | House | $5,000 |
| Nelson, Bill (D-FL) | Senate | $5,000 |
| Warner, Mark (D-VA) | Senate | $5,000 |
| Bean, Melissa (D-IL) | House | $4,750 |
| Shelby, Richard C (R-AL) | Senate | $4,500 |
| Mahoney, Tim (D-FL) | House | $4,000 |
| Crowley, Joseph (D-NY) | House | $3,500 |
| Fimian, Keith S (R-VA) | House | $3,300 |
| Huckabee, Mike (R) | Pres | $3,300 |
| Leavitt, David O (R-UT) | House | $3,000 |
| Murphy, Chris (D-CT) | House | $2,800 |
| Franken, Al (D-MN) | Senate | $2,700 |
| Berman, Howard L (D-CA) | House | $2,500 |
| Dole, Elizabeth (R-NC) | Senate | $2,500 |
| Garrett, Scott (R-NJ) | House | $2,500 |
| Cornyn, John (R-TX) | Senate | $2,300 |
| Culberson, John (R-TX) | House | $2,300 |
| Goode, Gregory Justin (R-IN) | House | $2,300 |
| Landrieu, Mary L (D-LA) | Senate | $2,300 |
| Lummis, Cynthia Marie (R-WY) | House | $2,300 |
| Shays, Christopher (R-CT) | House | $2,200 |
| Davis, Tom (R-VA) | House | $2,000 |
| Hoyer, Steny H (D-MD) | House | $2,000 |
| Inouye, Daniel K (D-HI) | Senate | $2,000 |
| Pomeroy, Earl (D-ND) | House | $2,000 |
| Visclosky, Pete (D-IN) | House | $2,000 |
| Weiner, Anthony D (D-NY) | House | $2,000 |
| King, Pete (R-NY) | House | $1,843 |
| Gillibrand, Kirsten E (D-NY) | House | $1,500 |
| Shaheen, Jeanne (D-NH) | Senate | $1,500 |
| Grassley, Chuck (R-IA) | Senate | $1,250 |
| Nelson, Ben (D-NE) | Senate | $1,200 |
| Wicker, Roger (R-MS) | Senate | $1,100 |
| Baker, Richard (R-LA) | House | $1,000 |
| Barrasso, John A (R-WY) | Senate | $1,000 |
| Bennett, Robert F (R-UT) | Senate | $1,000 |
| Brady, Kevin (R-TX) | House | $1,000 |
| Capps, Lois (D-CA) | House | $1,000 |
| Coleman, Norm (R-MN) | Senate | $1,000 |
| Collins, Susan M (R-ME) | Senate | $1,000 |
| Cooper, Jim (D-TN) | House | $1,000 |
| Donnelly, Joe (D-IN) | House | $1,000 |
| Ellsworth, Brad (D-IN) | House | $1,000 |
| Engel, Eliot L (D-NY) | House | $1,000 |
| Enzi, Mike (R-WY) | Senate | $1,000 |
| Gordon, Bart (D-TN) | House | $1,000 |
| Graham, Lindsey (R-SC) | Senate | $1,000 |
| Harkin, Tom (D-IA) | Senate | $1,000 |
| Himes, Jim (D-CT) | House | $1,000 |
| Jones, Stephanie Tubbs (D-OH) | House | $1,000 |
| Kind, Ron (D-WI) | House | $1,000 |
| Kirk, Mark (R-IL) | House | $1,000 |
| Lautenberg, Frank R (D-NJ) | Senate | $1,000 |
| Lowey, Nita M (D-NY) | House | $1,000 |
| Maloney, Carolyn B (D-NY) | House | $1,000 |
| McMahon, Michael E (D-NY) | House | $1,000 |
| Olson, Pete (R-TX) | House | $1,000 |
| Pryor, Mark (D-AR) | Senate | $1,000 |
| Salazar, Ken (D-CO) | Senate | $1,000 |
| Tiberi, Patrick J (R-OH) | House | $1,000 |
| Towns, Edolphus (D-NY) | House | $1,000 |
| Wilson, Charlie (D-OH) | House | $1,000 |
| Mielke, Daniel Ernest (R-WI) | House | $900 |
| Huelskamp, Timothy A (R-KS) | House | $750 |
| Laesch, John (D-IL) | House | $750 |
| Tinklenberg, Elwyn (D-MN) | House | $750 |
| Vilsack, Thomas J (D) | Pres | $700 |
| Harrison, Stephen A (D-NY) | House | $604 |
| Brownback, Sam (R-KS) | Senate | $500 |
| Courtney, Joe (D-CT) | House | $500 |
| Crapo, Mike (R-ID) | Senate | $500 |
| Davis, Geoff (R-KY) | House | $500 |
| Fossella, Vito (R-NY) | House | $500 |
| Gilchrest, Wayne T (R-MD) | House | $500 |
| Hastings, Alcee L (D-FL) | House | $500 |
| Musgrove, Ronnie (D-MS) | Senate | $500 |
| Myers, Chris (R-NJ) | House | $500 |
| Pelosi, Nancy (D-CA) | House | $500 |
| Pierluisi, Pedro (3-PR) | $500 |
HELPING CREATE THE FINANCIAL CRISIS – our financial crisis was started by the subprime mortgage mess. Dodd helped support Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac’s purchase of subprime loans. The WALL STREET JOURNAL wrote in their editorial last summer on Dodd, “You’ll love this one. In the strange accountability of Washington, the same folks who put taxpayers on the hook for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are now demanding ransom to let taxpayers bail them out.” The Journal reported Dodd publicly attacked critics who were “repeatedly raising alarm bells about the risks Fannie and Freddie pose to the financial system.” He promoted and protected them and in return he received more PAC money from them than any other politician. A Journal editorial said, “In any other business, Mr. Dodd would be begging forgiveness.”
SUPPORTING ACORN – Not only has ACORN been raided by the FBI for falsifying voter registration records, ACORN directly promoted Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac’s involvement in subprime loans. In return Chris Dodd attended meetings at ACORN offices and promoted their efforts “to stop foreclosures.” More shocking, as we have repeatedly pointed out, the stimulus bill a contained a provision to provide taxpayer funding for ACORN. This is the same stimulus bill that apparently became the vehicle for Dodd’s support of AIG
barney frank was also in “bed” with fanny and freddie. His boyfriend was a ceo at fanny.
A LITTLE HUMOR-
Your birth certificate is an apology letter from the condom factory.
In response to Obama’s complaint that FOX News doesn’t show enough Black and Hispanic people on their network, FOX has announced that they will now air ‘America’s Most Wanted’ TWICE a week.
A SIGN IN A LOCAL RESTAURANT RESTROOM, READ.
“WE HAVE BEEN HIT HARD BY THE RESESSION, PLEASE USE BOTH SIDES OF THE TOILET PAPER”:-))
All the Way!
Paratroopers are taught to never give up; their motto is “All the Way, Airborne!”
The way I see Liberals, when all’s said and done,
Is like those who’d fall out of their last jump school run.
We all started those runs with the will to succeed,
But for some the pain just surpassed their need,
To stand in that door in the blast of the props,
To go all the way, pulling out all the stops,
Accepting the challenge that stood you up here,
Your feet in the door, your heart pounding with fear.
Some folks are quitters, who fall by the way,
While others run past them, determined to stay,
Enduring the aches, sucking glory through pain,
For the jump wings they seek and the glory they gain.
“All the way,” is their hymn, the cadence they sing,
As they blow past the burn, reaching for the brass ring;
But the quitters fall out; they can’t handle the pain,
Ensuring only the best and the hardest remain.
War is like jump school, the going gets rough,
And playing at tough is just not enough.
It’s the spirit within you that says you won’t quit,
Proves that you’re worthy, proves that you’re fit,
To fight on in combat when comrades are falling,
To fight for your life, for your cause, for your calling,
With never a thought you might possibly yield,
And never one thought of retreat from the field.
Those who toughed out those runs, stood in that door,
Don’t understand those who won’t fight anymore;
Can’t fathom their calls for retreat from Iraq,
Calls to pull out our troops, to bring them all back,
Thank goodness we’ve men who’ll stand in that door
And go all the way till the fight is no more.
Paratroopers are winners, who’ll stay ‘til it’s done,
But most Libs are quitters, who won’t finish the run.
Joe Smith started the day early having set his alarm clock (MADE IN JAPAN) for 6am. While his coffeepot (MADE IN CHINA) was perking, he shaved with his electric razor (MADE IN HONG KONG). He put on a dress shirt (MADE IN SRI LANKA), designer jeans (MADE IN SINGAPORE) , a light jacket (MADE IN VIET NAM) and tennis shoes (MADE IN KOREA). After cooking his breakfast in his new electric skillet (MADE IN INDIA) he sat down with his calculator (MADE IN MEXICO) to see how much he could spend today. After setting his watch (MADE IN TAIWAN) to the radio (MADE IN INDIA) he got in his car (MADE IN GERMANY) filled it with GAS from (SAUDI ARABIA) and continued his search for a good paying AMERICAN JOB. At the end of yet another discouraging and fruitless day checking his Computer (MADE IN MALAYSIA), Joe decided to relax for a while. He put on his sandals (MADE IN BRAZIL) poured himself a glass of wine (MADE IN FRANCE) and turned on his TV (MADE IN INDONESIA), and then wondered why he can’t find a good paying job in AMERICA…….
bosun’s locker
SHILLING IS RETIRING AFTER 21YRS IN THE BIG LEAGUES. CURT HAD 4 WORLD SERIES AND 3 CHAMPIONSHIPS
A HALL OF FAME CAREER, AND A STAND UP GUY.
GOOD LUCK CURT SHILLING
How to impress woman: kiss her, hug her, compliment her, love her, tease her, protect her, listen to her, support her
How to impress a man: Show up naked with beer.
Here is ALL you need to know about giving MORE POWER to a dingbat that’s placed in charge of the U.S. Treasury and he can’t even do his OWN income tax return.
IN ORLANDO AT A CITGO STATION, REGULAR GAS WAS PRICED AT$2.82 PER GALLON, AND NO CUSTOMERS.
HOWEVER, ACROSS THE STREET FUEL WAS SELLING FOR $2.85 PER GALLON AND ALL PUMPS THERE HAD CARS WAITING TO FUEL UP. What’s going on? Word is getting around!!!!! Read on:
Have you noticed how the CITGO signs have disappeared in the past 7-8 months? A very clever move by Chavez. But guess what, ”CITGO” IS CHANGING ITS NAME, too…
This is serious, Americans,…make sure you read this very carefully.NEWS FLASH:
Chavez is NOW getting a Russian Weapons Factory built by Putin. The RUSSIANS are building an AK-47 Kalashnikov Assault Rifle factory in Venezuela , to give armament support to Communist Rebel
groups throughout the Americas .Chavez NOW has IRANIANS operating his oil refineries in Venezuela for him. It is likely only a matter of time, if not already, before Chavez has Iranian built LONG RANGE missiles, with a variety of warhead types aimed at: Guess Who?
CITGO is NOW in the process of Changing its Name to ”PETRO EXPRESS” due to the loss of gasoline sales in the USA …due to the recent publicity of ownership by Chavez of Venezuela.
Every dollar you spend with ”CITGO” or ”PETRO EXPRESS” gasoline will be used against you, your basic human rights, and your freedoms. He will start wars here in the Americas that will probably be the death of millions.
THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT because Chavez is starting to feel the loss of revenue from his holdings. HE OWNS “CITGO”. This is a very important move that everyone should be aware of.
ANNOUNCED JUST RECENTLY: ”CITGO”, BEING AWARE THAT SALES ARE DOWN DUE TO U.S. CUSTOMERS NOT WANTIN G TO BUY FROM ‘CITGO-CHAVEZ’, HAVE STARTED TOCHANGE THE NAME OF SOME OF THEIR STORES TO: ’PETRO EXPRESS’. DO NOT BUY FROM ”PETRO EXPRESS” EITHER!!! ’PETRO EXPRESS’ IS ALSO 100% OWNED BY “CHAVEZ.”
KEEP THIS MEMO GOING SO THAT EVERYONE KNOWS WHAT IS HAPPENING. BOTTOM LINE,– BOYCOTT “CITGO” ”PETRO EXPRESS” please!!PLEASE MAKE SURE THIS IS PASSED ON TO EVERYONE IN YOUR E-MAIL LIST IN THE UNITED STATES AND OUTSIDE OF AMERICA
..
1. While it is certainly possible that the little messiah’s unwillingness to hold a formal press conference with Prime Minister Brown was purely a matter of ego, Obama’s distaste for sharing the limelight, I think the reasons go much deeper.
Almost the first thing Obama does after taking the oath and entering the Oval Office for the first time as President (the first was ordering the thermostat cranked up to 84 degrees) was order the bust of Winston Churchill which was given to President Bush by the British government after 9/11 to be boxed up and returned to the Brits. Add to that his incredibly shabby treatment of Mr. Brown during his recent visit and you see a pattern of calculated insult aimed at the United Kingdom by this president.
The question then becomes why. Why would our new president choose to show such disrespect to our nation’s oldest and closest ally? The only reason which I can come up with is that Obama wants to punish The UK for being George W Bush’s staunchest ally in the war on terror.
The Obama campaign wanted the American people to believe that the only reason that America was hated around the world was because of the “bumbling cowboy” Bush and that the sophisticated and brilliant Obama would heal our damaged image. It would seem that Obama is only worried about improving America’s image in certain select quarters. How else to explain spitting in the face of the United Kingdom while giving 9 billion dollars of gun money to Hamas to enable them to murder even more Jews.
2. Mr. Steyn has hit the nail on the head when he says that the economy is taking a distant backseat to Obama’s socialist agenda. In fact I think that Obama is intentionally driving the economy down in order to intensify the crisis atmosphere. After all the people might insist on actually reading the legislation if they hadn’t been whipped into hysteria by things like rising unemployment and a plunging Dow.
3. The leaders of Europe are very aware of the fact that the comfortable socialist hyper-secular welfare states that they have built for themselves are only possible because the United States is there to back them up economically and militarily. All of the things which make us distasteful to European elites, our dynamic individualism, capitalism, militarism and even our religious faith all combine to make the US the kind of economic and military superpower that a decadent and defenseless Europe must rely upon to guarantee its continued existence.
This dependence creates resentment which the European “man in the street” does not need to hide but which Europe’s political leaders have to hold somewhat in check. This creates a “tightrope” situation in which Euro Leaders must pander to the anti American mob on one hand while remaining firmly attached to the US with the other.
This was seen in the 1980′s when President Reagan was deploying Pershing and cruise missiles and ERW’s (neutron bombs) to Europe. European political leaders knew that the USSR‘s strategy was to win by intimidation and that a viable means to strike back from European soil would make any Soviet invasion of Western Europe vastly less likely. However the European citizenry was up in arms over “cowboy” Reagan’s “escalation” of the Cold War. Elected leaders in Europe had to appear “gravely concerned” for domestic public consumption while having their ambassadors deliver notes to the White House urging Mr. Reagan to hurry up with the damn missiles because they were damn tired of living under the threat of 50 thousand Russian tanks parked on their borders.
Today what the European leadership wants is to be able to go before the cameras in their own countries and bloviate about how the global financial crisis proves the failure of capitalism while the US cuts taxes and spending and puts its own economy into overdrive – consequently lifting them out of what could eaisly become a global depression.
But that seems unlikely to happen this time. Obama is truly a man of the radical socialist left. He is not going to “waste this crisis” by passing up the oppurtunity to transform America into the kind of nation his Marxist college professors told him it should be. He is not going to pass up the chance to punish the “white power structure” as his angry bitter wife and angry bitter pastor want him to.
So the Europeans watch and worry. So should we.
WAKE UP AMERICA
It may already be to late for this country as Mr Obama has so quickly and swiftly surrounded himself with socialist and communist and now with Muslims. You know the Muslim world is cheering because the fall of America is almost complete. They, with B.O.’s help have basically over-thrown our government and our congressmen/women now just pawns of him and foriegn governments. If conservative ever can control of congress in 2010 they need to bring treason charges upon him and the Democrats and Republicans that followed him.
THIS IS THE START OF AFFIRMITIVE ACTION!!!!!
Obama Lies-Senate Uses Sneak Attack On Guns
As a presidential candidate, Barack Obama deliberately and repeatedly lied to America’s 90 million gun owners when he insisted that he would not try to take away anyone’s firearms, the Citizens Committee for the Right to Keep and Bear Arms said.
Now House Republicans are trying to add an amendment to the “Ominous Spending” lands bill that would codify the right to carry concealed weapons in national parks, less than a week after a federal judge blocked a similar proposal.
But, Senate leaders have devised a strategy to use a bill that had already passed the House — H.R. 146, a proposal to protect Revolutionary War battlefields — and strip its contents, replacing it with the “Ominous Spending” lands bill.
Because the House already passed H.R. 146, the Rules Committee can approve a closed rule that would block a motion to recommit, eliminating the GOP‘s best procedural chance to stymie the bill. The chamber would only need a simple majority vote to concur with the Senate amendment.
CCRKBA Chairman Alan Gottlieb, reacting to the “Ominous Spending” lands bill tactic to force more gun control on U.S. citizen’s said “the sneak attack on guns reveals the Democrats clear intention to outlaw guns everywhere. Obama has been lying to the nation when he says he will not take guns away.”
U.S. District Judge Colleen Kollar-Kotelly placed an injunction on the Interior rule last week. The judge’s ruling infringed on the rights of gun owners as drivers in areas such as Washington, D.C., often drive through federal park lands every day. Rob Bishop (R-Utah) said “It’s ridiculous for people to be subject to two different sets of regulations simply because their car moved a few feet,” Bishop said in a statement. “The judge’s decision last week was wrong.”
“We warned America that Obama’s ‘support’ for the Second Amendment was empty rhetoric,” he stated, “and now his support for the “Ominous Spending” lands bill shows Obama was lying, and now gun rights may be dying.”
“Right now,” said Gottlieb, “I wouldn’t take Obama’s word if he said it rains a lot in Seattle. Apparently, law-abiding gun owners have nothing to fear unless they drive to work in Washington DC and park or drive in the wrong place.”
STAND UP AMERICA AND BE HEARD!!
It is no secret to people who are not infected with Obamaitis that he is a radical who has studied Saul Alinsky and that he wants to make this country a Socialist haven. He has already worked toward that and his grand plans include socializing health care and confiscating wealth from the affluent and giving it to the less affluent. His toadies are also working on back door gun bans to run around the Second Amendment. Top it off with the re-imposition of slavery in this country and it is not hard to see we are heading in the wrong direction.
Recently, the government demonstrated its intentions by using the tax policies to negate legal contracts and to punish those who received money to which they were entitled. The punitive taxes are being implemented because Congress failed in its duties. They are punishing people in order to cover the mistakes they made and that Obama allowed. This is how government will handle laws it does not like. Unfortunately, this will probably stand because the courts do not like to get involved in tax legislation.
I know there are many who are happy about this but they ignore the rule of law in their delight. But, but, Congress is only taking care of the mess that these companies made. These companies got taxpayer money so we Congress can make sure they act right.
I know, people believe that Congress has every right to get involved in businesses that taxpayer money has gone to (even though some companies were forced to take the money) but now Obama wants to go after all executive pay regardless of whether the companies received a bailout or not. Drudge is reporting that a Sunday New York Times piece will report that:
Obama will call for increased oversight of ‘executive pay at all banks, Wall Street firms and possibly other companies’ as part of sweeping plan to ‘overhaul financial regulation’, NY TIMES reporting Sunday, newsroom sources tell DRUDGE…
What gives Obama the right to decide executive pay in any company? What gives him the right to decide how much money an individual is allowed to make?
Nothing in our system of government does but Obama does not like our system of government. He wants us to be a Socialist nation where government decides what people do and how much they make. He wants to take wealth and move it in a downward direction rather than encourage people to make money and move upward.
Maybe a few things can happen to derail this phony leader and his gang of Socialist conspirators. First of all, companies that did not get bailout money should tell the administration they WILL NOT cap pay or bonuses and that as long as they make money they will decide how to spend it. All companies (whether they got bailout money or not) should stop ALL political donations. If they employ lobbyists then they should fire them. Not one dime should come from anywhere in the financial district. That would reduce the amount of money going to politicians by millions. I also wonder how it would screw things up if all the folks at AIG who received bonuses donated enough of it to charity to offset the punitive taxes imposed by Congress. I would donate 100% of it to charity before I paid 90% in taxes on it.
Congress and the usurper in the White House are out of control. They are going balls to the walls in order to steamroll this country. They want Socialism and they are working very hard to get it. I read a quote that Socialism works until you run out of other people’s money. We are already spending the money of future generations. When will the madness stop?
I asked earlier why the Democrats are not going after union contracts the way they did the AIG contracts. They want more union people in this country and they are working hard to get all the workers unionized through card check and through fast track amnesty plans for illegals. They want nationalized socialism with workers who do the bidding of their charismatic leader.
They called George Bush the Nazi and compared him to Hitler but Obama is more closely aligned with those items. If we do not oppose him now it will not be long before brown shirted Obama Nazis will be marching in our streets.
What do you think a national civilian security force is for? Here is a hint: It is not to stop people from outside our borders. That only leaves those within…
Join the resistance.
Wake up America.
I’ve been thinking a lot about the economic crisis. It has damaged the security of our Country and has hurt so many innocent people. The people on Wall St. and their conspirators in government have caused this country more damage than Al Qaeda. I agree with President Obama that we have to focus on solving the crisis. But solving the crisis means identifying what criminals did what to cause the damage. People are outraged that the same people at AIG that caused the problem got bonuses. What about the outrage that the same people in government who conspired with them are now in charge of solving the problem?
The worst economic crisis since the “Great Depression” was primarily the result of three government actions. First, repeal of the Glass-Steagall Act and hundreds of post Depression regulations that then allowed Wall St. investment firms to compete with Banks. Second, the derivatives market was exempted from regulatory control. This allowed Wall St. to create derivatives and then criminally over-leveraged them to cause the whole house of cards to collapse. Third, Wall St. was allowed to carry off-balance sheet accounting and to use “self-policing” to regulate that market. This allowed Wall St. to hide overleveraged phony derivatives from regulators, if they ever decided to look.
It is certain that the present economic crisis is due primarily to the deregulation of Wall St. and the failure to regulate derivatives. It is just as certain that some people on Wall St. are making a lot of money with the tax-payer bailouts. So if we follow the old adage “follow the money”, what do we get? Why did some Wall St. firms get bailed out and not others? Why was AIG allowed to keep bonuses and launder money to Goldman-Sachs, Citigroup and UBS? The map of key players reads like an old Mafia organization map, tracing connections between Wall St. and Government. This is the organization that stole our savings and is stealing our tax dollars now:
Robert Rubin (AKA “The Accountant”): Former executive with Goldman-Sachs and 70th Secretary of the Treasury. He spearheaded the Clinton Administration effort to repeal the Glass-Steagall Act and exempt derivatives. He now works for Citigroup.
Larry Summers (AKA “The Apprentice”): Currently the Chief Economic Advisor to the President, former 71st Secretary of the Treasury and former assistant to Robert Rubin. He assured that derivatives would be exempted from regulations and was a big proponent of allowing Wall St. to “self-regulate”.
Henry Paulson (AKA “The Don”): the power behind the organization. He was the former CEO of Goldman-Sachs and 74th Secretary of Treasury. He organized and coordinated the government response to the Wall St. bailouts with Goldman-Sachs. He made the decisions on who got money and who didn’t. For example, when Lehman Brothers and AIG requested bailouts, Paulson had a “sit down” with current Sachs CEO, Lloyd Blankfein in late Sept. 2008 and decided to let Sachs competitor Lehman Brothers fail, but bail out AIG. Who was AIG’s biggest trading partner? Goldman-Sachs. Too bad you Lehman Brothers, Bear-Stearns investors backed the wrong horse. Maybe you should pay more attention to who is in government than your portfolio. Paulson runs the organization now through his positions on the Boards of TARP and FSOB.
Tim Geithner (AKA “Babyface”): Former assistant to Robert Rubin and Larry Summers and now the 75th Secretary of Treasury. He helped Rubin and Summers destroy the regulation of Wall St. and exemption of derivatives. Recommended by “the Don” Paulson, he is now in charge of making sure the organization takes care of it’s own. Just to be sure, his Chief of Staff is Mark Patterson, formerly of Goldman-Sachs. Patterson strong armed Sen. Dodd into taking out the restrictions on bonuses to AIG and allowed AIG to pay-off lenders at full price such as Goldman-Sachs
Ben Bernanke (AKA “The Banker”): Chair of the Federal Reserve. He withdrew the money and put it into TARP to pay off, sorry, “bail out” Wall St. firms such as Sachs and Citigroup at the recommendation of Paulson. He appointed Neel Kahkari, formerly V.P. of (you guessed it) Goldman-Sachs to head TARP. He negotiated the deal to save AIG and allowed all initial TARP money to be given to Wall St. without conditions.
Sen. Phil Gramm (AKA “The Assassin”): Along with Robert Rubin and Larry Summers, he spearheaded the Senate legislation to kill Glass-Steagall, regulations on trade and accounting and exempt derivatives. While Chairman of the Senate Banking Committee he exacted over 3 billion dollars of contributions to allies in the Government from Wall St. He was in a position to take over as “Don” but failed in the 2008 election. He has since become a lobbyist for… UBS, one of the firms AIG laundered TARP money to pay off.
So can we trust the same men in government who caused the economic crisis (by enabling Wall St.’s thefts of our future) to make sure our money now goes to solve the problem? Or can we expect that they will enrich the same people who stole our money with our tax dollars? Is it any wonder why Goldman-Sachs is now “whole” and has fewer competitors? Is it any wonder why we can’t account for hundreds of billions of tax dollars already given to Goldman-Sachs, Citigroup and AIG?
Is it time to realize that we are being robbed by a conspiracy that reaches from Goldman-Sachs to the Obama Administration to AIG and back again when the next round of pay-offs, I mean bail-outs occur.
Meanwhile, Dip Schitt married Loda Schitt, and they produced a son with a rather nervous disposition named Chicken Schitt. Two of the other six children, Fulla Schitt and Giva Schitt, were inseparable throughout childhood and subsequently married the Happens brothers in a dual ceremony. The wedding announcement in the newspaper announced the
Schitt-Happens nuptials. The Schitt-Happens children were Dawg, Byrd, and Horse.
Bull Schitt, the prodigal son, left home to tour the world. He recently returned from Italy with his new Italian bride, Pisa Schitt.
NOW when someone says, ‘You don’t know Jack Schitt,’ you can correct them.
Sincerely,
Crock O. Schitt
Obama Census Plan: No Illegal Alien Left Behind
I have seen the electoral future, and it is rigged. With fraud-prone, ideologically-driven interest groups swarming the census-gathering process, the Left is solidifying its chances of a permanent ruling majority. Lax immigration enforcement is the not-so-secret key to the Democrats’ power grab. And the Obama administration is all too happy to aid and abet.
At a meeting to mobilize volunteer trainees assisting with the decennial national head count, Commerce Secretary Gary Locke encouraged the government’s partners to spread the word that privacy rights of census-takers would not be violated and that accuracy and fairness would be ensured. Locke assured the activists: “We all recognize what is at stake.”
But do you?
The volunteer groups Commerce Secretary Locke is entrusting to protect accuracy and fairness include the race racketeers and voter registration con artists of tax-subsidized ACORN, the amnesty activists of Voto Latino, and the labor mobsters of the SEIU. The fate of $300 billion in federal funding – and, most importantly, the apportionment of Congressional seats – rest in their hands.
As for “privacy rights,” it’s not your privacy rights they care about. It’s the privacy rights of millions of illegal aliens whose advocates have enshrined for them a sacred right never to be questioned about their immigration status. Obama’s census partners are using the process to pressure homeland security agents to halt interior enforcement efforts and workplace raids so that illegal alien cooperation with the national survey is maximized. Inclusion of the massive illegal alien population has resulted in a radical redrawing of the electoral map.
The Census is used to divvy up seats in the House as a proportion of their population based on the head count. More people equals more seats. More illegal immigrants counted equals more power. This is not hypothetical. The Center for Immigration Studies determined that in the 2000 election cycle, the presence of non-citizens (including illegal immigrants, temporary visitors, and green-card holders) caused nine seats in the House to switch hands. As the think tank’s analysis reported: California added six seats it would not have had otherwise. Texas, New York, and Florida each gained a seat. Indiana, Michigan, Mississippi, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin each lost a seat. Montana, Kentucky, and Utah each failed to secure a seat they would otherwise have gained.
Translation in plain English: Open borders have profound consequences. And they don’t end with congressional apportionment. The redistribution of power extends to presidential elections because the Electoral College is pegged to the size of congressional delegations.
Under the Carter administration, the men and women who enforce our immigration laws were ordered not to do their jobs during the census count; non-enforcement was the unspoken policy during the Clinton administration in 2000. The policy, in other words, was to put political interests above security interests and leave No Illegal Alien Left Behind. The Obama Department of Homeland Security is already continuing the tradition – reversing the work of investigative agents who have uncovered massive document fraud at illegal alien worksites and cutting immigration and customs enforcement operations at the knees.
During the eight years of the Bush administration, groups such as ACORN received millions of dollars in subsidies for their racial and corporate shakedown activities. The pro-amnesty faction of the GOP pandered to unions such as the SEIU and ethnic lobbying groups such as Voto Latino seeking to boost their membership rolls.
Now, Republicans can only stand by helplessly while the political opponents they helped fund use the census to help wipe them off the electoral map. You reap what you sow.
“IT’S NOT OVER TILL THE ALIENS WIN”
I wanted to get this news to you immediately. The Iowa Supreme Court, in a unanimous decision, struck at the heart of the family in Iowa and indeed in the whole country. The ruling, which, will be viewed as a victory for the gay rights movement, should instead, be viewed as an attack on the traditional family as recognized in this country. It is a sad day for Iowa and for the country
Now, because of the ruling by the Iowa Supreme Court, gay couples can legally marry in Iowa beginning April 24.
And Iowa, by the decision of the State Supreme Court, becomes the first mid-western state, and the third in the country, to allow same-sex marriages. I have long believed that marriage must be defined as a marriage between one man and one woman. To that end, we must pass a federal constitutional amendment defining marriage as a union between one man and one woman. I continue to believe that neither the federal government or any state government should recognize same sex marriages.
As the late Cardinal O’Connor said, a domestic partnership law is legislation that says “marriage doesn’t matter.” The Cardinal was right. Marriage does matter. Our true strength as a nation comes from our families. We must continue to fight by every legal method available to us to preserve the importance of the family as a unit and to amend the Constitution of the United States to define marriage as a union between one man and one woman.
Continuing the Fight,
Mike Huckabee
A victory for the hysterical Oprah Winfrey, the mad racist
> preacher Jeremiah Wright, the US mainstream media who
> abandoned any sense of objectivity long ago, Europeans who
> despise America largely because they depend on her, comics
> who claim to be dangerous and fearless but would not dare
> attack genuinely powerful special interest groups. A victory
> for Obama-worshippers everywhere. A victory for the cult of
> the cult. A man who has done little with his life but has
> written about his achievements as if he had found the cure
> for cancer in between winning a marathon and building a
> nuclear reactor with his teeth. Victory for style over
> substance, hyperbole over history, rabble-raising over
> reality.
>
> A victory for Hollywood, the most dysfunctional community
> in the world. Victory for Streisand, Spielberg, Soros,
> Moore, and Sarandon. Victory for those who prefer welfare to
> will and interference to independence. For those who settle
> for group think and herd mentality rather than those who
> fight for individual initiative and the right to be out of
> step with meager political fashion.
>
> Victory for a man who is no friend of freedom. He and his
> people have already stated that media has to be controlled
> so as to be balanced, without realizing the extraordinary
> irony within that statement. Like most liberal zealots, the
> Obama worshippers constantly speak of Fox and Limbaugh, when
> the vast bulk of television stations and newspapers are
> drastically liberal and anti-conservative. Senior Democrat
> Chuck Schumer said that just as pornography should be
> censored, so should talk radio. In other words, one of the
> few free and open means of popular expression may well be
> cornered and beaten by bullies who even in triumph cannot
> tolerate any criticism and opposition.
>
> A victory for those who believe the state is better
> qualified to raise children than the family, for those who
> prefer teachers’ unions to teaching and for those who
> are naively convinced that if the West is sufficiently weak
> towards its enemies, war and terror will dissolve as quickly
> as the tears on the face of a leftist celebrity.
>
> A victory for social democracy even after most of Europe
> has come to the painful conclusion that social democracy
> leads to mediocrity, failure, unemployment, inflation,
> higher taxes and economic stagnation. A victory for
> intrusive lawyers, banal sentimentalists, social extremists
> and urban snobs.
>
> Congratulations ! Your funeral will be sooner than you
> think! America
They were the real thing, common crooks of the high seas, with nothing romantic, charmingly eye-patched or gold-earringed about them.
But with three crack rifle shots, three of the bad guys were dispatched by Navy Seals, and Richard Phillips, the captain of the United States-flagged freighter Maersk Alabama, was freed in a daring Indian Ocean operation that rightfully raised Americans’ spirits Easter Sunday.
Three shots, three dead across the bounding main in a dusk so dark that night-vision scopes had to be used? There are no better-trained special forces in the world than the Coronado-based Seals, no snipers better able to pull the trigger and make it matter.
As negotiations to free Phillips had soured after several days, and after an earlier escape attempt from the 25-foot lifeboat had failed, President Obama had authorized the use of force.
That force paid off, and will continue to pay off down the years, not only in the safety of Captain Phillips, who had bravely offered himself up as a hostage to the pirates in return for the release of his crew and ship.
It showed the Somali criminals currently terrorizing the Gulf of Aden and Indian Ocean sea lanes in the most dramatic fashion possible that once the life of a United States citizen hangs in the balance, all bets are off. And the advantage is suddenly not at all with the guys with the fast boats, the grappling hooks and
the greed. It’s with the extraordinary combination of intelligence, patience and might that is the United States military operating at its best.
THE NAVY SEALS ARE NOT USED ENOUGH TO PROTECT OUR COUNTRY AND OUR CITIZENS. WE NEED THIS SHOW OF POWER, TO STOP THE TERRORISTS. WE HAVE TO LET THEM KNOW THAT THEY ARE ONLY GOING TO PUSH US SO FAR
RE-DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE:
PETITION TO PROTECT U.S. SOVEREIGNTY
Whereas, the Declaration of Independence remains just that – a declaration of our founders’ intent to be an independent nation, unencumbered by permanent alliances and foreign entanglements;
Whereas, our founders risked their lives, their fortunes and their sacred honor to fight a war for that independence so that their posterity could live in a sovereign republic governed by the rule of law and the will of the people;
Whereas, the United States of America has been governed for 220 years by a Constitution that has helped to maintain the nation’s sovereignty and independence;
Whereas, the undersigned insist we will submit to be governed only by those whom we elect;
Whereas, for Americans, supra-national government means far less accountability to the Constitution and to the will of the people;
Whereas, President Barack Obama has called for the establishment of “a stronger global regime” to solve world crises;
Whereas, officials of the United States government have explored regional governance ties under names such as “North American Union” and “Trans-Atlantic Union”;
Whereas, officials of the United States government have actively explored and discussed publicly the need for a new regional or global currency to replace the U.S. dollar;
Whereas, officials of the United States government have worked for the implementation of new binding international limits on the production of carbon dioxide;
Whereas, officials of the United States government have already forged permanent international economic and trade agreements and associations unaccountable to the people and contrary to the Constitution – pacts that have represented a material setback to America and its strategic manufacturing base;
Whereas, officials of the United States government are currently planning a new international treaty to place the oceans and seas under the global authority of the United Nations:
|
SIGN THE PETITION
We, the undersigned, assert our rights as sovereign citizens of the United States of America in preserving our nation’s sovereignty and independence. We reject all efforts at regional governments, new permanent treaties and alliances, global economic unions and new international or regional currencies. We oppose yielding any new authority to global institutions such as the United Nations. We reject all calls for a “New World Order,” “Global Regime” or global governance by any other name. We recognize that the United States is the greatest nation in history, but that to remain great, it must stay fiercely independent and true to its divinely blessed Constitution. To do less would be to ignore and dishonor the heroic sacrifices of millions of Americans who fought and died to preserve this free and independent nation.
|
|
| Total Signatures: 22,189 | * required fields |
THE GOVERNMENT IS PUTTING LEFT WINGRADICALS IN ALL GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS TO SPY FOR THEM.
THE PRESIDENT SPEAKS AT GEORGETOWN UNIV. THE UNIV. COVERS UP CHRIST, THEY SHOULD BE ASHAMED OF THEM SELFS.
WE ARE GIVING ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS A FREE RIDE. ALL EXPENCES PAID BY TAXPAYERS!!!
OBAMA IS KISSING THE ASSOF OUR ENEMYS.
THE DEMOCRATES ARE GIVING MONEY AWAY BY THE TRAIN LOADS.
HOME LAND SECURITY SAYING OUR RETURNING FIGHTING MEN AND WOMEN ARE POTENTIAL RADICALS.
LEGALIZING SAME SEX MARRIAGE.
GIVING TOP SECRET DOCUMENTS TO OUR ENEMYS
TAKING STATES RIGHTS AWAY.
NEXT WE WILL BE SPYING ON EACH OTHER! “SOUND FAMILIAR”
“ACORN IS A LEFT ARM OF THE DEMOCRATIC PARTY (WAKE UP AMERICA)
THIS COUNTRY IS GETTING DEEPER IN THE SEWER EVERY DAY!
IT IS TIME FOR THE PEOPLE TO TAKE BACK THE GOVERNMENT.
CLEAN OUT WASHINGTON “WITH TERM LIMITS”
MAYBE A THIRD PARTY IS ONE OF THE ANSWERS!!!

Joseph Robert Kerrey
Name: Joseph Robert (Bob) KerreyAwarded: Congressional Medal of Honor on May 14, 1970 by President Richard Nixon, “For conspicuous gallantry and intrepidity at the risk of his life above and beyond the call of duty while serving as a SEAL team leader during action against enemy aggressor (Viet Cong) forces.”
Other Awards: Bronze Star, for action Feb 25, 1969, in Thanh Phong, Vietnam.
Contributions
Bob Kerrey served with distinction as a Navy SEAL in Vietnam from January – March 1969. On March 14, 1969, Kerrey led a SEAL unit on a daring operation to capture key Viet Cong political cadre personnel. He was severely wounded in an intense firefight by an enemy grenade that cost him part of his leg. Kerrey continued to direct his men in the firefight and extraction. The captured prisoners provided critical intelligence for the U.S. Kerrey was subsequently awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor for his actions.
MOH Citation
“Acting in response to reliable intelligence, LTjg Kerrey led his SEAL team on a mission to capture important members of the enemy’s area political cadre known to be located on an island in the bay of Nha Trang. In order to surprise the enemy, he and his team scaled a 350-foot sheer cliff to place themselves above the ledge on which the enemy was located.
Splitting his team in 2 elements and coordinating both, LTjg Kerrey led his men in the treacherous downward descent to the enemy’s camp. Just as they neared the end of their descent, intense enemy fire was directed at them, and LTjg Kerrey received massive injuries from a grenade which exploded at his feet and threw him backward onto the jagged rocks.
Although bleeding profusely and suffering great pain, he displayed outstanding courage and presence of mind in immediately directing his element’s fire into the heart of the enemy camp. Utilizing his radio, LTjg Kerrey called in the second element’s fire support which caught the confused Viet Cong in a devastating crossfire.
After successfully suppressing the enemy’s fire, and although immobilized by his multiple wounds, he continued to maintain calm, superlative control as he ordered his team to secure and defend an extraction site. LTjg Kerrey resolutely directed his men, despite his near unconscious state, until he was eventually evacuated by helicopter. The havoc brought to the enemy by this very successful mission cannot be over-estimated.
The enemy soldiers who were captured provided critical intelligence to the allied effort. LTjg Kerrey’s courageous and inspiring leadership, valiant fighting spirit, and tenacious devotion to duty in the face of almost overwhelming opposition sustain and enhance the finest traditions of the U.S. Naval Service.”
His Own Words
“I accepted the medal for the many people who got nothing,” said Bob Kerrey…There were a lot of very, very brave men and women whose actions weren’t recognized. I received the medal on behalf of them.”
Biography
Bob Kerrey was born in Lincoln Nebraska on August 27, 1943 and graduated from the University of Nebraska in 1966. He served as a Navy SEAL from 1968-1969, and deployed to Vietnam from January to March 1969. He was awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor for his courageous actions wounded and under fire, leading a SEAL unit on a daring operation in which he lost part of his right leg to an enemy grenade.
Bob Kerrey went on to become a successful businessman, operating a chain of restaurants and fitness centers from 1972-1982. He is most known for his 18-year political career, which included an unsuccessful bid for the Democratic Presidential Nomination in 1992. Kerrey served as Governor of Nebraska from 1983-1987, and as U.S. Senator from Nebraska from 1989-2001. Since leaving, he has been University President of The New School in New York. Kerrey was also a member of the Nat’l. Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States, (“9/11 Commission”), from 2003-2004.
THE AMERICAN PEOPLE REALLY MISSED THE BOAT ON BOB KERREY, WE SHOULD HAVE VOTED FOR HIM WHEN HE RAN FOR PRESIDENT!!!
COLUMBIANA, Ala. – Five men dead in an apartment.
In a county that might see five homicides in an entire year, the call over the sheriff’s radio revealed little about what awaited law enforcement at a sprawling apartment complex.
A type of crime, and criminal, once foreign to this landscape of blooming dogwoods had arrived in Shelby County. Sheriff Chris Curry felt it even before he laid eyes on the grisly scene. He called the state. The FBI. The DEA. Anyone he could think of.
“I don’t know what I’ve got,” he warned them. “But I’m gonna need help.”
The five dead men lay scattered about the living room of one apartment in a complex of hundreds.
Some of the men showed signs of torture: Burns seared into their earlobes revealed where modified jumper cables had been clamped as an improvised electrocution device. Adhesive from duct tape used to bind the victims still clung to wrists and faces, from mouths to noses.
As a final touch, throats were slashed open, post-mortem.
It didn’t take long for Curry and federal agents to piece together clues: A murder scene, clean save for the crimson-turned-brown stains now spotting the carpet. Just a couple of mattresses tossed on the floor. It was a typical stash house.
But the cut throats? Some sort of ghastly warning.
Curry would soon find this was a retaliation hit over drug money with ties to Mexico‘s notorious Gulf Cartel.
Curry also found out firsthand what federal drug enforcement agents have long understood. The drug war, with the savagery it brings, knows no bounds. It had landed in his back yard, in the foothills of the Appalachians, in Alabama‘s wealthiest county, around the corner from The Home Depot.
One thousand, twenty-four miles from the Mexico border.
___
Forget for a moment the phrase itself — “War on Drugs” — much-derided since President Richard Nixon coined it. Wars eventually end, after all. And many Americans wonder today, nearly four decades later, will this one ever be won?
In Mexico, the fight has become a real war. Some 45,000 Mexican army troops now patrol territories long ruled by narcotraffickers. Places like Tijuana, in the border state of Baja California. Reynosa, across the Rio Grande from Texas. Ciudad Juarez, next door to El Paso. But also the central state of Michoacan and resort cities like Acapulco, an hour south of the place where, months ago, the decapitated bodies of 12 soldiers were discovered with a sign that read:
“For every one of mine that you kill, I will kill 10.”
Some 10,560 people have been killed since 2006, the year Mexican President Felipe Calderon took office and launched his campaign against the organized crime gangs that move cocaine, methamphetamine, marijuana and heroin to a vast U.S. market. Consider that fewer than 4,300 American service members have died in the six-year war in Iraq.
The cartels are fighting each other for power, and the Calderon administration for their very survival. Never before has a Mexican president gone after these narco-networks with such force.
“He has deployed troops. He has deployed national police. He’s trying to vet and create units … that can effectively adjudicate and turn back the years of corruption,” says John Walters, who directed the Office of National Drug Control Policy for seven years under President George W. Bush. “These groups got more powerful, and when there was less visible destruction, it was because they were in control; they were stable. Now, he has destabilized them.”
Walters sees this as an “opportunity to change — for better, or worse — the history of our two countries fundamentally.”
And now the cartels have brought the fight to us: In 230 U.S. cities, the Mexican organizations maintain distribution hubs or supply drugs to local distributors, according to the Justice Department’s National Drug Intelligence Center.
Places like Miami and other longtime transportation points along the California, Arizona and Texas borders. But also Twin Falls, Idaho. Billings, Mont. Wichita, Kan. Phoenix. St. Louis. Milwaukee.
Even Shelby County.
The quintuple homicide occurred just outside the Birmingham city limits and a half-hour’s drive north of Columbiana, the county seat.
“We became a hub without knowing it,” Sheriff Curry says. “We’ve got to wake people up because we’re seeing it all over the place. It is now firmly located throughout this country.”
The talk of the day is “spillover” violence — at once the stuff of sensationalism but also a very real concept.
In Phoenix, the nation’s fifth-largest city, police report close to 1,000 kidnappings over the past three years tied to border smuggling, be it human or drugs or both. The rise parallels a shift in illegal immigrant crossings from California and Texas to the Arizona border, where many of the same gangs transporting people transport drugs. The perpetrators are often after ransom money, for a drug load lost or from a family that paid to have a relative brought over.
The problem has earned the city the unfortunate distinction of “America’s kidnapping capital” in some media accounts, even though the incidents are mostly out of sight and out of mind for law-abiding residents and overall crime, including homicides, was down last year.
In Atlanta, which has grown into a major distribution hub for the Gulf Cartel, trafficker-on-trafficker violence has become more common as the cartels, in the face of Calderon’s crackdown, impose tighter payment schedules and grow less tolerant of extending credit, says Rodney Benson, chief of the Drug Enforcement Administration there.
Benson blames that, in part, for the much-publicized kidnapping last summer in the middle-class Atlanta suburb of Lilburn, not far from Stone Mountain Park. Acting on a tip, agents found a Dominican man chained to a wall in the basement of a house, severely dehydrated and badly beaten. He had been lured from Rhode Island because he apparently owed $300,000 in drug debts.
“Money wasn’t paid,” Benson says. “They were going to kill him.”
Greg Borland heads the DEA office in Birmingham. Since the murders last August, he’s seen the fear in his neighbors’ eyes, and faced their questions: How did this happen? Why here? Why now?
“They’re absolutely shocked. To me it’s like: Why? It’s everywhere. Unless you have a 50-foot wall around your town, no one should feel immune from this. The citizen in me says, `I can’t believe this is happening in my town.’ But the cop in me says, `Well, it’s only a matter of time’ … because there are high-level drug traffickers in the area.
“Maybe,” he says, “it was only by the grace of God that it hadn’t happened already.”
Those in the know understand that this kind of violence is nothing new. In border communities that have long been trafficking hubs it’s uncommon not to hear of a drug-related crime on the evening news.
What’s new is where that violence is erupting, where distribution cells and hubs and sub-hubs have surfaced. How an apartment in Alabama became the site of a drug hit in many ways tells the story of the narco-trade in America in 2009, and of the challenges we face in combatting a blight that has spread to big cities and small all across the land.
___
Before Aug. 20, 2008, when the five men were found, the assumption had been that the big drug hauls were passing through Shelby County and on to cities with larger markets.
Alabama had long had its share of street dealers. Homegrown pot passed hands. Then powder cocaine and crack. Soon meth labs cropped up here and there. “Just a local issue,” says Curry.
“There weren’t really any traffickers in our county. But over time it’s escalated into a sophisticated transportation structure that moves marijuana, moves powder cocaine and now moves crystal meth.”
First came the rise of the Mexican cartel, brought about in the late ’80s and early ’90s after authorities cracked down on Colombian traffickers and choked off routes along the Caribbean and in South Florida. The Colombians aligned with the Mexicans for transportation, then began paying their Mexican subcontractors in cocaine.
As more Colombian traffickers were brought down, the Mexicans took over both transportation and distribution. A decade ago, 60 percent of the cocaine entering the United States came through Mexico. Today that figure is 90 percent.
Texas and other border states become primary distribution hubs. Greg Bowden, who heads the FBI‘s violent crime task force in Birmingham, worked four years in the Texas border city of Brownsville. He remembers cases involving Alabama dealers who would fly into Houston, rent a car, pick up loads at a warehouse or mall parking lot and drive back home.
“(Distributors) felt comfortable in Texas. That was their home base, and has been for a long time. Now,” says Bowden, “they’re comfortable here, in Memphis, in Atlanta. They moved their home bases to these little pockets.”
One reason for that shift is the ability these days to “blend in in plain sight,” as the Atlanta DEA chief puts it. The flood of Hispanic immigrants into American communities to work construction and plant jobs helped provide cover for traffickers looking to expand into new markets or build hubs in quiet suburbs with fewer law officers than the big cities.
Shelby has long been Alabama’s fastest-growing county, with its proximity to Birmingham, good schools and a growing corporate corridor along Highway 280. The number of Hispanics grew 126 percent from 2000 to 2007. It was once rare to see a Latino face at the local Wal-Mart or gas station. Now, dozens upon dozens of Hispanic day laborers line Lorna Road in the northern part of the county.
As Bowden says, “You don’t stand out.”
But there is another reason this area, and others, have become what some agents call “sub-hubs.”
With some 4.9 million trucks crossing into the United States from Mexico every year, tractor-trailers have become a transportation mode of choice among traffickers. Drugs head north, but weapons and cash also head back south — like the $400,000 Border Patrol agents found on April 2 near Las Cruces, N.M., stashed in the refrigeration unit of a semi.
Shelby County is a trucking mecca, with highways 65, 20, 59 and 459 running east to Atlanta, north to Nashville, south to New Orleans, west to Dallas. Once reluctant to haul drug shipments too far beyond a border state, drivers are willing to take more chances now, because there are so many trucks on the road, Bowden says.
Since January, 27 people were sentenced in Alabama federal court in just one case for using tractor-trailers to transport cocaine and marijuana from Mexico across the border to Brownsville, then up through Birmingham on I-65 to northern Alabama for distribution. Investigators seized 77 pounds of cocaine during the investigation — more than the DEA seized in the entire state of Alabama in all of 1999. The scheme, according to an indictment, had operated since 2004.
Amid all of this, an operation moved into Shelby County, leading to the call on Aug. 20.
A simple welfare check brought deputies to the Cahaba Lakes Apartments off Highway 280, down the road from upscale Vestavia Hills, whose motto is “A Better Place to Live.”
The victims were Hispanic, all illegal immigrants. Interviews with family members and associates helped investigators piece together a sketchy portrait of what happened.
Agents described it as friendly competition turned deadly among a group of distributors from Atlanta and Birmingham that often sold and shared drug loads when one or the other group was running low. At some point, about a half-million in drug money went missing. One group suspected the other of taking it, and went after the five men at Cahaba Lakes.
The money was never found.
Whether an order came directly from Mexico, or the decision was made down the food chain, investigators don’t know.
The DEA’s Borland notes that making a direct connection between the street level distributors charged in the killing and a specific cartel boss back in Mexico isn’t easy in a business with so many players at various levels.
“We don’t have canceled checks of their dues payments to the cartels. But we know that they were moving large quantities of drugs, which are probably brought in here under the supervision of the Gulf Cartel, because the Gulf Cartel is the dominant one here,” he says.
“That money was supposed to be moving … and it disappeared. So the attempt was to locate where was the money and who took it?” Curry says. “It was a contract hit, ordered to be carried out and paid for.”
Since then, Curry has pushed aside concerns about resources and assigned one deputy to a DEA task force, another to work with the FBI. At the behest of the Department of Homeland Security, he joined in a conference call with police chiefs and sheriffs in border states to discuss what he now calls “a common problem.”
And he answers, as candidly as possible, his citizens’ questions when they ask him about this “new” threat.
“People want to have a comfort zone, and if they have to confront the realities of how rough life really is, that doesn’t sit well,” he says. “It scares them. And they don’t want to be scared. South of our border: gunfights, violence — it is a normal, accepted, expected behavior. That has now moved into our borders.”
___
Ask just about any DEA agent or expert who keeps a close watch on drug trafficking, and they’ll cringe at the use of the word “war.” They’ll tell you, flat out, that no, it’s not likely ever to be won. Just as there will always be robberies and rapes and homicides, there will always be narcotrafficking.
So they take their victories where they can. And there have been victories.
Heads of cartels have been toppled. Juan Garcia Abrego, former chief of the Gulf Cartel and once on the FBI’s Ten Most Wanted list, is serving 11 life terms in a Colorado federal prison after his 1996 arrest in Mexico and extradition to the United States. His successor, Osiel Cardenas, awaits trial in Houston after his 2007 extradition from Mexico.
These handovers have become almost routine under Calderon, who reversed long-standing practice and allowed more Mexicans to be tried in the United States. Last year, he extradited a record 95 wanted criminals, including several high-ranking members of the Tijuana-based Arrellano-Felix cartel.
In February, U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder announced the arrest of more than 750 people as part of “Operation Xcellerator,” which targeted Mexico’s most powerful drug organization, the Sinaloa Cartel. Another 175 were arrested last fall as part of “Project Reckoning,” an investigation into the Gulf Cartel.
President Barack Obama has promised to dispatch hundreds of additional agents to the border, along with more gear and drug-sniffing dogs. “If the steps that we’ve taken do not get the job done,” he said, “then we will do more.”
“More” may well come in the form of more direct aid to Mexico. In her first visit to Mexico as secretary of state, Hillary Clinton said the White House would seek $80 million to help Mexico buy Blackhawk helicopters. That’s on top of a $1.3 billion Bush-era initiative providing drug-fighting aircraft and equipment to Mexico over the next three years.
But the answer to this problem is as complex as the problem itself. Enforcement, money and equipment alone aren’t enough. In Mexico, the challenges run deep as corruption has infected almost every level of government. Here, the true remedy is just as daunting: Curbing the appetite that fuels all of this.
“We are still throwing the cops at a problem that is well beyond that,” says George Friedman, who heads the global intelligence firm Stratfor. “It is a major geopolitical problem. We’ve been moving into a situation where the Mexican government is no longer the most powerful force in Mexico.
“It’s a mess, not a war,” says Friedman.
Many months after the Shelby County case, the Alabama sheriff still grapples with the ugly reality of what the mess means for him and his community.
He had his own victory, of sorts. Arrests were swift, and six suspects now are held without bond in the Shelby County Jail charged with capital murder. One owned a tire shop, another was a barber — more evidence to authorities of how bad guys can blend in.
Still, it is a victory without call for celebration, because Curry wonders when and where it will happen again.
“This is not an isolated incident. It is a standard business practice with this group of people, and it is simply going to be repeated,” he says. “I can’t predict whether it’s going to be repeated here or not, but it’s going to be repeated in communities throughout the United States whenever these disagreements occur.”
While Barack Obama is basking in praise for his “decisive” handling of the Somali pirate attack on a merchant
ship in the India Ocean, reliable military sources close to the scene are painting a much different picture of the incident – accusing the president of employing restrictive rules of engagement that actually hampered the rescue of Capt. Richard Phillips and extended the drama at sea for days.
Multiple opportunities to free the captain of the Maersk Alabama from three young pirates were missed, these sources say – all because a Navy SEAL team was not immediately ordered to the scene and then forced to operate under strict, non-lethal rules of engagement.
They say the response duty office at the Pentagon was initially unwilling to grant an order to use lethal force to rescue Phillips. They also report the White House refused to authorize deployment of a Navy SEAL team to the location for 36 hours, despite the recommendation of the on-scene commander.
The White House also turned down two rescue plans offered up by the Seal commander on the scene and the captain of the USS Bainbridge.
The SEAL team operated under rules of engagement that required them to do nothing unless the hostage’s life was in “imminent’ danger.
In fact, when the USS Bainbridge dispatched a rigid-hull inflatable boat to bring supplies to the Maersk Alabama, it came under fire that could not be returned even though the SEAL team had the pirates in their sights. Many hours before the fatal shots were fired, taking out the three young pirates, Phillips jumped into the Indian Ocean with the idea of giving the snipers a clear target. However, the SEAL team was still under orders not to shoot. Hours later, frustrated by the missed opportunities to resolve the standoff, the commander of the Bainbridge and the captain of the Navy SEAL team determined they had operational authority to evaluate the risk to the hostage, and took out the pirates at the first opportunity – finally freeing Phillips. The G2 Bulletin report was authored by Joseph Farah, founder and editor of WND, and a veteran newsman with extensive military sources developed over the last 30 years.

by Blake on Apr 21, 2009 at 10:01 Political
“Congress shall make no law respecting the establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof, or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press, or the right of the people to peacefully assemble and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.”
That’s a fairly powerful first amendment to the Constitution- I can see why they led with what is probably the most powerful statement on what is PROHIBITED to the government in terms of action, but in the coming weeks, you will see the Barama government try an end- around on this amendment, as they attempt to re institute the “fairness doctrine”, a term for an action that is anything but fair. Oh, they will relabel the doctrine, but the result will be the same.
This is an attempt to silence talk radio, and the likes of Rush Limbaugh and Sean Hannity, as well as countless others, most of whom are conservative, and therein lies the crux of the problem as the Uberlibs see it. They are embarrassed that liberal talk radio fails every time. Take the Ultra- Leftist radio network Air America for example- programs hosted by Al Franken and Janene Garofalo were so bad , that the whole radio network failed, went bankrupt not once, but twice, and would have failed faster if it wasn’t for Uberlib George Soros, a fairly rich man with more money than sense. He kept the station afloat financially, desperately hoping that the ranting babies on air might gain traction.
Well. that experiment failed, and by and large uberlib radio always will fail, because they have no redeemable message to speak of.
So now they turn to government interference in the free market, by instituting what they call “localization”, meaning a contrasting viewpoint must be presented, with an equal amount of time, FREE OF CHARGE, to “rebut” any viewpoint that the radio has paid for. This interferes with the free market, because if the people wanted another viewpoint, they would pay for it.
Radio knows what pays, and they would broadcast 24/7 whale sounds if they thought there would be a profit on it. There isn’t, so they won’t. That is how the free market works, when it doesn’t have government’s heavy hand messing with it.
And now, newspapers are finding out that leftist thought doesn’t sell, and many are going out of business. So, what do these failing business models do? Why, ask for a bailout, bless their little hearts. Now, if they get the bailouts, they will be government controlled. Does ANYONE think a government controlled press is a good thing? I am pretty darn sure that this “abridges the freedom of the press”. It certainly casts doubt on the impartiality of the press that takes the money.
And now we come to the crux of the mater, the crown jewel in “Government control”- the Internet. Does the thought of controlling the Internet send a “thrill up YOUR leg?” It will happen, mark my words, in the name of “protecting our children”, or some such feel- good theme, and ironically, the ACLU and saome other allegedly freedom- loving “rights” advocates, will be slow to realize that they have backed a tyrant, a Type A controlling government that will not hesitate to control them if they get out of line.
Control of the internet would absolutely stifle liberty and freedom as we know it, because freedom of speech is the freedom to say that a government is not doing its job, a freedom to criticize, and if the government can control what information is shared, then it might not control the hearts, but it begins to control the minds. This is NOT a good thing, I find it ironic that the Fascistic controls that many on the left thought would happen on President Bush’s watch, are happening now, under King Barama the First.
These controls and changes are happening slowly, though- that is how you slide things by people, draw their attention away from them with little stuff, while you slip the big stuff in as their attention is distracted. It’s all misdirection, and Barama is the magician.
This is not the only Amendment tothe Constitution that is in trouble, it is just literally the First one, because after this one, abridging or eliminating the others would be easier.
The First Amendment is the Keystone Amendment, the one without which, all the others stand on shifting ground.
Without free speech, bad ideas begin to sound good, and lies can and will proliferate, because there is no dissenting viewpoint allowed. And bad ideas, as we are seeing now, could be the death of our country.
This would be the end of the world, because, contrary to what Uberlibs believe, it is the United States that holds the world together. With a weakened U.S., there would surely be a World War, but this time there will be nukes.
If that is the endgame of this administration,they have made a good start.
We are now a third world country ! Ruled by the very people who wish to destroy the country and all it has stood for over the years since our ancestors fought and died to give us the gift of Freedom, Equality and Prosperity.
All we had to do was keep it.
We failed. Miserably.
Greed and sloth has undone all the great work done before us, the blood of our forefathers spilt on the ground of battle for our spectulacular country is nothing more than a stain on the ground with no meaning to us as a nation.
Are you ready to become second (2nd) class citizens now? Go to the back of the Bus. We will have to find a Rosa Parks to lead us back to equality. Christian, Working Middle Class people will be reduced to simply a means of financing the lazy, unproductive, ignorant, welfare class.
Are you ready to become slaves to the mass of illegal aliens who will be in control of our government and all its resources? They have warned us for years of their intent. We did not listen. We had to be generous, forgiving, generous to those that are not as fortunate as we are.
Are you ready to work and supply all the welfare whores of this country to be able to sit back, eat their snacks ( food stamp freebies) watch their HDTV and have more children which we are obligated to support?
Are you ready to give up your freedom of dissent? Your freedom of speech? your freedom to control your own lives? You better be or you won’t be allowed to survive, you will be a debit on the books. You will be erased. Your children will be raised by the Government, they are now but you have not seen that as yet. Your family is not a unit any longer, Mothers work, Fathers work, Children are cared for by institutions, trained to disobey their parents, trained to be lazy, trained to be ignorant and to follow the leader. Trained to believe in false leaders not God. Your child if he is under the age of 25 has never stood up in class and pledged alligence to our flag, has never stood and said the Lords Prayer in class. Has been taught to believe they should never feel bad, never have their feeling hurt much less their bottoms in punishment for bad behavior. There is always a pill ready to take care of any problem. Always feel good, always feel free to do what they wish and God Forbid they be taught right from wrong or self responsibility or working for what you want.
I give up. I am going to go to the Social Services and get in line for my share. I am tired of supporting those that refuse to work and learn. I am tired of fighting the tide. I want someone to take care of me. I want a new TV, I want new shoes, I want free medical care, I want a new home, new furniture, new car, I want everything I am entitled to just like everyone else and I don’t want to work for it. I shouldn’t have to. It is my right to be taken care of. I don’t want to worry about that thing called SIN. I want to feel good all the time, I don’t want to take care of my old parents, the state has places for them. No one will ABUSE me. I will be a totally free person to do what I wish anytime I wish no matter how it affects others.
I deserve it.
Don’t we all ?
Oh Heck… I can’t do it. Yes friends I will continue to fight, continue to say what I think and continue to bear arms in defense of my family , my country and my friends.
Yes I realize I will probably be one of the first to be harrassed, arrested, charged with petty crimes and discredited by many but I am a stubborn old bird. I cannot sit back and just let things go. I am possessed with a burning desire for honesty, for real education, for morality, and for a free country where those that do not believe as I do have as much right to say so as I do.
What can anyone do to me really? Take my money, I have none, Take my reputation? That has already been tarnished many times, Take my home? Take my car? Take my possessions? They are just things, meaning nothing in the end, I will die and those possessions will not go with me. I will die and nothing will remain but what I have done in the course of my life as a memory to those that I have touched.
I am biggoted, hard headed and feircely protective of my friends and family. I cannot change, I cannot quit even under pressure from my family and friends. There is nothing more important than what you think of yourself. I will not bend or bow to anyone except God, unless I find that I have been wrong, which is many times over. I continue to learn to teach and to preach the gospel of dignity, morality and pride in yourself as a person.
Keep the Faith, don’t ever give up.
Freedom Watch is the only group that speaks through actions, rather than just words. We are dedicated to not only preserving freedom, but redefining its meaning, from protecting our rights to privacy, free speech, civil liberties, liberty from foreign oil and crooked business, labor and government officials, protecting our national sovereignty against the incompetent, terrorist state controlled United Nations, and reestablishing the rule of law in what has become a very corrupt American legal system, where justice is only as good as your lawyer and judge – most of whom are compromised ethically and otherwise.
In the image of John Adams, our second and one of our finest presidents, without ethics, morality and religion there will be no lasting freedom. Using these principles, President Ronald Reagan, centuries later, took on the “evil empire” of the Soviet Union and established some freedom even in that communist state. He restored pride and vision to this country in the process.
Our greatest challenge as we face a deep economic crisis, a government that spends our tax dollars like a drunken sailor, and a new Obama-Clinton regime that is using the economic crisis as an excuse to turn our nation into a socialist Euro-style welfare state, is to remain constant to the principles of our founding fathers; not only Adams, but Thomas Jefferson, Benjamin Franklin and others who put their lives on the line for our freedom. Freedom Watch is dedicated to doing just that, with total regard for the rights of all persons, whatever their ethnicity, race, religion, sex or otherwise. By promoting true American values at home and around the world, through actions, frequently with hardhitting legal cases and other means, Freedom Watch will be at the forefront of preserving freedom for our children and grandchildren. We need your help and immediate and strong financial support to succeed in the face of those who would effectively put us in a “straight jacket” by having government control and regulate every aspect of our lives! These people, now in control of our government, worship at the altar of government! We at Freedom Watch worship our freedom, given to us by our creator, with certain unalterable alienable rights! Long live the United States of America and long live our freedom!
It is unfortunate that many government jobs are given by appointment because Janet Napolitano, Director of Homeland Security, is unqualified to hold the position to which she was appointed. In the last two weeks she has done some amazingly stupid things.
About two weeks ago, and just before the TEA Parties, the DHS released its report on radical rightwing extremist groups which basically described all conservatives but threw in baseless accusations such as we are angry at a black man being elected president. The report targets returning veterans as potential extremists. This is a fine way to classify those who have the testicular fortitude to fight for this country.
Then, Napolitano made the statement that the 9/11 terrorists entered this country by crossing the Canadian border. This is absolutely incorrect. They flew into this country on documents issued by the State Department (and a few had MARYLAND driver’s licenses because Maryland gives them to everyone). Though she claims to have been misunderstood, it was quite clear what she said. She also tried to claim she was referring to a long debunked urban legend. She is full of bovine excrement.
The furor began when Napolitano was asked to clarify statements she had made about equal treatment for the Mexican and Canadian borders, despite the fact that a flood of illegal immigrants and a massive drug war are two serious issues on the southern border.
“Yes, Canada is not Mexico, it doesn’t have a drug war going on, it didn’t have 6,000 homicides that were drug-related last year,” she said.
“Nonetheless, to the extent that terrorists have come into our country or suspected or known terrorists have entered our country across a border, it’s been across the Canadian border. There are real issues there.”
When asked if she was referring to the 9-11 terrorists, Napolitano added: “Not just those but others as well.” [emphasis mine] CTV.ca
One would think the Director of the DHS might know the truth about the 9/11 terrorists. One might also think that she would know there is a big difference between the northern and southern borders. In the south, people sneak across illegally and stay here. They smuggle in drugs and they kill Americans. In the north, they come across, do business, and go home. They enter legally. Yes, some people have entered illegally via the northern border but nowhere near the scale that they do in the south.
The issue of the border brings us to ILLEGAL immigration. Napolitano is a little fuzzy when it comes to this topic as well. She seems to think that crossing the border illegally is not a crime. During an interview with CNN’s John King, Napolitano was discussing Arizona Sheriff Joe Arpaio and his quest to enforce the immigration laws. After she dismissed his efforts she said:
“What we have to do is target the real evil-doers in this business, the employers who consistently hire illegal labor, the human traffickers who are exploiting human misery.
“And yes, when we find illegal workers, yes, appropriate action, some of which is criminal, most of that is civil, because crossing the border is not a crime per se. It is civil. But anyway, going after those as well.” [emphasis mine]NewsMax
As the cited article points out, crossing the border is a crime punishable with a fine, jail time, or both. I am no lawyer but I believe that once an illegal is here and is caught it is a civil issue. Crossing the border is the felony. This is the dilemma. We know they committed a felony to get here but if we do not catch them actually crossing the border, it is a civil issue.
I have equated it to a man robbing a bank. If he robs the bank and gets away and a day later the cops find him spending the money, he has dye on his hands and his admits to the robbery, he is still guilty of a felony. Imagine if it were only a felony if they caught him robbing the bank but it was a civil issue if they caught him later. This is the insanity involved in our immigration laws.
Napolitano is one of the people who is supposed to protect the country but she is more interested in going after a law enforcement officer who is trying to uphold the law than the criminals who are breaking it (regardless of her “tough” rhetoric).
She thinks people who have conservative beliefs are rightwing extremists, that the 9/11 terrorists entered through Canada, and that crossing our border illegally is not a crime.
Like I said, it is unfortunate that these positions are political appointments because she has demonstrated that she is incompetent.
She should be relieved of her duties and replaced with someone who knows what he is doing.
Then again, she is what Obama wants. Someone who will be an advocate for the illegals.
Obama wants them as Democratic voters.

Judge Hamilton is the worst of Obama’s 15 new liberal appeals court appointees. The 7th Circuit Court of Appeals covers Wisconsin, Indiana and Illinois. Since most cases never reach the Supreme Court, the federal appellate circuits often provide the last word on cases affecting life and liberty.
READ THE FACTS:
The Judicial Confirmation Network quickly opposed Hamilton’s nomination, stating that “President Obama’s first nominee to the federal appeals courts — specifically the appeals court based in Chicago — is an ultra-liberal named David Hamilton who is a former fundraiser for ACORN and former leader of the Indiana chapter of the ACLU. He was nominated to the district court bench by President Clinton even though he had no judicial experience and was rated as ‘not qualified’ by the American Bar Association.”
Hamilton ruled in 2005 to ban the practice of opening the chamber’s business with prayers mentioning Jesus Christ or using terms such as “Savior.” He said that amounted to state endorsement of a religion. (But he ruled prayers to “Allah” were perfectly lawful.)
ANTI-JESUS, BUT PRO-ALLAH?
Judge Hamilton wrote: “The injunction orders the Speaker…that the prayers should not use Christ’s name or title or any other denominational appeal…If those offering prayers in the Indiana House of Representatives choose to use the Arabic ‘Allah’…the court sees little risk that the choice of language would advance a particular religion or disparage others.
In other words, Judge Hamilton ruled the words “Jesus” or “Christ” are illegal words, prohibited for public speech, banned by the First Amendment, which somehow prohibits freedom of religious expression, and makes Christian prayers ILLEGAL in a public forum. (What crazy version of the First Amendment is he reading?)
Thank God, we took action in 2007 and provided legal arguments to the Indiana Attorney General who appealed to the 7th Circuit Court and WE WON a 2-1 decision overruling Hamilton, restoring the right to pray “in Jesus name” in Indiana.
PLEASE CLICK HERE TO SIGN AND WE’LL AUTOMATICALLY FAX YOUR PERSONALIZED PETITION TO ALL 100 U.S. SENATORS, OPPOSING THE ANTI-LIFE, ANTI-CHRISTIAN JUDGE DAVID HAMILTON.
ANTI-LIFE BUT PRO-ABORTION?
In 2003, Judge Hamilton struck down part of an Indiana law on abortion. The reasonable law had required abortion clinics to simply give women information about alternatives to abortion in the presence of a physician or nurse, 18 hours before the procedure, until Hamilton ruled to hasten abortions . But thank God, the 7th Circuit Court also reversed Hamilton’s bad decision in that case.
If confirmed now Hamilton will sit on that 7th Circuit Court (the same court that frequently overruled him) with terrible power to rule the heartland with his anti-life, anti-liberty, anti-Christian agenda.
WE CAN WIN THIS BATTLE!
We’ve already sent thousands of faxes to the full Senate, and we’re getting results! On April 1st, Senator Orrin Hatch led all Republicans to walk out of the Senate Judiciary Committee, in protest against the Democrat “rush job” to confirm Judge Hamilton. Sen. Jeff Sessions of Alabama, said he was troubled by Hamilton’s ruling against a sectarian prayer to open the Indiana House of Representatives. Even Senator Arlen Specter expressed concern. But will they vote unanimously against Hamilton?
Unfortunately retiring RINO Senator Richard Lugar (R-IN) endorsed Hamilton, endangering his own state of Indiana and ruining his own legacy. Lugar’s five phone numbers are: Indianapolis (317) 226-5555, Evansville (812) 465-6313, Fort Wayne (260) 422-1505, Valparaiso (219) 548-8035, DC Office (202) 224-4814. Everybody please call all five numbers today, and especially ask your Indiana friends to call Sen. Lugar. You might even call both U.S. Senators from your own state, at 202-225-3121.
But remember, 100 emails = 10 phone calls = 1 fax in political capital, since the Senate staffers must handle each paper and usually write a reply. So please join our automated fax-petition campaign first. Then please forward this email to your Indiana-Illinois-Wisconsin friends, and to all pastors in all 50 states, and click here to download a church flyer that pastors can copy and distribute.
But first, take action right now! I pray you will not hesitate, but sign the petition and WE WILL FAX your petition right away, automatically to all 100 U.S. Senators.
PLEASE CLICK HERE TO SIGN AND WE’LL AUTOMATICALLY FAX YOUR PERSONALIZED PETITION TO ALL 100 U.S. SENATORS, OPPOSING THE ANTI-LIFE, ANTI-CHRISTIAN JUDGE DAVID HAMILTON.
God Bless you, in Jesus’ name,
If you’re waiting for Washington to save your home, income, savings, investments or retirement, you’re going to be waiting until Hell freezes over.
After all; Washington CREATED this crisis — the greatest debt bubble in history — with artificially low interest rates and lax regulation of bankers and brokers.
Now, for the past year, Washington has used nearly $3 TRILLION of our tax dollars to bail out guilty corporations and irresponsible borrowers, and this crisis is only growing worse.
And now, to add insult to injury, failed companies like AIG are using OUR MONEY to pay hundreds of millions of dollars in bonuses to the very executives who pushed them to the brink of disaster.
Worse: Despite the facts that …
The mortgage, credit card and auto loan defaults that caused this crisis are still skyrocketing, sending the clear signal that this great recession is about to become The Second Great Depression in less than 100 years.
This is worse than outrageous. It’s outright theft: A crime against future generations who will be handed the bill for bailing out guilty corporations and irresponsible borrowers.
More than that: It’s the greatest threat to our families’ financial survival in 80 years.
Dear IRS,
I am sorry to inform you that I will not be able to pay taxes owed April 15, but all is not lost.
I have paid these taxes: accounts receivable tax, building permit tax, CDL tax, cigarette tax, corporate income tax, dog licence tax, federal income tax, unemployment tax, gasoline tax, hunting licence tax, fishing licence tax, waterfowl stamp tax, inheritance tax, inventory tax, liquor tax, luxury tax, medicare tax, city, school and county property tax (up 33 percent last 4 years), real estate tax, social security tax, road usage tax, toll road tax, state and city sales tax, recreational vehicle tax, state franchise tax, state unemployment tax, telephone federal excise tax, telephone federal state and local surcharge tax, telephone minimum usage surcharge tax, telephone state and local tax, utility tax, vehicle license registration tax, capitol gains tax, lease severance tax, oil and gas assessment tax, Colorado property tax, Texas, Colorado, Wyoming, Oklahoma and New Mexico sales tax, and many more that I can’t recall but I have run out of space and money.
When you do not receive my check April 15, just know that it is an honest mistake. Please treat me the same way you treated Congressmen Charles Rangle, Chris Dodd, Barney Frank and ex-Congressman Tom Dashelle and, of course, your boss Timothy Geithner. No penalties and no interest.
P.S. I will make at least a partial payment as soon as I get my stimulus check.
![]()
![]()
You will be shocked to learn what lies beneath the well-polished rhetoric of this slick orator. Obama speaks vaguely about “change,” but as this book reveals, Obama’s brand of change is a hostile attack on the Judeo-Christian values and freedoms most Americans hold dear.
This isn’t “change you can believe in”—it is change designed to uproot American culture and replace it with the failed, secular, socialist policies of the past.
In “The Audacity of Deceit” you’ll learn how Obama:
His goal? Replace the Judeo-Christian values that gave birth to the “land of the free” with failed radical leftist beliefs.
President Obama’s poorly conceived Pakistan plan is a colossal intelligence failure which may ultimately result in world condemnation of killing innocent villagers and the arming of Al Qaeda and the Taliban with nuclear weapons
Sometimes it takes a warrior to understand that patient strategy can be a better tactic than overt haste. During the Presidential campaign, candidate Obama relished the symbol of appearing more “hawkish” than Senator John McCain when he championed that the United States should actively pursue military action into Pakistan to kill Osama Bin Ladin. During the summer and fall preceding the November 2008 election the two candidates repeatedly clashed about whether it was appropriate to respect the sovereignty of Pakistan or not. McCain insisted that increasing military strikes into Pakistan could destabilize the government whilst Obama strongly felt such actions were “long overdue”.
By January of 2009, President Obama was rapidly increasing the number of drone attacks on suspected terrorist targets within Pakistan . The number of attacks now numbered over 30 but the United States had not managed to kill any significant Taliban or Al Qaeda leaders however the attacks were not duds or without consequence. The missiles which are under CIA not military control were increasingly killing civilians. That did not deter Obama who may have doubled the intensity of the attacks. What was happening was exactly the effect that John McCain had predicted and warned against, a weakening of support for the Pakistani government and quoting the New York Times “enraging Pakistanis”. As anger of the local tribesman grew Pakistani military forces began to pull back on operations against the Taliban.
Instead of keeping the CIA operations secret, Obama opened the floodgates for American media such as MSNBC and The New York Times to get more details on the raids including unsubstantiated climbs of killing terrorist leaders that could be put on front page news. In the name of transparency, Obama decided it was a wise move to publicize in every detail the drone air strikes in Pakistan. On a silver platter, he handed the Taliban the greatest propaganda weapon they could ever have. With no media or friendly forces to confirm American claims, Obama turned Pakistan into an anti-American spin zone just as the North Vietnamese did for Hanoi.
What the Obama administration did not take into account was a lesson that John McCain learned in Vietnam, foreign forces fighting internal insurgents must win the battle of hearts and minds. You cannot win the battle of hearts and mind when the only message they are getting is that you are killing civilians. Poor tribesman in Pakistan do not get the New York Times delivered in their village or watch MSNBC news at night. Whether the Taliban claims were true or false did not matter.
To be fair the problems with Pakistan do precede Mr. Obama. The Council on Foreign Relations reported that the Bush administration had sought permission to carry out covert operation in Pakistan as far back as January 2008. At the time a split developed between diplomats who cited a survey which predicted that over 70% of the Pakistani population would react negatively to U.S. intervention and the military advisors who wanted the CIA to escalate drone attacks against Taliban and Al Qaeda targets. No one denied that the U.S. Pakistani policy was one failure after another. Billions of dollars had been given to the Pakistani military who wasted it for preparations against a possible war with India rather than against the Taliban. The Pakistani people were already largely anti-American because the United States had backed the military dictatorship of President Musharrof which was a slap in the face to many moderate intellectuals who would have been allies for change otherwise.
Why did Obama choose to accept the Bush doctrine? Was Obama’s plan to increase attacks on Pakistan a well thought out plan or was it a political maneuver? During the summer of 2007, candidate Obama had to separate himself from the world traveled and experienced Senator Hillary Clinton in foreign affairs. His opinion became unique because now Vice President Biden, then candidate Biden, now Secretary of State Clinton, and all the Republicans in the primary races disagreed with Obama that attacks by the United States should be carried out with Pakistan proper. Obama never offered a solid reason for his policy nor was it questioned by the liberal media but it made a great soundbite. In hindsight, the only conclusion one can draw was that Obama’s Pakistan policy was conceived out of naive political opportunism.
Just a month ago, surrogates for the Obama administration as well as his proponents like Fareed Zakarias where extolling the concept that the Taliban were just local tribesman who had no real ambitions other than peace. They felt confident that deals could done that would strip the majority of these Taliban away from the more radical elements which supported Al Qaeda. They seemed to ignore that fact that Pakistan decided it could no longer hold significant amounts of territory along the whole of the Afghanistan border and in the northern Swat region so that it basically surrounded sovereignty to these areas to the Taliban. Never mind that the Commander of the Taliban of Pakistan was now saying that he intended to strike the homeland of the United States.
While Obama’s cohorts in the Congress and the press have been complaining about how ineffective U.S. intelligence has been under George Bush and that they can gather intelligence much better, it has become obvious to the world that the Obama administration is totally lost on what is happening in Pakistan. Today Taliban rebels are already in the suburbs of Islamabad, the capital of Pakistan. Apart from the capital and the area immediately adjacent to India, the control of Pakistan is now in the hands of Taliban.
The Obama Pakistan policy was doomed from the start. Unfortunately his policy was likely motivated by domestic political gamesmanship than by rational strategy. His wholesale criticism of just about every aspect of Bush foreign policy is absolutely inconsistent with how his Pakistan policy has evolved. Even fellow Democrat Senator John Kerry, a Vietnam Veteran, this week “basically trashed “ as Newsweek described it the Pakistan policy of the Obama.
The Obama administration is still playing down the Taliban saying even as they are about take Islamabad that somehow the Pakistani Army will prevail. But what really concerns me is that the Obama administration is saying the Pakistan’s formidable arsenal of nuclear weapons remains safe. These are same people who told us it was a good idea to attack Pakistani villages with drones and buddy up with the Taliban. As the New York Times said today “Washington cannot afford to waste any more time”.
The United States at this point has one supreme objective which is that the nuclear weapons in Pakistan cannot under any circumstances fall into the hands of Al Qaeda and the Taliban and right now my level of confidence in the abilities of our President to handle that is wanting.
PRESIDENT OBAMA IT IS TIME TO STOP BARNSTORMING, AND START DOING YOUR JOB!!!
THAT JOB IS PROTECTING THIS COUNTRY IN CASE YOU FORGOT!!!!
Most politicians, analysts, and media are giving President Barack Obama good grades for his first one hundred days in office. With the general public Obama seems more popular than ever as measured by his standing in the opinion polls. And, in spite of the deepening recession, more than 50% of Americans think the country is headed in the right direction.
A notable exception is Governor Rick Perry of Texas who objects to Obama’s policies so deeply that he has suggested that Texas might end its association with the United States of America and strike out on its own. Perry insists on the right of Texas to secede from the Union, violating the core principle of the first Republican president, Abraham Lincoln.
So far Perry has not fired on Fort Sumter or any U.S. military installation in Texas but we should be prepared. His primary objection to federal policy is the stimulus package designed to energize the economy but it appears that he will still take the money for his state. At the same time, Perry is trying to persuade other Republican governors to talk of secession as a political tactic to rally the depressed conservative base.
So what if Texas actually secedes? We would still visit there, of course, and would be friendly, not as friendly as with Canada, but somewhat warmer than with Cuba and Venezuela. Would independent Texas give up NASA and the next voyage to the moon? In what league would the Dallas Cowboys play? Would they still be “America’s team?” Governor Perry points out that Texas has the right to split into five separate states, each with its own president, enough for every member of the Bush family. And the two Bush ex-presidents of U.S.A. could cap their careers by running for president of an independent Texas. Then each could build second presidential libraries, at least one of them featuring mementos of torture.
Texas as an independent country would give the U.S. several tempting options. We could build a fence on the border to discourage immigration from Texas. We could invade Texas for oil or to change the regime there. And George W. Bush would be the last Texan to be president of the United States.
Barney Frank is at it again. Last year, Frank passed a bill in the House for a $4 billion slush fund that the corrupt left-win activist organization known as ACORN could have applied to for taxpayer funds. Frank was forced by the Senate to accept a provision barring taxpayer funds to organizations and employees of organizations, such as ACORN, that have been indicted for voter fraud. This year, with increased Liberal majorities in the House and Senate, Frank made sure ACORN remained eligible for funds from the Stimulus Bill. Now, Frank, the Chairman of the House Financial Services Committee, is using a mortgage reform bill due to be voted on this week to add another $180 million for “counseling” and “legal services” for people with mortgage problems. This time he ran up against Congresswoman Michele Bachmann (R-MN), a member of his committee. Citing numerous charges of voter fraud and tax violations against ACORN in a number of states, Bachmann proposed an amendment with the same language as last year’s law. Afraid of a debate and committee vote, Frank cut off debate and accepted the Bachmann amendment. Apparently this did not sit well with Franks’ left-wing friends because just hours later he announced he would try to gut the amendment when the bill is voted on by the whole House.
TAKE ACTION NOW! GO HERE AND TELL Rep. John F. Tierney TO OPPOSE THE FRANK AMENDMENT TO H.R. 1728, THE MORTGAGE REFORM ACT
This is a rare opportunity to put every member of the House of Representatives on record as to where they stand on ACORN. Normally, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi could prevent a vote on the Bachmann provision but they are forced to have a vote because the provision is already in the bill and they want it out.
Frank claimed he made a ‘mistake’ in accepting the Bachmann amendment and that he believes barring people under indictment from taxpayer funds is “a violation of the principles of due process”. Instead of proposing to eliminate the Bachmann provision outright, Frank is proposing to rewrite it to make ACORN eligible for funds. ‘Indictment’ would be changed to ‘conviction’ and ‘senior employees’ would have to be the ones convicted. This would make the provision meaningless.
ACORN, claiming to be a legitimate “community organizing and counseling” organization has a long record of abusing tax and voting laws. According to recent testimony before the House Judiciary Committee, ACORN has been under investigation in some states for, among other things:
“Violations of the Internal Revenue Code as a 501(c)(3) charitable and educational organization for intervening in partisan campaign activities;”
“Violations of the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971 (FECA) which prohibits expenditures by non-profit corporations, including ACORN and Project Vote, that are made in coordination with, at the request, behest, suggestion or with the material involvement of a federal campaign; and”
“Fraudulent voter registration activities, failure to comply with state law in voter registration drives, absence of quality control and training, and the internal procedures as to how ACORN responds to allegations of illegality.”
GO HERE AND SEND AN EMAIL TO URGE Rep. John F. Tierney TO TAKE A STAND AGAINST ACORN BY VOTING AGAINST THE FRANK AMENDMENT
The about face by a powerful committee chairman shows how much influence corrupt left-wing organizations like ACORN have gained in this Congress. Each member of the House must know their constituents will be watching their vote on this amendment. In introducing this amendment, Congresswoman Bachmann asked the question, “Whose side are we on, the taxpayer or ACORN?
LET YOUR MEMBER OF CONGRESS KNOW RIGHT HERE THAT YOU WANT YOUR REPRESENTATIVE TO BE ON THE SIDE OF THE TAXPAYER BY VOTING ‘NO’ ON THE FRANK AMENDMENT
We at the American Conservative Union thank you for all you do to advance conservative, free-market principles.
I THINK IT IS TIME THAT WE CHANGED THE GOVERNMENT. THE TWO PARTY GOVERNMENT WE HAVE NOW IS NOT WORKING. IT IS TIME TO GET RID OF THEM. THEY HAVE BEEN IN WASHINGTON TO LONG. THEY ARE INTRENCHED IN CORRUPTION. THEY HAVE NO CONCERN FOR THE PEOPLE. ALL THEY ARE CONCERNED WITH IS RAISING MONEY FOR THEIR NEXT ELECTION. BILLIONS OF DOLLARS. THEY SPEND TWO YEARS RUNNING FOR REELECTION. INDEPENDENTS ARE THE LARGEST BLOCK OF VOTERS IN THE COUNTRY. THEY COULD START THERE OWN PARTY.
TERM LIMITS WOULD BE A BEGINNING TO THE CLEANING OUT OF WASHINGTON.
WE COULD DO AWAY WITH THE EXECUTIVE BRANCH OF GOVERNMENT, BECAUSE THE JUDICIAL BRANCH IS TELLING STATES WHAT IS THE LAW. EXAMPLE “SAME SEX MARRIAGE“. THE SUPREME COURT HAS TOLD STATES LIKE “MA” “MAINE” “VERMONT” “CALIFORNIA” THAT SAME SEX MARRIAGE IS LEGAL “WITHOUT” THE PEOPLE BEING ABLE TO VOTE ON THE BILL. THIS IS A DISGRACE. THE GOVERNMENT IS CHANGING OUR ,CONSTITUTION,
CHANGING THE MEANING OF WORDS IN THE DICTIONARY EXAMPLE ” MARRIAGE”
WHAT IS NEXT!!! WAKE UP AMERICA’
MA. LEFT WING LIBERALS ARE AT IT AGAIN. IF YOU ARE UNEMPLOYED THE STATE WILL GIVE YOU A CAR, THEY WILL REGISTER IT FOR YOU. PAY THE “TAXES” HAHA. AND ALSO PAY FOR”AAA” THIS STATE POLITICIANS ARE COMPLETELY OUT TO LUNCH!!!!. THEY PASSED SAME SEX MARRIAGE WITHOUT ALLOWING THE PEOPLE A VOTE. THANKS “BARNEY FRANK” THE LIBERAL TWINS KENNEDY, KERRY, AND THE REST OF THE WACKJOBS.
WHERE IS THE INCENTIVE TO WORK IN THIS WELFARE STATE.
WE NEED “TERM LIMITS”TO GET THESE MORONS OUT OF POLITICS.
From this Foundation, all principles flow:
From our Principles, our Policy Issues will be derived:
The position has been drafted and available for review and comment.
The government needs funds to carry out the functions and tasks assigned to it by the Constitution. Taxes, fairly assessed, are the primary source of those funds.
1. The government can levy tariffs upon imports, but should do so when the cost of managing those imports imposes a burden on the government. The cost of verifying, inspecting and handling imports should be born by those seeking to deliver goods to the United States. Tariffs should not be used to increase the cost of goods being imported in order to protect or otherwise subsidize domestic goods.
2. The income tax on individuals can impose an undue burden on those earning minimal incomes. We believe a flat tax with significant personal exemptions offers the best opportunity to distribute the burden fairly.

THIS IS WHAT IS FIRST IN THE MINDS OF DEMOCRATS AND FEDERAL JUDGES. ONE STATE AFTER ANOTHER IS BEING “TOLD” THAT GAY MARRIAGE IS LEGAL. CALIFORNIA PASSED IT AT FIRST, NOW THEY ARE TRYING TO REPEL IT. FEDERAL JUDGES THINK THAT THEY MAKE LAWS INSTEAD OF JUST INTERPRET THEM.
JUDGES SHOULD BE “ELECTED” NOT GIVEN LIFE TIME JOBS. THEY CAN DO ANYTHING THEY WANT WITH NO FEAR OF LOSING THEIR JOB.
THE FOUNDING FATHERS ARE ROLLING OVER THEIR GRAVES.
OUR PARENTS AND GRANDPARENTS WOULD BE UP IN ARMS! I MEAN A “REVOLUTION” THIS COUNTRY IS UPSIDE DOWN. WHAT USED TO BE MORAL AND PATRIOTIC IS NOW WRONG.
“ACORN” A LEFT WING FUND RAISER IS UNDER INDICTMENT.
“ACLU” IS ANTI AMERICAN!!
NO MORALITY LEFT. OUR POLITICANS ARE GOING TO FOREIGN COUNTRY’S AND KISSING THE ASS OF DICTATORS . TELLING THEM THAT AMERICANS ARE ARROGANT.
Americans have come to tolerate, embrace and even champion many things that would have horrified their parents’ generation – from easy divorce and unrestricted abortion-on-demand to extreme body piercing and teaching homosexuality to grade-schoolers. Does that mean today’s Americans are inherently more morally confused and depraved than previous generations? Of course not, says veteran journalist David Kupelian. But they have fallen victim to some of the most stunningly brilliant and compelling marketing campaigns in modern history.
“The Marketing of Evil” reveals how much of what Americans once almost universally abhorred has been packaged, perfumed, gift-wrapped and sold to them as though it had great value. Highly skilled marketers, playing on our deeply felt national values of fairness, generosity and tolerance, have persuaded us to embrace as enlightened and noble that which all previous generations since America’s founding regarded as grossly self-destructive – in a word, evil.
In this groundbreaking and meticulously researched book, Kupelian peels back the veil of marketing-induced deception to reveal exactly when, where, how, and especially why Americans bought into the lies that now threaten the future of the country.
For example, few of us realize that the widely revered father of the “sexual revolution” has been irrefutably exposed as a full-fledged sexual psychopath who encouraged pedophilia. Or that giant corporations voraciously competing for America’s $150 billion teen market routinely infiltrate young people’s social groups to find out how better to lead children into ever more debauched forms of “authentic self-expression.”
Likewise, most of us mistakenly believe the “abortion rights” and “gay rights” movements were spontaneous, grassroots uprisings of neglected or persecuted minorities wanting to breathe free. Few people realize America was actually “sold” on abortion thanks to an audacious public relations campaign that relied on fantastic lies and fabrications. Or that the “gay rights” movement – which transformed America’s former view of homosexuals as self-destructive human beings into their current status as victims and cultural heroes – faithfully followed an in-depth, phased plan laid out by professional Harvard-trained marketers.
No quarter is given in this riveting, insightful exploration of how lies, both subtle and outrageous, are packaged as truth. From the federal government to the public school system to the news media to the hidden creators of “youth culture,” nothing is exempt from the thousand-watt spotlight of Kupelian’s journalistic inquiry.
In the end, “The Marketing of Evil” is an up-close, modern-day look at what is traditionally known as “temptation” – the art and science of making evil look good.
About the author: David Kupelian is the managing editor of WorldNetDaily.com, the world’s largest independent news Web site. He is also a widely read online columnist and the driving force behind the acclaimed monthly news magazine Whistleblower.
Remember that little promise about “95% of Americans will get a tax cut” from The One on the campaign trail? Think that he fulfilled that promise with his brilliant “Making Work Pay” plan? Think again…
The tax credit is supposed to provide up to $400 to individuals and $800 to married couples as part of the massive economic recovery package enacted in February. Most workers started receiving the credit through small increases in their paychecks in the past month.
But new tax withholding tables issued by the IRS could cause millions of taxpayers to get hundreds of dollars more than they are entitled to under the credit, money that will have to be repaid at tax time.
At-risk taxpayers include a broad swath of the public: married couples in which both spouses work; workers with more than one job; retirees who have federal income taxes withheld from their pension payments and Social Security recipients with jobs that provide taxable income.
Are you shocked? You mean you didn’t read that fine print that said “you may get an extra $13 in your paycheck but we’re going to screw you on April 15, 2010″? Just like the extra tax on cigarettes, the extra taxes if Cap and Trade passes and all the other little “extras” – it’s just smoke and mirrors people.
Still think that this only applies to the uber-rich? AP provided a few examples. Here’s one…
A single worker with two jobs making $20,000 a year at each job will get a $400 boost in take-home pay at each of them, for a total of $800. That worker, however, is eligible for a maximum credit of $400, so the remaining $400 will have to be paid back at tax time – either through a smaller refund or a payment to the IRS.
For those in Rio Linda that means the single worker will make $40,000 year working 2 jobs and either get a smaller refund or have to make a tax payment come April 15. But I thought the taxes were only going up on those making $200,000/year? Oopsie…
Looks like the only change we’re going to truly get is enough to buy a cup of coffee – and I don’t mean at Starbucks.
Citizens Against Government Waste (CAGW) today named House Financial Services Committee Chairman Barney Frank (D-Mass.) its March 2009 Porker of the Month. The chairman, having somehow eluded this dubious award in the past, finally delivered enough of Barney’s blarney to be recognized, appropriately, on St. Patrick’s Day.
On Monday, March 16, 2009, Chairman Frank expressed public umbrage over reports that insurance giant AIG, a recipient of $173 billion from the U.S. Treasury, had distributed $165 million in retention bonuses to some of the employees who helped bring the company to the verge of collapse. Chairman Frank fulminated that AIG had “rewarded failure” in awarding the bonuses. That’s rich.
Chairman Frank has never been shy about rewarding failure in the past and he generally favors using taxpayer dollars to do it. He was front and center in support of enactment of TARP, which noticeably had no enforceable strings attached related to executive compensation. Indeed, he helped promote perks for bank executives. According to a January 24, 2009 Boston Herald editorial, Chairman Frank made sure “one of the recipients of a $12 million infusion of federal cash was the troubled OneUnited Bank in Boston – a bank that had already been accused of ‘unsafe and unsound banking practices.’ Its CEO, Kevin Cohee had also been criticized by regulators for ‘excessive’ pay that included a Porsche.” Chairman Frank included specific provisions in TARP aimed at bailing out OneUnited and spoke directly to Treasury officials about it.
Perhaps most damning is Chairman Frank’s irresponsible defense of the activities of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac over the years, even when it became clear that executives at the two giant government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) had manipulated earnings statements and gifted themselves with huge bonuses based on the bogus numbers, misled regulators, and steered the companies into such shoddy condition that they posed a systemic risk to the entire financial system. Chairman Frank must regret his September 11, 2003 statement to The New York Times that Fannie and Freddie “are not facing any kind of financial crisis…[t]he more people exaggerate these problems, the more pressure there is on these companies, the less we will see in terms of affordable housing.” During a 2003 committee hearing related to establishing oversight over the GSEs, he casually announced that he didn’t want “the same kind of focus on safety and soundness that we have in Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision. I want to roll the dice a little bit more in this situation towards subsidized housing.” We know how that worked out: the GSEs are now almost entirely owned by the taxpayers; Freddie Mac tapped the Treasury for $13.8 billion in 2008; and Fannie Mae is on deck to get $15.2 billion this year.
“Even in this global capital of hot air, bait-and-switch politics, and double-talk, Chairman Frank deserves singular recognition,” said CAGW President Tom Schatz. “It strains credulity to hear him rebuking anyone for rewarding failure after he helped create the disaster in the first place.”
For his ample and under-appreciated contributions to the nation’s current economic meltdown and his near-genius ability to engage in the two-faced blame game, CAGW names House Financial Services Committee Chairman Barney Frank March Porker of the Month.
Citizens Against Government Waste is the nation’s largest nonpartisan, nonprofit organization dedicated to eliminating waste, fraud, abuse, and mismanagement in government. Porker of the Month is a dubious honor given to lawmakers, government officials, and political candidates who have shown a blatant disregard for the interests of taxpayers.
####

The issue of homosexual marriage seems to have exploded on the national scene in 2004, but this is an organized effort that has been ongoing for over 30 years. It is now affecting every level of our society. Families agonize over this issue, while the church has been rocked with the ordination of homosexual clergy and same-sex marriage ceremonies.
The nation remains divided as states struggle to define their own laws on gay marriage while litigation is pressed in the courts often ruled by activist judges with their own judicial agendas.
A proposed marriage amendment to protect the traditional family unit has highlighted the confusion and shifting positions of politicians from every political party on this flashpoint issue. You and your family cannot afford to remain in the dark on this issue — it is simply too important to your future.
This compelling and compassionate new book, “The Gay Agenda” by Dr. Ronnie W. Floyd, answers pivotal questions on this issue such as:
Dr. Floyd provides an in-depth overview of this issue as he discusses its impact and cultural consequences frankly and with compassion in this groundbreaking book.
A pastor for over 27 years, Dr. Floyd highlights the importance of the traditional family, and challenges everyone to approach the issue first with love and respect — loving the individual while disagreeing with their choice of lifestyle.
Struggling with these issues of fairness and morality? Unsure of where you stand on this issue and why? Learn why state laws governing marriage may mean little in federal courts, and how this issue already impacts our schools, workplace, and neighborhoods. It is an issue that will not be going away, and it will affect your family in numerous ways.
While Dr. Floyd encourages the church to stand strong, but with love, in upholding the clear, unambiguous message of the faith regarding homosexuality and the sanctity of marriage, he challenges everyone to consider the profound changes the decisions on this issue will have on the future of families within our nation.
Covertly slipped into GL Obama’s faux “stimulus bill” last weekend—by leftist Democrats—was the Socialist Universal Healthcare program. Contained within the bill is the provision that doctors will now be forced to report any and all of their patient treatments to the federal government for approval to treat.
Also contained within this portion of Obama’s non-stimulus bill is the rationing of healthcare services to senior US citizens and the withholding of potentially life-saving measures. As Democrat Tom Daschle wrote in his book “Critical: What We Can Do About the Health-Care Crisis” senior citizens “should be more accepting of the conditions that come with age.” Daschle does not appear to believe that senior citizens (apparently the government’s definition of “senior citizen” is not defined) that seniors should accept their inevitable deaths without complaining. That is, senior citizens who are not members of the elite ruling class. Daschle’s medical conditions, of course, would not be applicable to these provisions.
Note: Edward G. Robinson’s death scene in the movie ‘Soylent Green’ comes immediately to mind.
Contained within this anything-but-job-stimulus-bill is—I gather—the ability of another of the Obama Administration’s soon to be formed departments that will determine who can and cannot receive medical treatment. This is not only Socialized medicine but, provides the inherent ability for Obama and his minions, yet, another way to rid themselves of those deemed to be political enemies. For example, if someone who vocally opposes the Democrats’ secular messiah has a medical condition that requires treatment, the now-in-charge-of-all-treatment-options-for-ALL-OF-the-American-people federal government can and will determine whether or not that individual can receive any treatment at all! It also has the added benefit—as Daschle seems to be pushing in his book—of eliminating those pesky seniors. And—for decades—seniors have voted en masse for Democrats over Republicans. This is another Democrat Party “thanks now go away and die.” Is anyone out there getting scared yet?
Were those of you who voted for Obama expecting this? Do you agree that Obama should have the power to tell your doctor if he or she can treat you for illnesses? Are you in favor of this and the other non-economic stimulus portions of Obama’s bill—portions that run into the hundreds of millions of dollars that we and generations to come will all have to pay? Is this really what you had in mind when you voted this entity into office?
Did you who cast your ballots for Obama really vote for a dictator? Well…it’s what you and we who didn’t vote for him now have. If you want to know your future, look to an even more tyrannical Venezuela than Hugo Chavez has created. And three Obama-adherent Senators voting for Obama’s bill are named Specter, Collins and Snow. Sickening…
The full text of H.Res. 397 begins by asserting that “religious faith was not only important in official American life during the periods of discovery, exploration, colonization and growth but has also been acknowledged and incorporated into all three branches of the federal government from their very beginning.”
The bill’s long list of “whereas” affirmations begins with the statement, “Whereas the Supreme Court of the United States affirmed this self-evident fact in a unanimous ruling declaring ‘This is a religious people. … From the discovery of this continent to the present hour, there is a single voice making this affirmation.’”
Among the many historical proofs included in the bill were the following:
Following the lengthy “whereas” section, the bill then calls on the House to resolve to affirm the spiritual history of the nation, reject efforts to cleanse that religious history and establish America’s Spiritual History Week to appreciate and educate the citizenry on the country’s foundations in faith.
Forbes was joined in announcing the bill’s introduction by several members of Congress who spoke in favor of the bill, religious leaders like Dr. James and Shirley Dobson, professional football player Shaun Alexander, and leaders of several national education, policy and advocacy groups.
Asked last year to clarify his remarks on America’s spiritual heritage, Obama repeated them to the Christian Broadcast Network: “I think that the right might worry a bit more about the dangers of sectarianism. Whatever we once were, we’re no longer just a Christian nation; we are also a Jewish nation, a Muslim nation, a Buddhist nation, a Hindu nation, and a nation of nonbelievers,” Obama wrote in an e-mail to CBN News senior national correspondent David Brody.
“We should acknowledge this and realize that when we’re formulating policies from the statehouse to the Senate floor to the White House, we’ve got to work to translate our reasoning into values that are accessible to every one of our citizens, not just members of our own faith community,” wrote Obama.
Rep. Mike McIntyre, D-N.C., who serves as co-chair of the Congressional Prayer Caucus with Rep. Forbes, spoke at the press conference announcing H.Res. 397 and asserted to the contrary that it’s “high time” the nation recognize and affirm the “integral part of our nation’s history” that Christianity has played.
McIntyre said Americans don’t know, for example, that even Ben Franklin, who “wasn’t known as the most spiritual of the Founding Fathers,” nonetheless looked to God as the only hope for our country:
“Ben Franklin,” McIntyre said, “stood up and called the assembly of delegates to prayer, because, he said, ‘Scripture teaches us that if a sparrow can’t fall to the ground without his notice, is it likely that an empire will rise without his aid?’ And if we don’t first go to prayer, he said, ‘We’ll be no more successful then the builders of Babel.’”
WORLD NET DAILY
MY DOMAIN NAME EXPIRED, SO THIS IS MY NEW NAME. “THE PATRIOT”
THANKS TO EVERYONE WHO READS MY BLOG, I HOPE YOU CONTINUE. I INTEND TO CONTINUE TO BLOG ABOUT THE SAME TOPICS, I WILL STILL BE OPINIONATED!
THANKS AGAIN,
MICKMCK707.WORDPRESS.COM
|
The Creed of the ACP is a belief system of how we feel a just government and its citizens should interact. The ACP CreedWe Believe:
Principles of the American Conservative PartyFoundation:From this Foundation, all principles flow:
Policy:From our Principles, our Policy Issues will be derived: Federalism and Social Issues
Authority of Government
Limitations on Government
Citizenship
Citizen Responsibilities
Global War on Terror and Iraq and Afghanistan
EducationThe position has been drafted and available for review and comment.
Eminent DomainThe takings of private property for private use is to be prevented. A recent ruling of the United States Supreme Court, Kelo v. City of New London, has shown a need to reinforce the premise that the government does NOT have the right to seize, even with compensation, private property for private use.
ImmigrationImmigration is the life blood of the American dream. With very few exceptions, most of us are derived from foreign stock. We support immigration, enthusiastically.
1. We believe that the limitations imposed upon the number of people that may come to this country to work under H-1B visas is a limitation on our Country’s ability to compete in the global marketplace. We therefore support the lifting of limits on H-1B visas. However, an H-1B visa should be reserved for those individuals that seek to become American citizens. The term of the H-1B visa should be limited and renewable only once.
2. We support aggressive enforcement of immigration laws by:
3. We support amnesty/assylum petition hearings only for those illegals that present themselves to immigration authorities prior to any criminal arrest;requiring those that are in the United States illegally to leave and apply for legal immigration from their country of origin
4. Legal immigrants are obligated to pursue citizenship in a timely manner and their continuing presence in the United States should be dependent upon it.
5. The United States is a country of immigrants with a unique and unifying culture. The diversity of culture is to be appreciated, not embraced. English is a unifying force and with the exception of immigration agencies and departments, all government function should be carried out in English only.
TaxesThe government needs funds to carry out the functions and tasks assigned to it by the Constitution. Taxes, fairly assessed, are the primary source of those funds. 1. The government can levy tariffs upon imports, but should do so when the cost of managing those imports imposes a burden on the government. The cost of verifying, inspecting and handling imports should be born by those seeking to deliver goods to the United States. Tariffs should not be used to increase the cost of goods being imported in order to protect or otherwise subsidize domestic goods. 2. The income tax on individuals can impose an undue burden on those earning minimal incomes. We believe a flat tax with significant personal exemptions offers the best opportunity to distribute the burden fairly. |
Worth thinking about…
—–>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
> Subject: IN GOD WE TRUST
>
>
>
>
Let’s
> go POSTAL!!!!
>
>
>
> Payback is fun!!!!!!!!!!!!!
> WRITE IT ON THE BACK OF YOUR
> ENVELOPES
>
> or front
>
> WE THINK THIS IS A GREAT IDEA. WE’LL START WRITING IT
> ON THE
>
> FRONT
> OF
> OUR ENVELOPES, TOO! ———-Including
> Bills
>
> You may have heard in the news that a couple of Post
> Offices in Texas
> have
> been forced to take down small posters that
> say
>
> ‘IN GOD
> WE
> TRUST
> ,’
>
> The law,they say, is being violated.
>
>
> Anyway, we heard proposed on
> a
> radio
> station show, that we should
> all
> write
>
> ‘
> IN
> GOD
> WE
> TRUST’
>
> on the back of all our mail.
>
> After all, that’s our National Motto, and —–
> all the money we use to buy stamps..
> We think it’s a wonderful idea.
>
>
> We must take back our nation from all the people
> who
> think that anything that offends them should be removed.
>
> If you like this idea, please pass it on and DO IT. The
> idea of writing or
> stamping………
> ‘IN GOD
> WE
> TRUST
> ‘
>
> on our envelopes sounds good
> to
> us
> ..
>
> SOME PEOPLE ARE HAVING A STAMP MADE TOO……..
> lets use it as our signature on e-mails, too!
>
> It’s been reported that 86% of Americans believe in
> God. Therefore, we have a very hard time understanding why
> there’s such a mess about having ‘
> In
> God
> We Trust!’
>
> on our money and having God in the pledge of
> Allegiance.
>
>
> Could it be that WE just need to take action and tell the
> 14% to ‘sit down and shut up’?
>
>
> If you agree, pass this on, if not, delete!!!
>
>
> BUT REMEMBER IF YOU DELETE THIS,
>
> that’s one reason why this world is in the mess
> we’re in now.
>
> WE SIT BACK & LET IT HAPPEN!!
>
>
>
> IN GOD WE TRUST
WORSHIP GOD NOT THE GOVERNMENT
Many people would kill rather than be associated with the democrat party. The party of socialism and welfare handouts to illegal immigrants, murdering unborn children, tramplers of the constitution, tree hugging spotted owl fornicating, electric car driving, carbon dioxide emitting, Utopian hunting, drug using, flag burning, big government, tax increases, deficit quadrupling, pretend do gooder racist homophobes soccer moms.
And just about as many would kill rather than be associated with the republican party. The party of conservatism and limited government and limited growth. Total christian moral foundation who some say are intolerant of outside views, convict killing, border protecting isolationist, environmentally damming, carbon foot print increasing, gun toting, SUV driving, football loving redneck hillbillies.
These two groups are like oil and vinegar, fire and ice, Ike and Tina. A growing portion of Americans are becoming more disillusioned by both parties and their constant state of political wranglings with the public holding the bag for their benefit. No one trust politicians, any of them. People feel screwed, violated,and disenfranchised. And who could blame them really? When was the last time that government worked together?
A lot of people will say that a third party would attracted more voters from the republican party and wind up only strengthening the democrats who have all the unions in their pocket. I disagree. The right movement, the right third party would bring more people together and put the other two on notice, stop screwing the American people or suffer in the elections. There are more centrist people in America than there are people standing on the sides. Unite them, make their voices heard again for a change, creating overnight a better tomorrow for our younger generations.
Now, if only we had a cool name (sorry I checked, but the American party is already taken- dammit!)
AUTHOR-DB REESE
OBAMA TALKS OUT OF BOTH SIDES OF HIS MOUTH. HE SAYS WHAT EVER THE GROUP HE IS SPEAKING TO WANTS TO HEAR. IF ANY NEGATIVE QUESTIONS ARE ASKED, HE TURNS IT AROUND SO IT IS IN HIS FAVOR.
OBAMA IS STILL RUNNING A POPULARITY CONTEST. OUR COUNTRY HAS LOST ITS STANDING IN THE WORLD. WE ARE NO LONGER #1 IN THE WORLD COMMUNITY. RADICAL ISLAM IS TAUNTING US. N. KOREA IS DOING THE SAME. MEXICO IS OVER RUNNING US. ALL OUR BORDERS ARE OPEN TO TERRORISTS, MURDERS, DRUG SMUGGLERS, ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION. THE TALIBAN IS THREATENING TO TAKE OVER PAKISTAN’S NUKS.
DAN ORTEGA IS LAUGHING AT US! ALSO CHAVEZ IN SOUTH AMERICA. WHAT IS OUR GOVERNMENT DOING ABOUT THIS, “NOTHING” CHINA IS NOT GOING TO BUY ANY MORE OF OUR DEBT. THE DOLLAR IS NOT WORTH $.30 CENTS
SIX OR SEVEN GENERATIONS OF OUR CHILDREN ARE GOING TO BE PAYING OFF THE DEFICIT.
WITH ALL THIS GOING ON IN THE COUNTRY AND THE WORLD THE SMALL GROUP OF POLITICANS THAT RUN THE COUNTRY, CALLED A “DEPOTISM” -”OBAMA” PELOSI” REID” BIDEN” AND THE COURTS ARE CALLING EACH OTHER LIARS,TAX CHEATS. NOBODY IN WASHINGTON CARES ABOUT THE PEOPLE. WE ARE LOSING OUR RIGHTS EVERY DAY.
WAKE UP AMERICA.
IN GOD WE TRUST.

I didn’t write this, I received this in an email. It may be an *Urban Legand*, maybe not. In any case, I don’t care. Just enjoy it for what it is and remember those that gave ALL they had for this nation.
The Old Man…
As I came out of the supermarket that sunny day, pushing my cart of groceries towards my car, I saw an old man with the hood of his car up and a lady sitting inside the car, with the door open.The old man was looking at the engine. I put my groceries away in my car and continued to watch the old gentleman from about twenty five feet away.
I saw a young man in his early twenties with a grocery bag in his arm, walking towards the old man. The old gentleman saw him coming too, and took a few steps towards him. I saw the old gentleman point to his open hood and say something.
The young man put his grocery bag into what looked like a brand new Cadillac Escalade and then turn back to the old man and I heard him yell at the old gentleman saying, ‘You shouldn’t even be allowed to drive a car at your age.’ And then with a wave of his hand, he got in his car and peeled rubber out of the parking lot.
I saw the old gentleman pull out his handkerchief and mop his brow as he went back to his car and again looked at the engine. He then went to his wife and spoke with her and appeared to tell her it would be okay. I had seen enough and I approached the old man. He saw me coming and stood straight and as I got near him I said, ‘Looks like you’re having a problem.’
He smiled sheepishly and quietly nodded his head. I looked under the hood myself and knew that whatever the problem was, it was beyond me. Looking around I saw a gas station up the road and told the old man that I would be right back. I drove to the station and went inside and saw three attendants working on cars. I approached one of them and related the problem the old man had with his car and offered to pay them if they could follow me back down and help him.
The old man had pushed the heavy car under the shade of a tree and appeared to be comforting his wife. When he saw us, he straightened up and thanked me for my help. As the mechanics diagnosed the problem (overheated engine) I spoke with the old gentleman.
When I shook hands with him earlier, he had noticed my Marine Corps ring and had commented about it, telling me that he had been a Marine too.
I nodded and asked the usual question, ‘What outfit did you serve with?’
He had mentioned that he served with the first Marine Division at Tarawa, Saipan, Iwo Jima and Guadalcanal . He had hit all the big ones and retired from the Corps after the war was over. As we talked we heard the car engine come on and saw the mechanics lower the hood. They came over to us as the old man reached for his wallet, but was stopped by me and I told him I would just put the bill on my AAA card.
He still reached for the wallet and handed me a card that I assumed had his name and address on it and I stuck it in my pocket..
We all shook hands all around again and I said my goodbye’s to his wife. I then told the two mechanics that I would follow them back up to the station. Once at the station I told them that they had interrupted their own jobs to come along with me and help the old man. I said I wanted to pay for the help, but they refused to charge me..
One of them pulled out a card from his pocket looking exactly like the card the old man had given to me. Both of the men told me then, that they were Marine Corps Reserves. Once again we shook hands all around and as I was leaving, one of them told me I should look at the card the old man had given to me. I said I would and drove off.
For some reason I had gone about two blocks when I pulled over and took the card out of my pocket and looked at it for a long, long time. The name of the old gentleman was on the card in golden leaf and under his name.. ‘Congressional Medal of Honor Society.’
I sat there motionless looking at the card and reading it over and over. I looked up from the card and smiled to no one but myself and marveled that on this day, four Marines had all come together, because one of us needed help. He was an old man all right, but it felt good to have stood next to greatness and courage and an honor to have been in his presence. Remember, OLD men like him gave you FREEDOM for America .
Thanks to those who served and to those who supported them.
America is not at war. The U.S. Military is at war. America is at the Mall.
If you don’t stand behind our troops, PLEASE feel free to stand in front of them!
Remember, Freedom isn’t “Free” — thousands have paid the price so you can enjoy what you have today.
He walked as tall as Alvin York and Audie Murphy. But they earned their combat records in World Wars I and II. Joe earned his medals in that unpopular war. That place called Vietnam.
At the age of 17 Joe enlisted in the Navy. He liked the service life and planned a military career. But when it was time to reenlist in 1961, he changed to the Army. Joe ended up with the 101st Airborne Division and went to Vietnam where he earned The Congressional Medal of Honor.
…Company D. was assualting a heavily defended enemy position along a river bank when it encountered a withering hail of fire from rockets, machine-guns and automatic weapons. He rallied several men and stormed across the river, over running several bunkers on the opposite shore.
…..With utter disregard for his own saftey, he moved out under the intense fire again and pulled back the wounded, moving them to saftey…Joe was seriously wounded, but refused medical aid and returned to his men. With the relentless enemy fire disrupting the attack, he single-handedly stormed three enemy bunkers, destroying them with hand grenades and rifle fire, and shot two enemy soldiers who had attacked and wounded the Chaplin….
Finding his men under heavy fire from a house to the front, he proceeded alone to the building, killing its occupants with rifle fire and grenades By now his initial body wound had been compounded by grenade fragments, yet, despite the multiple wounds and loss of blood, he continued to lead his men against the intense enemy fire….
He gathered several grenades and raced down a small trench which ran the length of the bunker line, tossing grenades into each bunker as he passed by, killing all but two of the occupants… He then raced across an open field, still under enemy fire, to rescue a wounded man who was trapped in a trench. Upon reaching the man, he was faced by an armed enemy soldier whom he killed with a pistol… He neutralized the final pocket of enemy resistance by fatally wounding three North Vietnamese officers…
Joe was wounded seven times that day. But he wouldn’t allow himself to be removed from the battlefield until all his men were safe. He finally passed out from loss of blood.
He regained consiousness in a field hospital. But Joe was still worried about his men, young men who depended upon the experience of the 29 year old sargent.
The next day he stole a rifle and hitched a ride back to his outfit. Technially, he was AWOL. But by the time the Army found him two days later, Joe had been wounded again.
President Richard Nixon pinned the Medal of Honor on Joe, who had been comissioned a 2nd Lt. He went on a speaking tour across the nation.
Then he asked to go back to Vietnam.
After two combat tours in the war, Joe had received 37 medals. They included two Silver Stars(one of them had started out as another recommendation for a second Medal of Honor), six Bronze Stars and eight Purple Hearts.
Joe returned to duty at Fort Polk, La. where he was training recruits. But he didn’t fit in well with stateside duty and he resigned his comission in 1972.
Joe was disillusioned by the Army and its lack of discipline. He believed that discipline and training were what paid off in combat.
Joe’s wife said he cried that day as he watched the news films showing the last of the American forces being pulled out of Vietnam. He told her all those lives and all those broken bodies had been wasted. He said we had accomplished nothing.
Joe made many speeches about his combat experiences. He told a reporter he could smell the enemy.
If someone asked, he would tell them about the day he won The Medal of Honor, “I had no choice that day, ” Joe would say, “I did what I had to do.”
That was Joe Hooper’s philosophy in life. You do what you have to do at the time and face tomnorrow when it arrives.
Joe was in Louisville, Kentucky for the running of the Kentucky Derby, when he died on May 5,1979. He was found in a hotel room. He was 40 years old. He died a quiet death from a cerebral hemorrage while sleeping.

This site is dedicated to Robert L. Howard, one of America’s most decorated soldiers. He served five tours in Vietnam and is the only soldier in our nation’s history to be nominated for the Congressional Medal of Honor three times for three separate actions within a thirteen month period. Although it can only be awarded once to an individual, men who served with him said he deserved all three. He received a direct appointment from Master Sergeant to 1st Lieutenant in 1969, and was awarded the Medal of Honor by President Richard M. Nixon at the White House in 1971. His other awards for valor include the Distinguished Service Cross – our nation’s second highest award, the Silver Star – the third highest award, and numerous lesser decorations including eight Purple Hearts. He received his decorations for valor for actions while serving as an NCO (Sergeant First Class).
Robert L. Howard grew up in Opelika, Alabama and enlisted in the U.S. Army in 1956 at age seventeen. He retired as a full Colonel in 1992 after 36 years service. During Vietnam, he served in the U.S. Army Special Forces (Green Berets) and spent most of his five tours in the super-secret MACV-SOG (Military Assistance Command Vietnam Studies and Observations Group) also known as Special Operations Group, which ran classified cross-border operations into Laos, Cambodia, and North Vietnam. These men carried out some of the most daring and dangerous missions ever conducted by the U.S. military. The understrength sixty-man recon company at Kontum in which he served was the Vietnam War‘s most highly decorated unit of its size with five Medals of Honor. It was for his actions while serving on a mission to rescue a fellow soldier in Cambodia, that he was submitted for the Medal of Honor the third time for his extraordinary heroism.
Robert L. Howard is said to be our nation’s most decorated soldier from the Vietnam War. He was the last Vietnam Special Forces Medal of Honor recipient still on active duty when he retired on Sept. 29, 1992. His story is told in John Plaster’s excellent book, SOG The Secret Wars of America’s Commandos in Vietnam.
It is important for future generations that we remember our military heroes and the great sacrifices they have made for us in the name of Freedom.
Excerpt from John Plaster’s recent book SECRET COMMANDOS Behind Enemy Lines with the Elite Warriors of SOG - pg. 303:
“The day that President Nixon draped the Medal of Honor’s pale blue ribbon around Howard’s neck, I sat before the TV in my parents’ living room watching the evening news. Coming on top of his previous decorations – the Distinguished Service Cross and multiple Silver and Bronze Stars, plus eight Purple Hearts – Howard’s combat awards exceeded those of Audie Murphy, America’s legendary World War II hero, until then our most highly decorated serviceman. At last, Howard would get his due. I flipped station to station, but not one of the networks – not CBS or NBC or ABC – could find ten seconds to mention Captain Robert Howard or his indomitable courage. I found nothing about him in the newspapers. Twisted by the antiwar politics of that era, many in the media believed that to recognize a heroic act was to glorify war. They simply chose not to cover the ceremony. It might as well not have happened.”
NOTE: In 1917, the laws governing the award of the Medal of Honor ended all DOUBLE awards of the Medal of Honor. Click here for more information
His name was David Haskell Hackworth and he died on May 4, 2005. He was a retired colonel in the United States Army and up until the day of his death, the nation’s most decorated living soldier. He lived a full life, but died as no soldier should: ravaged by a cancer most likely caused by his own nation’s use of chemical agents during the Vietnam War.
“Commissioned on the battlefield at the age of 20,” he became the U.S. Army’s youngest captain. He would later go on to become its youngest full colonel. And he would throw it all away on principle after appearing on a CBS news program in 1971 declaring that the Vietnam War was unwinnable and that the United States should pull out. He also predicted that Saigon would fall within four years – it did on April 30, 1975 (how prescient he was).
The Army that he lied about his age to join at 15 had been his life and it turned his back on him. Phony charges were trumped up against him and he was almost court-martialed. His career ended prematurely by the political hacks in uniform and the West Point Protective Association (WPPA), and he resigned. He threw away all of his medals or gave them to the children of relatives. He moved to Australia where he became successful with a string of restaurants and by breeding ducks. He married for a second time. But he never stopped loving the Army that had nurtured him.
Perhaps most importantly, he never stopped caring about the welfare of the average GI who did the fighting, bleeding and dying for the nation he still called home. He thought about them and wrote about them and in 1989 published his bestselling book entitled quite appropriately, About Face.
The book brought him additional attention and he decided to return to the USA. He traveled and lectured and became a senior correspondent for Newsweek magazine. At an age when most men are thinking of retirement, he started a new career as a war correspondent and traveled with U.S. and French forces during the first Gulf War. He would later post dispatches from Bosnia, Macedonia, and wherever and whenever American troops were sent in harm’s way.
He never tired of speaking for the common soldier, sailor, airman, Marine or Coast Guardsman. He established a foundation known as Soldiers For The Truth (SFTT) and set up a website where he allowed GIs to write in about poor leadership, broken equipment and whatever other problems are the lot in life of the poor snuffy who all too often is told to grasp the bitter end.
Hack would have never succeeded in elective politics; he didn’t know how to be diplomatic. A true infantry officer, trained in the profession of arms, he cared most about his troops and ensuring that he brought as many home as he could. But Hack was no blood-thirsty killer. Despite his years of combat and chest full of medals, he knew that war represented the failure of national policy and that most of the conflicts we had become embroiled in since he retired from the Army were unnecessary.
When he died on May 4, he was 74. In his too many battles, he had been wounded eight times. Until the day he died, in one leg, he continued to carry a bullet he stopped, fired at him by a North Vietnamese soldier more than 35 years ago. And he developed a virulent form of cancer most likely as a direct result of defoliants used by his country in that all too painful war in Indo-China.
Hack inspired an incredible degree of loyalty and devotion among the soldiers he once led and later, with the staff of writers who posted regularly at his site. I was one of them and feel honored to be able to say that.
–Paul Connors

Individual Decorations & Service Medals:
Unit Awards:
Badges & Tabs:
Foreign Awards:
World War II Merchant Marine Awards:
Note: As per a Department of the Army audit conducted by COL Pam Mitchell, Chief Personnel ServiceSupport Division on May 6 1999.

Aces High celebrates D-Day American paratroopers30th MAY – 7th JUNE 2009
To help commemorate the 65th anniversary of D-Day Aces High be exhibiting at Airborne Museum, Sainte-Mère-Église. If you are visiting Normandy to take part in the celebrations, be sure to visit their display at the Airborne Museum in this historic location where US paratroopers of the 82nd and 101st Airborne Divisions landed during the early hours of D-Day.

Also, in commemoration of the 65th Anniversay of D-Day and to honour the men of the 82nd and 101st Airborne Divisions, Aces High have released a new print by Richard Taylor. Entitled “Ste Mère-Église”, Richard’s detailed new drawing depicts the link-up between paratroops of the 82nd and a Sherman Firefly tank of an unidentified armoured unit. Also depicted is the famous parachute of one of the 82nd troopers who got caught on the church steeple.
In 1942, the 506th Parachute Infantry Regiment was created at Camp Toccoa, Georgia, to train an elite Airborne Regiment who would bravely jump behind enemy lines as part of the Allied invasion of occupied Europe. During the early hours of D-Day 6th June 1944 these paratroopers spearheaded the attack on Normandy, with Easy Company of the 101st Airborne Division playing a vital role in this advance. Fighting throughout Normandy, Easy Company were then assigned to Holland to support the British forces in Arnhem as part of Operation Market Garden. Several months later the entire 101st Airborne Division fought in freezing conditions in Belgium during the Battle of the Bulge before finally advancing to Berchtesgaden to capture Hitler’s Eagles Nest.
Aces High UK will be joined for a special event on the 20th and 21st of June by the following veterans of Easy Company, 101st Airborne Division:
Corporal HERB ‘Jr’ SUERTH – 18 year old Herb Suerth enlisted as a volunteer for the Reserve Engineer Corps in November 1942, but after a change of heart in 1944 he was assigned to 101st Airborne Division, beginning the parachute school training in August that year. After final combat training in Holland, Herb was trucked into Bastogne in December 1944 during the Battle of the Bulge, also fighting in Foy. In January 1945 Herb was wounded by the artillery fire and his legs were severely injured but ultimately saved. As a result of these injuries Herb was shipped back to the US during April 1945.
Sergeant AMOS ‘Buck’ TAYLOR – Having worked in a factory making Sherman Tanks, Buck aided the war effort even further by becoming a Paratrooper and enlisted in July 1942 before being assigned to 3rd Platoon upon his arrival at Toccoa. When jumping into Europe on D-Day he was 2nd Squad Leader but having scattered on the jump, it was not until several days later that he joined up with the rest of the company, just prior to the attack on Carentan during which he was made 3rd Platoon Sergeant. At the Battle of the Bulge, when advancing from Bastogne to Foy, Buck was badly injured when shot in the leg which saw the end of his war spending 11months in hospital.
Colonel ED SHAMES – Enlisting in September 1942 at the age of 19, Ed Shames was to become one of the most respected officers in the 101st Airborne Division. A stickler for detail, he always got the job done, and brought his men home. Originally assigned to I Company in the 3rd Battalion of the 506th Parachute Infantry Regiment he was transferred to Headquarters Company receiving a battlefield commission during the taking of Carentan in Normandy. He joined Easy Company in July 1944 as a 2nd Lieutenant prior to
Operation Market Garden and the Battle of the Bulge.
Sergeant PAUL ROGERS – Aged 24, Paul Rogers volunteered to be a Paratrooper in 1942 and soon found himself at Toccoa training under Colonel Sink. When jumping into Europe on D-Day, Paul lost most of his equipment, including his rifle, and his parachute snagged on trees from which he had to cut himself loose; he later found out he had landed eight miles from the intended drop zone. With the 3rd Battalion he fought throughout Normandy but was injured when jumping into Holland as part of Operation Market Garden and subsequently spent four weeks in hospital. Upon rejoining the platoon he stayed with them all the way through to Hitler’s Eagles Nest in Berchtesgaden.

For further details, visit the Aces High website: www.aceshigh-uk.com
Mr Pink Eyes
The president, although he denies it, lacks the congressional, legislative, and more importantly, the constitutional authority to take over a controlling interest in General Motors and Chrysler. But that is what he did anyway. The president has seized a 60% controlling interest in the automaker. He claims that he is a “reluctant equity owner,” but if he were so reluctant he wouldn’t have done it.
For a bunch of folks who say they don’t want to be in the day-to-day operation and don’t want to manage the old Chrysler and the new Chrysler into bankruptcy, they sure seem to be doing that – telling them how much they can spend on advertising, rejecting opportunities to avoid bankruptcy for both Chrysler and GM
There were other options; GM could have filed for bankruptcy without the president getting involved and without wasting our taxpayer money. That is what should have happened but that is not what happened. The president willingly, not reluctantly, became the controlling partner of GM. To insure that the government became the controlling partner he gave GM another $30 billion even as they were claiming bankruptcy. He did this so that he could dictate what type of cars GM could manufacture. He got what he wanted. But he did it illegally regardless of his claim that he has not overstepped the constitution or congress.
But this all started before this president took office. It started with President Bush. One of his last acts in office was to ignore congress when they failed to pass legislation that would give him the authority to bailout the automakers. Once that happened, President Bush then decided to sidestep their decision and use TARP money, which was supposed to be used only to bailout financial institutions, to bailout the automakers.
President Bush left office on an extremely sour note with me by agreeing to all of these bailouts in the first place, and then when he ignored congress and unconstitutionally gave money to the auto companies our fate was sealed. The current president is now picking up where the last one left off.
Nobody will ever be able to say for sure what President Bush’s plan would have been moving forward but I would bet that he never envisioned the government actually taking over an automaker. At least I like to think that he never would have considered taking over a private company. But once the current president took over all bets were off. We now have a president that thinks only government can solve problems and his initial reaction was to seize control of the company even without the authority. The president took President Bush’s ill advised power grab to the next level; government seizure and control.
Last week 36 members of congress, including 6 Democrats asked the president in a letter to give them back the power that was unconstitutionally taken away from them. Needless to say, they were ignored. Yet they will do nothing. The Democrat controlled congress is not going to do anything that appears to go against what the popular president wants and that includes his ignoring of their authority. The authority that was given to the congress for the purpose of checks and balances.
So we now have a president who is overreaching and not only meddling in the affairs of a private company, he is also hiring and firing management of that company. He is ordering the closing of dealerships and costing Americans thousands of jobs.
This sets a precedent that can have far reaching consequences and the American people seem oblivious to what is going on here. Do the American people really think that it is okay for any president to seize control of a private company? Is that the point we have reached in this country?
When did it become acceptable for a president to grab so much power and when did congress become so impotent to stop it.
ALSO AFTER SOME RESEARCH IT WAS DISCOVERED THAT THE “GM” PLANTS THAT WERE CLOSED WERE PLANTS THAT DIDN’T CONTRIBUTE TO “OBAMA”
WAKE UP AMERICA

I wrote yesterday of the possibility that Chrysler dealers who had been given the ax were disproportionately Republican – many of them large contributors to GOP candidates and the RNC.
Now comes more evidence that these dealer closings were politically motivated. Through Reliapundit at Astute Bloggers, we learn that the lawyer for the dealers being torpedoed believes that the closings were ordered not by Chrysler, but by the White House…”
And the difference between Obama and Chavez is….?
excellent post up at Stop the ACLU in which he discusses Obama’s statements that it is OK for Iran to have nuclear energy in order to power its country. This is the same Bozo who opposes nuclear power to provide energy in this country. B. Hussein Obama would rather waste money pursuing unproven green technology than use nuclear energy here. With the Iranians, who will develop nuclear weapons in their “peaceful” program, it is OK.
In Prague last month, Obama said that he saw no reason why his administration wouldn’t “support Iran’s right to peaceful nuclear energy with rigorous inspections.” And today in London, Obama reiterated that support by agreeing that Iran’s announced intentions for nuclear power were “legitimate aspirations.”
Not only that, but just last month Obama approved a nuclear power deal with the United Arab Emirates, as well. So, it’s nuclear power for everyone but the U.S.
This is an excellent point. Why is it OK for other countries to have nuclear power plants but not OK for us? Why is Obama keeping his own country from having nuclear energy?
Another interesting story at Stop the ACLU deals with Obama’s Muslim roots. The post points out that it was taboo to mention Islam and Obama together and the use of his middle name was forbidden with supporters calling those who did racists in the Pavlovian response to which we have become accustomed.
Now it would appear that Obama is comfortable with his Muslim roots and embraces them. I guess he was not too comfortable with them when he thought they could lose him an election but now that he is in, it is all good.
That just means he was not honest with people (though many of us had the sense to see that).
So King Hussein of the US is now comfy with his Muslim roots. Maybe that is why he is comfortable with Muslim countries having nuclear reactors. They would not hurt a Muslim brother, would they?

DOWN THROUGH HISTORY NO COUNTRY HAS EVER WON BY PLAYING DEFENCE. IT IS TIME TO GO ON THE OFFENCE. ARE WE A THIRD WORLD COUNTRY??NO. WE ARE BEING THREATENED BY EVERY DESERT RAT IN THE WORLD. OUR PRESIDENT IS BOWING DOWN TO THEM, AND APOLOGIZING TO THEM AND THEY ARE LAUGHING AT US AND PLANNING HOW TO KILL US.
N.KOREA IS THREATING US.
CHAVES IS THREATING US.
MEXICO IS THREATING US.
IT IS TIME TO TAKE THE OFFENCE!!!!
“WAKE UP” AMERICA.
Osama bin Laden has threatened Americans in a new audio tape, saying President Barack Obama inflamed hatred toward the U.S. by ordering Pakistan to crack down on militants in Swat Valley and block Islamic law in the area.
Bin Laden claimed U.S. pressure led to a campaign of “killing, fighting, bombing and destruction” that prompted the exodus of a million Muslims from Swat Valley in northwest Pakistan.
The message was broadcast for the first time Wednesday on pan-Arab Al-Jazeera Television at almost the same moment Obama touched down in Saudi Arabia at the start of a Mideast visit aimed at repairing frayed U.S. relations with the Muslim world.
Pakistan’s army launched its offensive to oust the Taliban in late April after a peace deal that gave them control of the the Swat Valley soured. Militants streamed out of their stronghold to take over neighboring areas.
‘Revenge’
Bin Laden said Obama had ordered Pakistani President Asif Ali Zardari to stop people in the Swat Valley from practicing Islamic law.
“This means simply that Obama and his administration planted new seeds for hatred and revenge against America,” bin Laden said. “With that Obama has followed the same footsteps as the last president to create more hatred against Muslims.
“Let Americans prepare to reap what the leaders of the White house sow.”
The battle for Swat is seen by Washington as a test of Pakistan’s resolve against militants in the northwestern border region with Afghanistan.
The United States strongly backs the campaign, and it has enjoyed broad support among Pakistanis tired of militant attacks in the country that have killed hundreds of civilians.
Richard Holbrooke, the U.S. special envoy to Afghanistan and Pakistan, said Wednesday that it was “ludicrous” to suggest that anyone but al-Qaida and the Taliban are responsible for the refugee crisis in Pakistan.
Pakistan says about 3 million people have been uprooted from their homes by a month-old campaign to drive militants out of the northwestern Swat valley.
The military claims to have killed more than 1,000 Taliban fighters, a figure that cannot be independently verified, and says more than 50 soldiers have also died.
Meanwhile, Pakistani commanders said Wednesday that the military offensive to expel the Taliban from the Swat Valley could take another two months to complete, and troops may have to stay for a year to prevent militants from retaking control.
The armed forces have secured control over several key towns in the volatile northwestern region, but the fighting has triggered a series of suspected reprisal attacks elsewhere in the country.
Reaction from readers is already being posted online, including:
An A-10 pilot in Afghanistan used flares, infrared cameras, his 30-millimeter gun, some quick thinking and his huge brass balls to save the lives of a German reconstruction team in Afghanistan two years ago. On July 11,
Capt. Brian Erickson was awarded a much-deserved Distinguished Flying Cross.
It happened like this: On Oct. 16, 2006, Erickson and a wingman were called in to help six German soldiers pinned down by insurgents firing rockets, machine guns and small-arms. As Captain Erickson flew his A-10 deep into the moonless valley, the only light on the ground was from insurgent weapons-fire,” the Air Force reported.
“
“I initially had my infrared sensor on to pinpoint the location of the insurgents,” said Captain Erickson. “The problem with using the infrared is every time an RPG went off the glow impeded my ability to navigate the dark canyon. The whole screen would go white and I couldn’t see outside my cockpit. The only solution was to turn the screens off.”
His wingman climbed high to use his own infrared camera pod to try to spot the bad guys. Meanwhile Erickson, all but blind after turning off his sensors, “continued his low-level runs while illuminating the area with pyrotechnic self-protection flares in order to uncover the enemy location.”
“After we located where we thought the insurgents were, I had my wingman light-up the area with his targeting pod,” Erickson said. …
In a single-pass, Captain Erickson employed 240 30-mm rounds from the aircraft’s GAU-8 cannon. This completely halted the enemy’s fire.
Two hundred rounds from an A-10’s tank-killing gun? I’ll bet it “halted” the insurgents. More likely, it turned them into pink grease.
Well done, Captain.
(Photo: Air Force)
…. and one could add that he’s unaware that his programs and policies, all of which have failed elsewhere, are setting us for failure here … or is he?

Members of the graduating class of 2009 at Florida’s Pace High School have expressed their objections to ACLU restrictions on statements of religious faith at their school by rising up en masse at their ceremony and reciting the Lord’s Prayer.
The incident happened just days ago, but has been virtually ignored by media outlets throughout the region, according to officials with Liberty Counsel, a legal team representing Principal Frank Lay and teacher Michelle Winkler in their battle with the ACLU, which had complained that faculty and teachers were talking about their beliefs.
Nearly 400 graduating seniors at Pace, a Santa Rosa
County school, stood up at their graduation, according to Mathew Staver, president of Liberty Counsel.
(Story continues below)
Parents, family and friends joined in the recitation, and applauded the students when they were finished, Staver told WND.
“Many of the students also painted crosses on their graduation caps to make a statement of faith,” the organization reported.
“Neither students nor teachers shed their constitutional rights at the schoolhouse gate,” said Staver, who also is dean of Liberty University School of Law. “The students at Pace High School refused to remain silent and were not about to be bullied by the ACLU.
“Schools are not religion-free zones, and any attempt to make them so is unconstitutional,” he said.
Liberty Counsel has been representing Lay and Winkler against ACLU demands that all statements of faith be censored. The law firm also had volunteered to represent the school board in the dispute, but board members chose their own outside counsel.
The ACLU had sued the school six months earlier and as part of the discussions over that dispute, the school’s separate counsel had agreed to a consent decree that “essentially bans all Santa Rose County School District employees from engaging in prayer or religious activities,” Liberty Counsel’s report said.
The ACLU had alleged that during a dinner event at the school, Lay had asked the athletic director to bless the meal. In a second incident, the ACLU claimed Winkler’s husband, who is not a school board employee, offered a prayer at an awards ceremony.
As preparations were being made for the 2009 graduation, the ACLU demanded the school censor students from offering prayers or saying anything religious. As a result, two student leaders traditionally allowed by the school to address their graduation were banned from doing so.
Staver said class members, furious with the ACLU for hijacking their free speech rights, assembled the plan on their own. As soon as Lay asked everyone to be seated for the ceremony, the graduating seniors remained standing and recited the Lord’s Prayer.
A local Fox station had reported that students enjoyed a baccalaureate at a nearby church before the graduation. Class President Kaitlynn Floyd said then class members were grateful for the opportunity to attend that event.
Staver reported concerns over the application
Specialist David Hutchinson received his Silver Star on the parade grounds at Texas A&M University. His decisions and actions saved a lot of soldiers.
Soldier to Receive Silver Star for Valor Under Fire
416th Engineering Command
Story by Capt. Corey Schultz
Date: 06.06.2009
Posted: 06.06.2009 07:21
On June 6, the 65th anniversary of D-Day, Spc. David Hutchinson will become only the fifth Army Reserve Soldier to receive the Silver Star. While deployed to Afghanistan with the 420th Engineering Brigade, Hutchinson attacked and destroyed an enemy machine gun nest, an act of valor that was instrumental in saving the lives of 16 fellow Soldiers.
On the morning of May 21, 2008, 17 Army Reserve Soldiers of the 420th Engineer Brigade Personal Security Detail were traveling through the mountains of Afghanistan in a convoy of four Humvees. Hutchinson rode in the third Humvee, manning a MK-19 40 mm grenade launcher.
About 20 enemy insurgents attacked in a coordinated ambush from fortified fighting positions no more than 70 meters away. They fired multiple RPGs immediately followed by small arms: AK-47s, AK-74s, sniper rifles – and a PKM machine gun.
The enemy boldly attempted to destroy the convoy with RPGs, even moving from cover to engage the convoy. The 420th Eng. Bde. Soldiers immediately returned fire.
The enemy had fire superiority – until Hutchinson engaged the machine gun nest with devastating firepower, destroying it. Hutchinson’s fire was so effective in disrupting the enemy’s efforts that the enemy concentrated their attack on him and his MK-19.
Hutchinson held his position under intense fire, continuing to place fire on the remaining enemy in total disregard of his own peril. Other Soldiers later counted over 100 bullet holes in the turret of his Humvee.
Hutchinson expended an entire ammo can, destroying the machine gun position and killing five enemy before he was seriously wounded by fire from a RPG. Shrapnel hit his right leg and caused him to collapse into the crew compartment.
Even after collapsing from his wounds, Hutchinson saw that his first sergeant was severely injured, with gaping shrapnel wounds to the face and head. Despite his own serious wounds, Hutchinson calmly administered first aid to the other Soldier, controlling the bleeding as the convoy moved out of the kill zone.
When the medevac arrived, Hutchinson refused to be carried out and despite his serious wounds insisted the single litter be used for the first sergeant. This freed other Soldiers to provide security and reduced the time the medevac spent on the ground.
Hutchinson’s actions were without a doubt the primary disruptor of the enemy. His actions contributed to the safety of 17 Soldiers and showed extraordinary courage, loyalty and selfless service under fire.
Hutchinson was born in Humble, Texas, and graduated Brenham High School in 2005. He enlisted in the Army Reserve in December 2005 and is currently assigned to the 420th Engineer Brigade. In his civilian occupation he works for AT&T as a retail sales associate. In addition to the Silver Star, Hutchison has been awarded the Purple Heart, Army Achievement Medal, Army Good Conduct Medal, Global War on Terrorism and Combat Action Badge.
The Silver Star is awarded to a person who, while serving in any capacity with the U.S. Army, is cited for gallantry in action against an enemy of the United States while engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force, or while serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party. The required gallantry, while of a lesser degree than that required for the Distinguished Service Cross, must nevertheless have been performed with marked distinction
THE PEOPLE THAT WE HAVE RUNNING THIS COUNTRY ARE SO INCOMPETENT THAT IT IS SICKENING.
THE TALIBAN AND THE AL-QUAIDA ARE NOT AN ORGANIZED ARMY. THEY DON’T WEAR UNIFORMS. THEY DO NOT HAVE ANY RIGHTS IF CAPTURED ON THE BATTLEFIELD.
WE THE PEOPLE, VOTERS, AND TAXPAYERS ABSOLUTELY HAVE NO INPUT IN WHAT IS GOING ON IN WASHINGTON. WE ARE LOSING RIGHTS EVERYDAY. NOBODY ASKED ME IF I WANTED TO BAILOUT OUT WALL ST. OR GENERAL MOTORS. SINCE OBAMA WAS ELECTED THE GOVERNMENT “DEMOCRATS” DO ANYTHING THEY WANT. THE PEOPLE DON’T HAVE A SAY IN ANYTHING!
DID ANYONE IN WASHINGTON ASK THE PEOPLE IF THEY WANTED SOCIALIZED MEDICINE???? OR SOCIALISM PERIOD.
WAKE UP AMERICA THE COUNTRY IS IN BIG TROUBLE!!!!!!
I believe this country is great because our ancestors were not afraid to stand up and fight for what they considered right. We are the land of the free because we are the home of the brave as demonstrated by America’s next great generation who is out on the front line of freedom.
I cannot stand liberalism and feel it is a disease that eats away, like a cancer, at the fabric of our society. I also believe that if this country does not stop pandering to special interest groups and does not stop taking away the rights guaranteed under our Constitution, and if they do not stop creating a welfare class of dependent people, there will be another civil war. It will start as an uprising to take the government over from the politicians who have lost all touch with the core values of this country. Then anarchy will set in followed by civil war.
So it is up to us to eradicate liberalism so we can prevent the next civil war.
(big dog author)
I AGREE WITH THIS COMMENT %100.
THE PATRIOT.
The United States Congress is where Texans are a lot better off and a lot better represented than many parts of the nation. Our U.S. Senators SUCK, and that’s giving them BOTH a very kind assessment, but our Congressional Representatives, the ones from my area of Texas, Sam Johnson (R-3), Ralph Hall (R-4) and Jeb Hensarling (R-5), are the best of the best.
No earmarks. No pork. Won’t raise taxes. Solid pro-life. Great Conservatives one and all, you just don’t FIRE the 1st Team! It appears that Michele Bachmann, (R-6) of Minnesota, is also one of those REAL Conservatives. She points out quite well the hypocrisy of the Democrats, the *Gangster Government* that is now running wild in Washington, D.C.
These are the people that America NEEDS. These are the people that American Conservatives must support. We, as Conservatives, can’t be duped into supporting FAUX Conservatives, or as I prefer to call them, RINOs.
And we can’t be duped into supporting the organizations that DO support the RINOs. No matter WHO gets their knickers in a twist. We must TAKE AMERICA BACK, but we can’t get it done by backing those that tout the likes of Sen. John Cornyn as a “strong conservative voice in Washington”, and those that think Sen. Hutchison would be a great Governor. There’s not a REAL Conservative bone between the both of them!
Are you hearing us Austin? The eyes of Texas are upon YOU! Business as usual and faux Conservatism is NOT going to get the job done, and it’s not going to get ANYONE elected, or re-elected!
Michele Bachmann REP. MINNESOTA AUTHOR
“Conservatives are outraged about the special access given to ABC News to broadcast a series of programs from the White House on Wednesday. ABC is scheduled to broadcast “Good Morning America” from the White House lawn, “World News” its nightly news show from the Blue Room and a special prime time “Questions for the President: Prescription for America” on President Obama’s health care reform proposal from the East Room.
Many fear objective and balanced coverage of the president controversial health care plan will be the casualty of “ABC day” at the White House. The transformation of a major news network from watchdog to Obama lapdog would threaten the very nature of an independent press that is vital in maintaining liberty and a civil society.
Co-opting corporations, especially media giants such as ABC News, to promote his policies appears to be part of Obama’s political strategy. General Electric CEO Jeff Immelt, for example, is a member of the president’s Economic Recovery Board (PERB) and the company’s media units NBC News, CNBC and MSNBC frequently advance Obama’s energy policy through its programming and news coverage which would also benefit GE’s investment in green technologies.
While financial opportunism may be the driver of GE’s favorable media coverage of Obama’s energy policy, ABC’s interest in health care may represent a deep seeded liberal bias that goes to its parent company, The Walt Disney Company.
Disturbingly, Disney CEO Bob Iger has shown a willingness to put his personal political views over company profits. Under his direction, Iger refuses to sell the DVD or its distribution rights of the ABC miniseries “The Path to 9/11,” a program that was based on the federal government’s “9/11 Commission Report.” The miniseries was criticized by liberal politicians and advocacy groups when it aired in September 2006 because they felt it made President Clinton look responsible for the terrorist attacks in 2001.
Despite losing about $ 40 million on the project because the left-wing generated controversy intimidated commercial sponsorship, Iger keeps the production under lock and key thus denying shareholders an opportunity to recoup their investment in the miniseries.
Disney can’t claim the controversial nature of “The Path to 9/11″ as a reason to not profit from the film. Disney profited from Michael Moore‘s “Fahrenheit 9/11” — a highly politicized view of the 9/11 terrorist attacks. According to Slate, Disney “booked a $46 million net profit” while “it paid Moore a stunning $21 million” for his documentary.
Because of concerns that Iger’s political views are harming its investors, a mutual fund I’m affiliated with filed a shareholder proposal with Disney to increase transparency of the company’s political donations.
At Disney’s annual meeting, shareholders applauded my explanation of the political basis for the company’s refusal to sell “The Path to 9/11″ but it clearly upset Iger. When I approached Iger to shake his hand after my presentation, he rejected my offer and instead launched what some in media circles refer to as an “F-bomb.”
In response to our shareholder proposal, Disney tried to save face by saying it was indeed willing to sell the distribution rights of the miniseries but I have recently learned that a new, legitimate offer to buy the miniseries was rejected by the company. Previously, inquiries from our company to Iger, and Disney’s chairman about purchasing the rights of the miniseries went unanswered.
Iger has impeccable liberal credentials. He gives about 90 percent of his personal political contributions to Democrats and special interest groups; his wife, former news anchor Willow Bay, has a senior position with the Huffington Post.
Disney also has connections to Obama through PERB. Monica C. Lozano, CEO of La Opinion, a major Spanish-language newspaper in the U. S., is a member of Disney’s board of directors and the president’s economic board.
Given today’s volatile political climate and the diverse array of media sources including the Internet and cable TV, Disney/ABC’s liberal bias could backfire on the company. After all, a reputation for credibility and trustworthiness is a news organizations only asset.
Moreover, if conservatives, frustrated over Obama’s assault on liberty and his coziness with ABC rally against the company, they could pressure its sponsors not to advertise on the network.
Plus, why would conservatives want to attend Disney theme parks and movies if their hard earned money is going to be used to support policies and politicians that are opposed to their values?
Why would conservatives support Disney when it promotes government run health care and Michael Moore’s biased view of the 9/11 terrorist attacks while silencing “The Path to 9/11?”
Choosing politics over profits is a dangerous game. If the president is using corporatism to advance his policies, public backlash against Disney and other corporate members of Team Obama may find themselves feeling the heat of an increasingly frustrated and disenfranchised public.
The mid-term elections are still more than a year away but Americans may choose to vote with their wallets by punishing companies that threaten their principles.
Tom Borelli, Ph.D., is director of the Free Enterprise Project at the National Center for Public Policy Research.”
The absolute largest tax increase in the History of our Republic, coupled with an easily corruptible “trading” system which will further politicize and relinquish control of our industrial sector in the hands of over a DOZEN different Federal Regulatory agencies.
And EIGHT REPUBLICANS SOLD OUT YOUR FUTURE.
Find out how your representatives voted here (you shall know their names) and here is what they voted for (HR2454).
For: 219
Democrat: 211
Republican: 8
Against: 212
Democrat: 44
Republican: 168
Which Republicans sold you out:
Reichert-Washington–8th District
Bono-California–45th District
Castle-Delaware–
Kirk-Illinois–10th District
Lance-New Jersey–7th District (who has a whole section on his website on how to reduce gas prices!!)
LoBiondo-New Jersey–2nd District
McHugh-New York–23rd District
Smith-New Jersey–4th District
And let’s not forget the sane (43) Democrats who voted against the bill:
Altmire-Pennsylvania
Arcuri-New York
Barrow-Georgia
Berry-Arkansas
Boren-Oklahoma
Bright-Alabama
Carney-Pennsylvania
Childers-Mississippi
Costa-California
Costello-Illinois
Dahlkemper-Pennsylvania
Davis-Alabama
Davis-Tennessee
DeFazio-Oregon
Donnelly-Indiana
Edwards-Texas
Ellsworth-Indiana
Foster-Illinois
Griffith-Alabama
Herseth Sandlin-South Dakota
Holden-Pennsylvania
Kirkpatrick-Arizona
Kissell-North Carolina
Kucinich-Ohio
Marshall-Georgia
Massa-New York
Matheson-Utah
McIntyre-North Carolina
Melancon-Louisiana
Minnick-Idaho (I da ho, you da ho…sorry, couldn’t help myself)
Mitchell-Arizona
Mollohan-West Virginia
Ortiz-Texas
Pomeroy-North Dakota
Rahall-West Virginia
Rodriguez-Texas
Ross-Arkansas
Salazar-Colorado
Stark-California
Tanner-Tennessee
Taylor-Mississippi
Visclosky-Indiana
Wilson-Ohio
Now that it goes to the Senate, if you haven’t already contacted them, get to it. If you live in one of the Districts represented by one of the Eight Republicans, please get started fighting to get them fired in 2010, while building a base of Conservatives in your District who won’t put up with it anymore.
WAKE UP AMERICA CHINA AND INDIA ARE LAUGHING AT US!
by Big Dog on Jun 26, 2009 at 22:52 Political
The House voted on the cap and trade bill today bringing it closer to reality. It will have a tougher time in the Senate but it will probably eventually pass. This was a big Democratic bill and the agenda for this is strictly on the Democrats even though a number of them voted no today. They are people who are worried about the next election. It was a given that Democrats would largely support this bill but it would not have passed if eight Republicans had not defected. The bill passed 219-212 and would have failed 220-211 has the eight Republicans not voted for it. This bill will raise the cost of energy. People will not be able to afford their energy and all increases on companies will be passed on to the consumer. If it passes you have eight Republicans to thank.
Obama himself clearly said that his cap and trade program would necessarily cause energy prices to skyrocket. Everyone will pay for that. This is not a tax on the “rich” or some offset that the middle class and poor will not have to pay. This will be a massive increase in energy prices so folks better start paying attention and forcing their elected officials to listen. The Senate needs to halt this or it will be a catastrophe.
You know it has to be bad because they are ramming it through before anyone can read it. Does anyone see a pattern here? The stimulus was rammed through and no one read it. Now there are things popping up that no one was aware of. This is not even counting the fact that the stimulus is not working.
The Democrats have a bill that is over 1000 pages. No one had time to read it. At the last minute a 300 page amendment was added and no one could read that. This is irresponsible government and those Republicans who voted for this need to be removed from office. I expect irresponsibility from the Democrats and their messiah but I expect better from Republicans and if they do not do what is right I expect them to be removed from office. Here are the people YOU need to vote out of office in the next election:
300 Page Amendment to 1200 Page Bill Added at 3:09AM
House GOP Leader John Boehner (OH) describes the rush Democrats imposed on consideration of this bill so that few would have the chance to read it and object:
Dems had 30 years to write this bill, but left only hours to read it or debate it.
Graphic from House Leader Boehner’s blog shows complexity of Democrat bill:

But America is caught up with “Hey, did you hear? Michael Jackson is dead!”
Concentrate on things that are important, like those who are pushing this energy bill stand to gain the most from it:
• Nancy Pelosi has $50,000 to $100,000 in Clean Energy Fuels Corp.
• Rep. Edward Markey — hmm, why does that name sound familiar? — has investments between $51,000 and $115,000 in the Firsthand Technology Value Fund (which as three solar-energy manufacturers)
• Al Gore — Mr. “Inconvenient Truth” himself — his venture capital firm is heavily invested in a new software company that’s making software to help companies track their carbon footprint. He, and companies like his, will make a fortune.
Not only will this bill make politicians rich, it will increase their power as well. The government will control what you can and cannot do.
Want an SUV? Oh, sorry. Gas mileage isn’t good enough.
How about incandescent light bulbs? They use too much energy.
Quarter-pounder with cheese? Meat is even more harmful than the SUV!
This bill is a gateway; it will be used as justification to regulate every industry or product the government can get their grimy little fingers on.
Politicians get rich. Government gets more power and control. Businesses just pass on the cost — so there is only one loser: you, the consumer.
The worst part is, we aren’t breaking new ground here. While we’re busy marching towards more socialism, the rest of the world is running away from it because they’ve tried it.
Australia is killing their carbon tax proposals and it’s already a complete failure in Spain, where it’s resulted in an 18.1 percent unemployment rate (more than double Europe’s average) and they are losing 2.2 jobs per every one “green job” created.
I think The New York Times quote on the European Union‘s cap-and-trade program (that started in 2005) says it all: “Their plan unleashed a lobbying free-for-all that led politicians to dole out favors to various industries, undermining the environmental goals. Four years later, it is becoming clear that system has so far produced little noticeable benefit to the climate, but generated a multi-billion dollar windfall for some of the continent‘s biggest polluters.”
THE REASON NANCY PELOSI WANTS THE BILL SIGNED TODAY IS BECAUSE SHE IS GOING ON VACATION THIS WEEKEND. SOUND FAMILIAR
They are voting on this bill today. Call your representatives now, while you can still afford to have the lights on and actually see the phone numbers.
Today Americans for Tax Reform (ATR) President Grover Norquist condemned the passage of H.R. 2545, the “American Clean Energy and Security Act” also known as “cap-and-tax” or the National Energy Tax bill.. The bill passed 219-212, with 211 Democrats siding with Nancy Pelosi to support the broadest tax increase this year. Eight Republicans crossed party lines to support the Democrat bill.
ATR notes American citizens can look forward to the following as a result of this vote:
• Direct energy costs will go up $1,500 per year for the typical family of four.
• Even with a 26% reduction is use, electric bills will be $754 higher in 2035 than in the absence of Waxman-Markey, and $12,200 higher in total from 2012 to 2035.
• Even with a 15% decrease in gas consumption – prices will still go up! A family of four will still pay $596 more in 2035 and $7,500 more in total from 2012 to 2035.
• From 2012-2035, a family of four will see its direct energy costs rise by $22,800.
• On average, employment will be lower by 1,105,000 jobs per year. In some years, cap and trade will reduce employment by nearly 2.5 million jobs.
• Waxman-Markey will drive up the national debt 26 percent by 2035. This represents an additional $29,150 per person, or $116,600 for a family of four.
“Every member who voted for this massive tax on every single American family just committed a criminally stupid and politically dangerous act,” said ATR president Grover Norquist. “Americans might forget a vote to regulate some business is the mid-West, but once a month they will be reminded of this vote when they get their increased utility bill.”

THE GOVERNMENT CONTROLLED NATIONAL MEDIA, DECEIDED TO SPEND 3 OR 4 DAYS COVERING MICHAEL JACKSON’S DEATH BY “DRUG OVERDOSE” NO NEWS OUTLET COVERED THE “CAP AND TAX BILL” THE LARGEST TAX BILL IN” HISTORY”. WHAT A DISGRACE!!
THE NEXT THING IS TO MAKE “JACKSON DAY” A NATIONAL HOLIDAY. WHAT IS WRONG WITH THE PEOPLE OF THIS COUTRY????. THE BAD GUYS ARE HEROES AND THE GOOD GUYS ARE NOW THE BAD GUYS
THE PATRIOT
DEMOCRATS HAVE ANOTHER CLOWN IN THE PARTY. WHAT A DISGRACE!!!!! WAKE UP AMERICA THE COUNTRY IS IN BIG TROUBLE.

The ACLU’s fight to stop a Texas school district from punishing a five-year old student for wearing his long hair in braids as an expression of his American Indian heritage and beliefs has drawn support from a diverse group of American Indian tribes and scholars, religious freedom organizations and representatives of a variety of faith traditions.
Eleven groups, including the Lipan Apache and Nansemond Indian tribes, the Anti-Defamation League, Americans United for Separation of Church and State, and Interfaith Alliance recently participated in filing “friend of the court” briefs to the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals, in support of a lower court’s ruling that Needville Independent School District (NISD) violated the Constitution and state law when it punished the student for expressing his and his family’s religious beliefs.
In January, U.S. District Judge Keith P. Ellison granted a request by the ACLU of Texas and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) for the boy, known in court proceedings as A.A., to be allowed at school to wear his hair in two long braids in observance of his American Indian religious heritage. NISD, who had initially placed the student in in-school suspension for noncompliance with its dress code, appealed the ruling to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.
“The amicus briefs provide the opportunity for groups with a stake in the outcome of this litigation to make their voices heard,” said Lisa Graybill, Legal Director of the ACLU of Texas. Fleming Terrell, Staff Attorney for the ACLU of Texas, said “while we are disappointed that NISD is still trying to restrict this boy’s religious freedom for the sake of conformity, we and our clients are grateful for the support.”
Judge Ellison’s decision held that NISD unjustifiably burdened the boy’s religious exercise by requiring the then five-year-old to hide his 13-inch-long hair in a single braid, stuffed inside the back of his shirt. When the boy stood up for his and his family’s beliefs and attended school with his hair in two long braids, he was segregated from his classmates in “in-school suspension,” the harshest form of punishment state law permits for a child of his age.
“The outpouring of support for A.A.’s position from so many corners shows that this case is important for all Texas schoolchildren of faith, whether their beliefs come from American Indian, Christian, Jewish, Sikh, Hindu or other traditions,” said Sinead O’Carroll, partner at Reeves & Brightwell LLP. Ms. O’Carroll, along with Paul Schlaud, also a partner in the Austin law firm, are working on the appeal pro bono as cooperating attorneys on behalf of the ACLU of Texas.
A total of five briefs in support of the ACLU’s position have been submitted to the appeals court by the Lipan Apache Tribe of Texas; Indian scholars Mr. K. Tsianina Lomawaima and Ms. Suzanne L. Cross; Americans United for Separation of Church and State, and the Anti-Defamation League; the Nansemond Indian Tribal Association of Virginia; and the American Jewish Committee, Hindu American Foundation, Interfaith Alliance, Sikh Coalition and United Sikhs.
“As the briefs in this case make clear, public schools should not be in the business of punishing children for harmless expressions of their religious and cultural heritage,” said Daniel Mach, Director of Litigation for the ACLU Program on Freedom of Religion and Belief. “We are confident that the court of appeals will affirm the lower court and safeguard this family’s fundamental religious liberty.”
Obama and the Liberals don’t want you or the American people to know what they are doing this summer.
While Americans are in the heat of summer, enjoying vacations with family and visits with the grandkids – Obama and the liberals within Washington are working to push government-run health care as fast as they can before the American people really know what is going on.
They want to catch us sleeping, they want us distracted. They think they can get away with it. They snuck through the stimulus and auto bailouts. That is why they want to pass a so-called health care reform bill before the August recess. They are using America’s desire for some reform to force moderate Democrats and Republicans to vote for a government-run “option” for health care.
As you will see in a video we made with Congressman and long-time medical Doctor Phil Roe (R-TN) recorded in his office just last Friday, this is part of the liberal’s attempts to have government take over and control your health care. To view the video go here: http://www.conservative.org/DRPhilRoeHealthCare.html
We need to send a message now – right now – that American’s don’t need government-run health care.
SEND A MESSAGE TO CONGRESS! DO NOT PASS A GOVERNMENT OPTION THAT WILL LEAD TO GOVERNMENT TAKEOVER OF OUR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM.
Before you sit there and think that we cannot have an impact – or that our work against the all out liberal assault coming from Congress is falling on deaf ears – consider this. Recently the Cap and Trade Energy Tax vote in the House was so close and so controversial, because of your voice, the liberal leadership in the Senate has put off acting on it anytime soon.
We can do the same here and now, we can help put the brakes on this attempt to have government takeover health care, now, today!
Look at these News headlines and stories:
“Health care reform proponents are growing pessimistic that they can meet President Barack Obama‘s August target for passing a bill.” (POLITICO newspaper today)
The AP reported, “Officials push for health care despite delay,” stating that Obama and Pelosi have hit a roadblock but they are not giving up. (Associated Press)
“President Barack Obama, after a week of diplomacy abroad, now faces the possible derailment of his top priority at home, the overhaul of the health-care system.” (Bloomberg News)
We can do it. We can fight back and win. We can stop a liberal attempt to take over Health Care!
We know that the governments will only make health care worse, not better. Conservatives stopped the ill-conceived “Hillary Care” plan in the 1990s, let’s fight back again together now!
SEND A MESSAGE TO CONGRESS! DO NOT PASS A GOVERNMENT OPTION THAT WILL LEAD TO GOVERNMENT TAKEOVER OF OUR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM
ATTENTION SENIORS,
THIS GOVERNMENT RUN HEALTH CARE IS GOING TO TAKE AWAY BENEFITS, ALSO INCREASE TAXES!!!!
DO YOU WANT THE GOVERNMENT RUNNING YOUR HEALTH, TELLING YOU WHEN YOU CAN HAVE AN OPERATION!!! I DON’T. THE GOVERNMENT HAS NEVER RUN ANYTHING THAT WAS SUCCESSFUL. THEY COULDN’T RUN A FRUIT STAND AND BALANCE THE BOOKS. THEY WOULD BE TO BUSY FULLING THEIR POCKETS!!
THE PATROIT
01. Occidental College records — Not released
02. Columbia College records — Not released
03. Columbia Thesis paper — “Not available”
04. Harvard College records — Not released
05. Selective Service Registration — Not released
06. Medical records — Not released
07. Illinois State Senate schedule — Not available
08. Your Illinois State Senate records — Not available
09. Law practice client list — Not released
10. Certified Copy of original Birth certificate — Not released
11. Embossed, signed paper Certification of Live Birth — Not released
12. Record of your baptism — Not available
Nobody can seem to find any articles you published as editor of the Harvard Law Review or as a Professor at the University of Chicago.
Can Obama explain that to the voters? Can you think of any previous POTUS that could get away with sealing virtually all of his life?
Why would he do this? Why does the network media say nothing?
THE ANSWER TO THAT QUESTION IS BECAUSE THE NATIONAL MEDIA IS WORKING OUT OF THE WHITE HOUSE.
http://conservablogs.com/theconservativecrawfish

OBAMAIS DOING EXACTLY AS HE SAID HE WOULD DO. “CHANGE THE COUNTRY”. WELL HE IS DOING IT. HE HAS HIS PRIVATE GOVERNMENT THAT DO NOT HAVE TO ANSWER TO ANYONE! “36 CZARS WHO ARE IN CHARGE OF ALL PARTS OF THE ECONOMY. THEY ONLY ANSWERTO OBAMA. HE IS GOING TO GIVE US SOCIALIZED MEDICINE WHETHER WE LIKE IT OR NOT! ANY CONGRESSMAN WHO DOESN’T VOTE FOR IT WILL BE PUNISHED.
HE IS CHANGING THE CONSTITUTION, AND THE BILL OF RIGHTS
ALSO CHANGING THE WORDING IN DICTONARYS!!!
AND TRYING TO TAKE RELIGION OUT OUT OF OUR LIVES!!!
THE NEW HEALTH CARE BILL WILL COST OVER A TRILLION DOLLARS. DON’T FORGET WE ARE BROKE!!
(ATTENTION) NEW INFORMATION- DEMOCRATS WANT THIS BILL TO COVER 12MILLION ILEGAL ALIENS!!!!!!
GENERATIONS OF OUR GRANDCHILDREN WE BE TRYING TO PAY FOR THIS.
THE LATEST IS ONE WAY THAT HEALTH CARE WILL TAKE CARE OF ITSELF IS TO GIVE THE YOUNG PRIOTY OVER SENIORS FOR HEALTH CARE!!!!! HOW IS THAT FOR A DISGRACE!!!!
OUR DOLLAR IS ABOUT TO BE REPLACED BY THE “EURO” OR WHAT EVER THE CHINESE US FOR MONEY!
THE GO ERNMENT IS RUNNING CAR COMPANYS, MORTGAGE COMPANY’S, UNIONS, THE NATIONAL MEDIA.
FANNY AND FREDDIE OWN 56% OF ALL MORTGAGES IN THE COUNTRY. THAT MEANS THE GOV. OWN THEM.
ACORN, THE ACLU, THE NAACP. THE FEDERAL RESERVE, AND THE SUPREME COURT.
CZAR OBAMA AND FAMILY ARE TRAVELING AROUND THE WORLD KISSING HANDS AND “ASSES” OF OUR ENEMY’S AND TELLING THE WORLD THAT HE WILL FIX EVERYTHING. HE IS ALWAYS ON THE ROAD IN THIS COUNTRY RUNNING HIS POPULARITY CONTEST.
WHO IS AT THE SWITCH IN WASHINGTON. WHOEVER IT IS ASLEEP.
THE REPUBLICAN PARTY IS NOT ALLOWED TO VOTE ON NEW LEGISLATION. THE LIBERAL LEFT WINGDEMOCRATS HAVE THE GOVERNMENT ALL TO THEM SELFS. THE REPUBLICAN PARTY IS OUT TO “LUNCH”
IT IS TIME TO CLEAN OUT WASHINGTON AND START OVER WITH A NEW PARTY AND PEOPLE WHO ARE QUALIFIED TO BE IN GOVERNMENT. THE DEMOCRATIC LEADERSHIP, NANCY PELOSI, HARRY REID, BARNY FRANK, CHRIS DODD DON’T HAVE A CLUE AS TO WHAT THE PEOPLE OF THIS COUNTRY WANT, AND THEY DON’T CARE.
DO YOU WANT PEOPLE LIKE THIS RUNNING YOUR LIFE??? I DON’T!!!
WAKE UP AMERICA IT LOOKS LIKE WE HAVE A “DICTATORSHIP” IN THE MAKING.
AND THE DEMS COULDN’T RUN A “HOTDOG STAND”
THE PATRIOT
THE FIRST BLACK PRESIDENT TO BE ELECTED IN THIS COUNTRY WAS A BIG STEP IN UNITING THE COUNTRY. WHEN ELECTED OBAMA WAS THOUGHT TO BE NON RACIAL. HE COULD HAVE DONE A LOT TO ELIMINATE THE RACIAL PROBLEMS. TO INTERRUPT A NATIONAL NEWS CONFERENCE AND COMMENT ONAN ISSUE INVOLVING A FRIEND OF HIS, HARVARD PROF. GATES A BLACK MAN AND ADMIT HE DIDN’T HAVE ALL THE FACTS ON THE INCIDENT BUT MADE A STATEMENT THAT THE POLICE DEPT ACTED STUPIED, AND WERE RACIST WAS A BIG MISTAKE!!!
THIS COULD SET THE COUNTRY BACK YEARS, NOT TO MENTION OBAMA’S POPULARITY WITH THE VOTERS. THIS IS RACIST ON THE PART OF OBAMA AND THE BLACK PROF. WHO ACCUSED THE OFFICER OF BEING A RACIST.
As an economic system, fascism is socialism with a capitalist veneer. The word derives from fasces, the Roman symbol of collectivism and power: a tied bundle of rods with a protruding ax. In its day (the 1920s and 1930s), fascism was seen as the happy medium between boom-and-bust-prone liberal capitalism, with its alleged class conflict, wasteful competition, and profit-oriented egoism, and revolutionary Marxism, with its violent and socially divisive persecution of the bourgeoisie. Fascism substituted the particularity of nationalism and racialism—“blood and soil”—for the internationalism of both classical liberalism and Marxism.
OBAMA WANTS HIS OWN “CIVILIAN ARMY” FUNDED THE SAME AS THE MILITARY. DOES THIS SOUND FAMILIAR???
WAKE UP AMERICA THIS FASCIST GOVERNMENT IS TRYING TO BUILD A GOVERNMENT CONTROLLED BY THE “OBAMASYNDICATE”!!! WITH ENOUGHT CONTROL OF THE PEOPLE HE CAN ALMOST GUARANTEE THE REELECTION OF OBAMA AND HIS PARTY.

City officials want to dismiss a public lewdness charge against an 81-year-old woman accused of urinating in a public park when she couldn’t make it to a bathroom.
Municipal prosecutors in Mobile filed a motion Wednesday to throw out the charge against Lula Mae Battle. The request came amid a public outcry over the arrest of Battle, who suffers from incontinence problems.
“Thank you, Jesus. Glory, Hallelujah!” Battle told the Press-Register newspaper after learning of the city’s motion.
Municipal Court administrator Pete Peterson said Thursday the judge would likely rule on the city’s motion to throw out the case on Sept. 15, the day Battle is scheduled for trial.
Battle has said she was at her bank, next to Bienville Square in downtown Mobile, on June 3 when a teller refused to let her use the bathroom. Battle tried to make it to a public restroom across the park but couldn’t get there in time.
The woman lost control of her bladder as she walked, so she ducked into bushes next to a small building. But the building was a one-room police substation manned by a cadet, who called for an officer and had her arrested.
The woman was taken to jail, booked on a charge of public lewdness and released on $500 bail. The charge carries a maximum penalty of three months in jail and a $500 fine.
In anticipation of a trial, Battle said she had been saving money. She wasn’t able to pay her phone bill, so the service was cut off.
“I was trying to save,” she told the newspaper.
Police said they’ve had a persistent problem with people urinating in the downtown park. City attorney Larry Wettermark said the officer “quite correctly” charged Battle with public lewdness.
“Now, when it comes to the prosecutor’s office, we can look at it,” he said. “If there was genuinely a misunderstanding or an accident, the city is not interested in prosecuting or pushing that kind of case.
If Obamas Health care passes this will not be a problem for her or for anyone else over the age of 55, because Dr. Jack Kevorkian with be your primary healthcare provider!
Obama and Congress will make sure that he will give you the care the Goverment deems necessary to end any health problems you may have. You can also get a stone engraving with your name on it with every visit
CREDIT- GOD, GUNS, AND FREE SPEACH
We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.” – Declaration of Independence
“A well regulated militia,being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed”- 2nd Amendment to the Bill of Rights, Ratified December 15,1791
“The strongest reason for the people to retain the right to keep and bear arms is, as a last resort, to protect themselves against tyranny in government.” – Thomas Jefferson
“It is The Duty of the Patriot to protect his country from his government.” – Thomas Paine, The Father of the American Revolution
We have become a Nation of Pussies, Whiners, and Wimps.We are allowing the Goverment, Judges, and the far left Secular Progressives to steal our God given rights!
I am tired of the Democrats who have become FASCISTS and the Republicans who have NO BALLS!
I am tired of Judges Advocating from the bench to change the will of the people
I am tired of the Political Correctness in this country, where if you say anything againt the fascist left they accuse you of being Racist,Homophobic,Sexist, Ageist or anything else they can think of to keep you from speaking, it is an attempt to STEAL your 1st Amendment Right,
“FREEDOM OF SPEECH”!!!
I am tired of the fascist left trying to take my guns in an attempt to preserve human life as they kill babys in abortion clinics, HYPOCRITES!!
I am tired of the Goverment telling us that they will protect us while they leave our borders wide open in a time of war!!!
If they gave a shit about you or you family’s safety they would have put the Military on the border on 9/11!!
I am tired of all the illegal immigrants coming into this Country, protesting while waving the Mexican flag and demanding their American rights. GET THE HELL OUT AND COME HERE LEGALLY!!! Then you can have the same right as the rest of us.
Think about it!
Its Time to wake up!!
IF YOU ARE THE PERSON IN THE OBAMA DICTATORSHIP THAT IS MAKING A LIST OF PEOPLE AGAINST OBAMA’S (TED KENNEDY‘S PAWN)GOVERNMENT RUN HEALTH CARE. THIS HEALTH CARE IS THE LIFE WORK OF KENNEDY. KENNEDY PUT OBAMA IN OFFCE SO THIS IS PAYBACK. OBAMA IS VACATIONING ON MARTHA’S VINEYARD THIS WEEK AND WILL MAKE A SPECIAL TRIP TO THE KENNEDY COMPOUND TO PAY HIS RESPECTS.
PUT MY NAME ON THE LIST!
WOULD ANYONE ELSE LIKE TO BE ADDED TO THIS LIST????
MICKMCK707
TEA parties in significant numbers have been held across the land with many thousands participating. The participants weren’t just protesting taxes. The signs they carried point to contention regarding many of the hot topic issues; healthcare, cap and trade, stimulus funds, TARP funds, the Recovery Act, and others. Many folks demonstrated that they were mad as hell and they weren’t going to take it any more!
We are seeing similar protests at the various town hall meetings taking place. While most were relatively civil they have figuratively thrown the kitchen sink at some legislators who dared show up. Protesting on such a broad range of issues goes more toward reform than change.
I believe the time is right for a third party to come to the forefront. The Republican Party appears weakened and perhaps at a historical low point relative to exerting political clout. And, as the months roll by the Dem’s GPA is heading South. The in-party must lead to succeed and right now that is not happening. From my perspective neither party has sufficient political strength to pull a wet string out of a sick hen’s butt.
There are some that would like to dispense with the political party system and have people stand for election based on their own ideology and merit. Doable, but I think it would lead us right back to the situation that prompted the organization and support of such parties . When people feel disenfranchised and unsatisfied with government they will look for a way to influence government to act more to their liking.
Interesting that George Washington opposed political parties and hoped none would come to fruition. During his tenure as President, faction’s, or small groups of like-minded people began to form seeking to gain more influence over legislation. In response, Alexander Hamilton, Washington’s Secretary of the Treasury who favored a strong central government formed the Federalist Party in 1789. This led to the formation of the Democratic-Republican Party, 1792, founded by James Madison and Washington’s Secretary of State, Thomas Jefferson, who opposed Hamilton’s agenda. In the mid 1820’s the Democratic-Republican Party split into the Jacksonian Democrats and the Whig Party led by Henry Clay. The Democrats opposed the Bank of the United States and the buildup of Industry, which they believed, would work to the detriment of the taxpayer. This ushered in the Jacksonian era and our first populist president. The Whig Party faded away in the 1850’s morphing into the Republican Party, 1854. Lincoln was elected the first Republican President in 1860. Noteworthy that during this period the conservatives served the Democratic Party and the more liberal minded served the Republican Party. Since 1852 the Democratic and Republican Parties have controlled the Presidency and from 1854 the two parties have controlled the Congress as well.
Ross Perot received 18.9% of the popular vote in his 1992 bid for President. Most third party efforts have received less than 1% of the popular vote. The reason for such poor showings suggests poor organization, lack of funds, unrealistic objectives, single initiative agendas and others. I believe a major reason lies with the lack of trust in politicians in general based on the voting public’s long experience with politicians in government. In my opinion voters no longer trust the government to do the right thing, even as they continue to re-elect their incumbent representatives 90-95% of the time.
Recently, I’ve read and heard more references to “replenishing the tree of liberty” than I’ve observed in my lifetime. Today’s Wash. Post, ‘A’ section, includes an article about a blogger who was upset about three judges who had ruled against the NRA in a case before the court. In a blog post, on June 2nd, the man wrote “Let me be the first to say this plainly: These Judges deserve to be killed.” “Their blood will replenish the tree of liberty. A small price to pay to assure freedom for millions.” On the front page of the “B’ section is an article relating to a fellow who wore a sidearm strapped to his leg while protesting outside a building where Obama was speaking. He had carried a sign that read “it is time to water the tree of liberty.” I sense that people are more dissatisfied with government now than at any time during my lifetime. Why should we not look to a third party for revolution, to give us a new start, a new direction? Thomas Jefferson suggested that every 20 years we should indulge in the manure of revolution.
DID YOU KNOW THAT THIS BILL WOULD ALLOW ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS TO GET AMNESTY??? ALSO SO ILLEGAL IMMIGRANT GANG MEMBERS TO GET AMNESTY.
The views expressed herein are those of the individual author and may differ from those expressed by
other Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. and Bear Stearns & Co. departments, including any of the
Bear Stearns & Co. research departments.
Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179
Asset Management
The Underground Labor Force
Is Rising To The Surface
Robert Justich and Betty Ng, CFA
January 3, 2005
Illegal immigrants constitute a large and growing force in the political, economic, and
investment spheres in The United States. The size of this extra-legal segment of the
population is significantly understated because the official U.S.Census does not capture
the total number of illegal immigrants. In turn, the growth of the underground work force
is increasingly concealing the economic impact of this below-market labor supply. Our
research has identified significant evidence that the census estimates of undocumented
immigrants may be capturing as little as half of the total undocumented population. This
gross undercounting is a serious accounting issue, which could ultimately lead to
government policy errors in the future.
Though we cannot conduct an independent census of the United States population, as
investors, we need not accept the accuracy of the official census immigration statistics,
which are widely recognized as incomplete. There are many ancillary sources of data
that provide evidence that the rate of growth in the immigrant population is much greater
than the Census Bureau statistics. School enrollments, foreign remittances, border
crossings, and housing permits are some of the statistics that point to a far greater rate of
change in the immigrant population than the census numbers. At the risk of appearing
dogmatic or taking a leap of faith, we have applied the rate of growth from these other
areas and have drawn several conclusions about the current immigration population:
1. The number of illegal immigrants in the United States may be as high as 20
million people, more than double the official 9 million people estimated by the
Census Bureau.
2. The total number of legalized immigrants entering The United States since 1990
has averaged 962,000 per year. Several credible studies indicate that the
number of illegal entries has recently crept up to 3 million per year, triple the
authorized figure.
3. Undocumented immigrants are gaining a larger share of the job market, and
hold approximately 12 to 15 million jobs in the United States (8% of the
employed)
1
Asset Management
4. Four to six million jobs have shifted to the underground market, as small
businesses take advantage of the vulnerability of illegal residents.
5. In addition to circumventing the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986,
many employers of illegal workers have taken to using unrecorded revenue
receipts. Employer enforcement has succumbed to political pressure.
6. Cell phones, internet and low-cost travel have allowed immigrants easier illegal
access to the United States and increased their ability to find employment and
circumvent immigration laws.
We believe that immigration is becoming one of the most significant economic themes of
this decade. The investment implications for 2005 and 2006 will hinge on the
forthcoming government policy decisions in amnesty, employer enforcement, and
monitoring systems, as well as the effective enforcement of the laws. Over the coming
year, we intend to monitor and analyze the benefits and costs of assimilating a
demographic group the size of New York State into the financial and legal mainstream.
Though this challenge is not quite the magnitude of, say, German reunification, we
believe most investors are underestimating the magnitude and significance of this theme.
The growing extralegal system in the United States has distorted economic statistics and
government budget projections. The stealth labor force has enhanced many of the
economic releases that investors follow closely. Payroll numbers understate true job
growth and inflation has been artificially dampened by this seemingly endless supply of
low-wage workers. The large infusion of the imported labor supply has reduced average
annual earnings by approximately 4 to 6 percent. Real estate prices have been boosted by
the foreign population infusion. The productivity miracle may be exaggerated because
the government is incorporating the output of millions of illegal immigrants but not
counting their full labor input. Long-term budget projections are probably overstating the
potential growth of the U.S. economy because productivity is inflated. Or, stated
differently, are long-term growth projections dependent on a steady flow of illegal
immigration that no one is taking into account?
As census procedures improve and the immigration numbers are revised closer to reality,
many of these questions will be answered, and public perceptions will change. Many
government forecasts, policies and procedures will be modified to compensate for the
undercounting. The public sector will incur significant costs in assimilating a reclassified
population. An abrupt increase in employer enforcement could have a negative impact
on GDP. In the short-term, an adjustment to immigration policies could squeeze small
business profits and increase the budget deficits. Longer-term, we believe the effects
will be more balanced as this invisible work force provides aid to the demographic
2
Asset Management
problems of social security. Increased enforcement of legal employment procedures
should also boost tax revenues.
The implications of these massive inflows of workers are enormous. Although there are
economic benefits to cheap, illegal labor, there are significant costs associated with
circumventing the labor laws. The social expenses of health care, retirement funding,
education and law enforcement are potentially accruing at $30 billion per year. Many of
these costs lag and will not be realized until the next economic downturn and beyond as
new immigrants require a safety net.
On the revenue side, the United States may be foregoing $35 billion a year in income tax
collections because of the number of jobs that are now off the books. Illegal aliens offer
below market labor costs and many employers circumvent regulations to take advantage
of the laissez faire government enforcement process. We estimate that approximately 5
million illegal workers are collecting wages on a cash basis and are avoiding income
taxes.
The United States is simply hooked on cheap, illegal workers and deferring the costs of
providing public services to these quasi-Americans. Illegal immigration has been
America’s way of competing with the low-wage forces of Asia and Latin America, and
deserves more credit for the steroid-enhanced effect it has had on productivity, low
inflation, housing starts, and retail sales.
From a personal standpoint, our research does not take sides with any of the emotional
arguments of the
with immigrants, local business owners, realtors, and police officers. This project
afforded us the opportunity to see into the past and look into the future of the United
States.
Crossfire mindset. We are grateful to have had the opportunity to speak
Problems With The Census: The Missing Half
The Census Bureau estimates that 8.7 million people are illegally residing in the United
States, while the Urban Institute estimates a total of 9.3 million people. The Current
Population Survey (CPS), a joint project of the Bureau of Labor Statistics and the Census
Bureau, puts the number at 9.2 million. In a recent report released in November 2004,
the Center for Immigration Studies (CIS) stated that the CPS could have missed as many
as 10% of illegal aliens, suggesting a total illegal population of 10 million as of March
2004. We believe that these estimates fall short. The Census Bureau’s counting process
for the migrant population has some shortcomings. According to our discussions with
illegal immigrants, they avoid responding to census questionnaires. For this reason, the
official estimates do not fully capture this group. The CPS, the Census Bureau, the
Urban Institute, and the former INS (now part of the Department of Homeland Security)
all use similar processes to determine the total number of immigrants, and which
immigrants should be categorized as legal and illegal. In essence, this has created a
3
Asset Management
circular equation that relies on a singular source of inaccurate statistics that gives the
impression of independent, multiple verifications.
According to a recent study by the Migration Research Unit, University College London,
a wide range of methods have been used to measure immigration flows, which by
definition eludes registration and statistical coverage. “Estimating the numbers of illegal
resident persons in a country is a task made extremely difficult by the unrecorded nature
of the phenomenon, by the problems of the data that are recorded and the different
definitions, data sources, collection methods and legislative differences between
countries. The dynamism and fluctuation in the size of the illegal population is as much
related to the intricacies of the immigration law as to the movements of the migrants
themselves.” Studies of methods used to calculate the illegal population have concluded
that no existing method “provides a well-founded or rigorous method by which to
measure the illegal population.”
The Congressional Budget Office acknowledges “deriving estimates of the number of
unauthorized, or illegal, immigrants is difficult because the government lacks
administrative records of their arrival and departure, and because they tend to be
undercounted in the census and other surveys of the population. Unauthorized
immigrants generally fall into one of two categories: those who entered the United States
illegally and without inspection and those who were admitted legally as visitors or
temporary residents but overstayed their visa.”
According to Maxine Margolis, author of
City
recorded only 9,200 Brazilians in New York City, while the local Brazilian consulate
estimated 100,000 Brazilians at that time. The Brazilian foreign office placed the number
at 230,000; Dr. Margolis also noted that comparisons of the Boston Archdiocese and
Brazilian consulate records with U.S. census records show a startling 10 to 1 difference.
The latest census taken in 2000 significantly revised the number of illegal immigrants
upward versus 1990 projections. The INS also increased their estimates. Upward
revisions to such projections have been a consistent trend.
An Invisible Minority: Brazilians in New York, the discrepancies started well over a decade ago. The 1990 census, for example,
The Implications of Illegal Labor
Regardless of the politics of immigration, getting an accurate read on the size of the
current wave is important. Tax collections, budget projections and school capacity
planning are a few of the public sectors functions that rely on accurate head counts.
Eventually, the official statistics will catch up with the new reality that global migration
is exploding. When population and labor force statistics are properly synchronized, we
will see an impact on financial markets, economic statistics and social policy.
4
Asset Management
These revisions will bring some difficult decisions to the surface, as it seems that we have
been living in a state of denial for almost a decade. If indeed, the number of illegal
immigrants is 20 million people, approximately the equivalent of New York State, any
amnesty or legalization and assimilation process will require significant public sector
resources.
Illegal immigrants work very hard to conceal their identities and successfully avoid being
counted. Even apprehended illegal migrants will hide important personal data on their
status to avoid removal. Census officials and academics underestimate the ingenuity and
the efficiency of the communications network among immigrants. Understandably,
illegal immigrants go to great lengths to maintain a low profile and conceal their
identities, not only for census purposes, but for tax purposes as well. The risk–reward
trade of dodging census inquiries is severely skewed. Migrants that pay large portions of
future earnings to gain entry into the United States make the sacrifice of leaving their
families behind, or have trekked through physical obstacles and thousands of miles;
accordingly, they have no downside risk in discarding census surveys.
Employers also have incentive to hire undocumented workers off the books, taking
advantages of inefficient immigration enforcement. The competitive winds of deflation
from overseas labor markets have forced U.S. employers to find extra-legal, innovative
ways to capitalize on sources of cheaper labor to stay competitive. These employers
have, in turn, placed pressure on the government to ignore the flood of cheap labor. INS
enforcement of employer violations has decreased dramatically over the last five years.
This trend is counter intuitive, given the substantial rise in illegal immigration during a
new era of national security.
5
Asset Management
Evidence Beyond Anecdotal
The strongest evidence supporting our theory that the actual illegal population is double
the consensus estimates lies within several micro trends at the community level. We see
very dramatic increases in services required in communities that have become gateways
for immigration. States with high populations of undocumented immigrants have
experienced extra demand for public services. The top nine states, California, Texas,
Florida, New York, Illinois , New Jersey, Arizona, Georgia and North Carolina account
for approximately 50% of the undocumented population. Although the federal
government has the sole authority to govern immigration flows, the responsibility for
providing support to legal and illegal immigrants rests with the state and local
governments
The de facto administration at the state and local level reinforces our premise that we
must look at local statistics to extrapolate the most reliable headcount of immigrants.
The increases in services, including public school enrollment, language proficiency
programs, and building permits all point to a rate of change far greater than the
census numbers would imply for the demand for these local services.
these areas indicates that more people are moving into these communities than the
official estimates.
The growth in
Chart 1. INS (now USCIS) Enforcements
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
Source: US Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)
Investigations of Employers with Unauthorized Aliens:
Cases Completed
Arrests from Investigating Employers with
Unauthorized Aliens
6
Asset Management
Based on several criteria, we believe that immigration is growing significantly faster than
the consensus estimates:
1. Remittances
2. Housing permits in gateway communities
3. School enrollment
4. Cross border flows
Remittances
Many immigrants, particularly those with immediate families in their native country,
provide financial support to those left behind. Remittances are surging because many
immigrants send home on average $1,400 to $1,500 per year through money transfers.
In 2002, people sent $133 billion worldwide, according to the World Bank. Developing
countries accounted for $88 billion of the total, up 33% from $60 billion in 2000.
Countries that are experiencing migration outflows are having very large increases in
remittances. Remittances from the United States to Mexico have tripled to $13 billion
between 1995 and 2003. For Mexico, this is an important source of funds that has
surpassed foreign direct investments and tourism receipts in 2003, and is second only to
petroleum export revenues.
Most importantly, this explosion in remittances is not consistent with the estimates of
legal and illegal immigrants from Mexico. The rate of increase in remittances far
exceeds the increases in Mexicans residing in the U.S. and their wage growth. Between
1995 and 2003, the official tally of Mexicans has climbed 56%, and median weekly wage
has increased by 10%. Yet total remittances jumped 199% over the same period. Even
considering the declining costs of money transfers, the growth of remittances remains
astounding.
7
Asset Management
The rapid addition of bank accounts by Mexicans living in the U.S. is also revealing.
According to the Pew Hispanic Center, 39% of surveyed Latino immigrants cited legal
status as a concern for opening bank accounts. This motivates many immigrants to remit
cash through private money centers such as Western Union and Money Gram, which
charge very high fees. Since late 2001, however, many major banks including Citibank,
Bank of America, and Wells Fargo Bank began accepting
identity cards for Mexicans living in the U.S. These cards show the local addresses of the
holders, and any legal or illegal Mexican can obtain it at one of the 45 Mexican
consulates across the country. The removal of legal status as a concern for opening and
using bank accounts has led to a boom in retail business for some banks. Wells Fargo
opens an average of 700 new accounts everyday based on this identification, representing
the fastest growing segment for the bank. To date, around 2.5 million
been issued, and the number is growing.
matriculas, photographedmatriculas have
Housing permits
In major immigrant gateway cities, the influx of immigrants has led to overcrowded
dwellings and a housing boom unexplained by official population growth. Many illegal
immigrants, especially those who just arrive, reside in congested dwellings in cities, with
the hope of finding jobs and upgrading to better living conditions later. These congested
dwellings often house far more tenants than they are built for, and their landlords have no
qualms about cramming in additional renters for a surcharge. Even so, new housing
demand in these illegal immigrant enclaves outstrips those in other areas.
Chart 2. Mexican Remittances from the US, 1995-2003
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003
Source: Pew Hispanic Center, Banco de Mexico, Informes Anuales
Index
Mexicans in the US (Indexed)
Mean Weekly Wages for Hispanics (Indexed)
Total Remittances (Indexed)
Mexican remittances from the US have jumped dramatically since 2000. Surveyed wage growth
and the offically estimated Mexican population growth in the US do not adequately explain this
spike.
$13bn
8
Asset Management
In New Jersey, the three gateway towns of New Brunswick, Elizabeth, and Newark
exemplify this trend. According to the census, the combined population in these three
towns between 1990 and 2003 grew only 5.6%, less than the 9% reported in the rest of
the three corresponding counties. Yet housing permits in these three towns shot up over
six-fold, while the rest of the three counties only saw a three-fold increase. More
importantly, 80% of these permits were designated for multiple dwellings, so the
corresponding increase in people accommodated are even greater. Official statistics state
that illegal immigrants in New Jersey have jumped 110% during the same period – an
estimate that is inconsistent with the housing statistics, our discussions with local realtors
and the changes that we have visually observed in the demographic landscape.
School Enrollment
The major immigration gateways have experienced school enrollments much higher than
projections. The decrease in the number of births in the past decade had led education
administrators to expect decreasing school enrollments as a post echo boom trend. A
higher immigration rate, however, has offset the impact of declining births. The
enrollment statistics for a sample of school districts that included Queens, New York,
Elizabeth, Newark and New Brunswick, New Jersey and Wake County in North Carolina
revealed explosive growth in immigrant students, far beyond numbers consistent with
legal migration limits.
Chart 3. Housing Permits in New Jersey Immigrant Gateways: New Brunswick, Elizabeth,
and Newark
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003
Source: US Census Bureau, NJ Dept of Workforce & Labor Development
No. of permits
Multiple Units
Single Units
These three towns saw lower official population growth (4%) than the rest of their respective
counties (7%). Yet their residential housing permits jumped sixfold vs. threefold in the counties,
with 80% slated for multiple dwellings.
Even if the offiical 110% increase in New Jersey illegal immigrants all moved to these three
towns, the housing permit spike was hard to explain.
9
Asset Management
According to the Urban Institute, children under 18 comprise approximately 17% of the
undocumented population, with only half attending school, making the sharp increases in
school enrollment more telling. We can extrapolate that for every undocumented
immigrant child in the public school system, there are potentially 8 to 9 additional
undocumented men, women and children living in the United States.
In New York City, nearly one-quarter of the general population is under the age of 18.
Approximately 55% of these children were enrolled in grades pre-K-12 in the 2001-2002
school year. It appears that the ratio of illegal immigrant school children to adults is
much lower than the general population, and understandably so. Historically, the
transition of illegal immigrants is lead by single males, followed by single females, who
establish a presence, a job and home before starting a family or relocating other family
members from their native countries.
Chart 4. Student Enrollments in Wake County, North Carolina
100,000
102,000
104,000
106,000
108,000
110,000
112,000
114,000
116,000
2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05
Source: Wake County Public School System
No. of Students
0.0%
0.5%
1.0%
1.5%
2.0%
2.5%
3.0%
%
Projected
Actual
Historically, projected and actual % Difference
public school enrollments differed
only by 0.08%. This gap has
widened substantially, driven by
higher than expected elementary
school enrollments.
10
Asset Management
With a total enrollment of 1.1 million students, the NYC public school system is the
largest in the nation. Immigrant student enrollment for the 1998-2001 period was
103,000, with Queens accounting for the largest share, 37,000. Between 1990 and 2001,
more than half of New York City’s school districts increased their enrollments 10% or
more, driven by a high number of immigrant students.
Demographic and enrollment trends according to the New York City Public Schools
system state:
•
number of births on school enrollment.” Administrators have been surprised that
school population growth significantly exceeded earlier projections, thus creating
overcrowding in many school districts.
“To a significant degree, high rates of immigration offset the effect of a declining
•
registered for grades pre-K-12 in New York City Public Schools, with many
predominant countries of origin, other than Mexico, including the Dominican
Republic, China, Jamaica, Mexico, Pakistan, Ecuador, Colombia and Haiti.”
“In the three-year period from 1999 to 2001, 102,867 immigrant students
Chart 5. Declining Births and Increasing School Enrollments in New York City
550,000
570,000
590,000
610,000
630,000
650,000
670,000
1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001
Source: NYC Dept of Planning, NYC Dept of Health
Despite declining births in New York City, immigration has
fueled increases in elementary and intermediate school
enrollments.
PS/IS enrollments (5 year lag) minus resident births
11
Asset Management
Cross Border Flows
Pulitzer Prize reporters Donald L. Barlett and James B. Steele recently reported for
TIME
magazine that “the number of illegal aliens flooding into the United States this year will
total 3 million. It will be the largest wave since 2001 and roughly triple the number of
immigrants that will come to the U.S. by legal means.” The
according to Mr. Barlett, relied not only on figures projected by the U.S. Border Patrol,
but also on the reporter’s extensive investigations along the Mexican border at factories,
local communities, and the district offices of the U.S. Border Patrol.
Though more resources have been designated to patrolling the Mexican border,
TIME investigation,TIME
argues that “the government doesn’t want to fix it, and the politicians, as usual, are
dodging the issue, even though public opinion polls show that Americans
overwhelmingly favor a crackdown on illegal immigration.” It can be strongly argued
that enforcement at the work place is a much more efficient way of controlling illegal
flows because the primary incentive for sneaking into the United States is money and
jobs. A telephone verification system was designed under the auspices of the
Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 for employers to confirm the legal status of
potential employees. As of today, this system is still not running.
Migration is a Global Macro Trend
The world is undergoing the largest migration wave since the late 1800’s. Over 175
million people are in motion. The dramatic increase in human mobility has left the public
sector and policy makers behind. The specific and general understanding of migration
flows has not kept pace with the growth, complexity and implications of this
phenomenon. The economic implications of demographics have increased tremendously
over the last 20 years. In no other time period during the last century have demographics
undergone such a subcutaneous change in the United States.
The human race is on the move – human mobility is increasing drastically, according to
the International Organization for Migration (IOM), the Population Division of the
United Nations. It estimates the total number of international migrants is approximately
175 million or 2.9% of the world population. The migration wave has two components –
transnational and rural to urban, and these waves are changing the dynamics of
government, economics and lifestyles more than any other driver of human behavior.
Governments are seriously behind in recording and comprehending the current
phenomenon, and more importantly, governments are making economic and social policy
decisions based on flawed information. Like corrupt corporate accounting practices or
poor national security information, the United States is struggling with its immigration
policies because of false assumptions and unreliable data.
12
Asset Management
Far Reaching Investment Implications Hinging on Government Policy and
Enforcement
The importance, rightfully or wrongfully, that markets place on economic data can be
demonstrated in the bond market reactions to employment releases. Employment
releases are like earnings releases in that investors count on the information to be
accurate, within a reasonable margin of error, so that good analysis can lead to prudent
evaluations of risk and reward.
In the case of household employment numbers, there is a 90% confidence interval for
monthly changes in employment, which equates to a margin of error of approximately
plus or minus 350,000. A 350,000 margin of error on a labor force of 135 million people
is acceptable, but the current migration wave is distorting total employment by the
millions, we believe. This presents serious statistical problems that can lead to faulty
investment decisions. Unless the government and investors get the numbers on
immigration correct, the market will fail to grasp the extent of the required policy
changes. The consequent adjustments could be drastic and disruptive to the bond
market.
To a large extent, U.S. immigration policy is adhoc, according to Robert Shiller, Stanley
B. Resor Professor of Economics, Yale University:
The system that developed countries currently use to keep people from lessdeveloped
countries out is inefficient. The United States has strict immigration
policies but lax enforcement; so many people manage to slip illegally over the
border. Once here, the illegal immigrants pay dearly in terms of quality of life.
Then, periodically, the United States considers granting amnesty to illegal
immigrants. This is a crazy system, and we could imagine a better one that could
someday handle immigration.
Belated policy responses no doubt complicate efforts to assess the number of illegal
migrants. However, the focus on the migration issue is growing. The profile of the
immigration topic is rising in the media, the legislature, and in grass root movements.
Many documentary and feature films are exploring the immigration themes. State and
local governments and medical institutions in the gateway states are being financially
impacted by the increased demand generated by these new American residents.
Arizona’s Proposition 200 may represent a new trend to address the state and local strains
associated with this unanticipated and underestimated population growth. We expect that
the coverage, the tangential issues and the political emotions will be magnified in 2005.
In this paper, we have merely outlined what we see as the magnitude of the current
migration wave. We have barely touched on the economic and investment implications.
In the coming months, we will explore further the specific relationship between public
policy, enforcement and the more specific implications for the economy and the bond
markets.
13
Asset Management
References
Fernando Lozano Ascencio, 2004. “Tendencias recientes de las remesas de los migrantes mexicanos en
Estados Unidos.” Centro Regional de Investigaciones Multidisciplinaries de la UNAM.
Donald L. Barlett and James B. Steele, September 20, 2004. “Who Left the Door Open?” TIME
magazine.
Steven A. Camarota, October 2004. “A Jobless Recovery? Immigrant Gains and Native Losses.” Center
for Immigration Studies.
Steven A. Camarota, November 2004. “Economy Slowed, But Immigration Didn’t. The Foreign-Born
Population, 2000-2004.” Center for Immigration Studies
Joel Dreyfuss, Scott Silvestri and Thomas Back, March 2004. “Western Union. Margins Shrinking. Send
Customers.” Bloomberg Markets.
Kevin L. Kliesen and Howard J. Wall, April 2004. “A Jobless Recovery with More People Working?”
The Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis.
Maxine L. Margolis, 1998. “An Invisible Minority. Brazilians in New York City.” Allyn & Bacon
Kevin O’Neil, June 1, 2003. “Remittances from the United States in Context.” Migration Policy Institute.
Jeffrey Passel, May 22, 2002. “New Estimates of the Undocumented Population.” Migration Policy
Institute.
Charles Pinkerton, Gail McLaughlan, John Salt, 2004 “Sizing the illegally resident population in the UK.”
Migration Research Unit, University College, London
Ray Stone, January 21, 2004. “Payrolls – Illegal Immigrant Workers, the Missing Link?”
Dilip Ratha, October 1, 2004. “Understanding the Importance of Remittances.” Migration Policy Institute.
Edwin S. Rubenstein, 2004. “Illegal Immigration – Unmentionable Answer to Household vs. Payroll
Survey Controversy.” ESR Research Economic Consulta
Roberto Suro, et al, 2002. “Billions in Motion: Latino Immigrants Remittances and Banking.” Pew
Hispanic Center Report and the Multilateral Investment Fund of the Inter-American Development Bank.
“World Migration, 2003.” The International Organization for Migration.
Mexican Embassy, Washington D.C.
The New Jersey Department of Education
New Jersey Department of Labor and Workforce Development.
The New York State Department of Education
US Census Bureau
US Department of Homeland Security, Office of Immigration Statistics.
US Border Patrol, telephone interview.
Wake Country Public School System, North Carolina
Wells Fargo Bank, October 2004, interview.
World Bank.
Americans are losing their Rights,Values,and Traditions “In God We Trust“
From: Rasmussen
Monday, September 07, 2009
The health care plan proposed by President Obama and congressional Democrats contains many controversial items that divide the general public. However, one area of consensus among the public is the desire to restrict government health care benefits to U.S. citizens only.
Eighty-three percent (83%) of voters nationwide say that people should be required to prove they are a citizen of the United States before receiving government health care subsidies. The latest Rasmussen Reports national telephone survey finds that just 12% disagree and five percent (5%) are not sure.
What Barack Obama has Accomplished So Far
1. Offended the Queen of England. Actually, that one doesn’t bother me, the Queen is not on MY personal list of priorities. But the stupidity exhibited BY Obama was incredible.
2. Bowed to the King of Saudi Arabia. But in ALL fairness, Bush kissed the bastard.
3. Praised the Marxist Daniel Ortega.
4. Kissed Socialist Hugo Chavez on the cheek.
5. Endorsed the Socialist Evo Morales of Bolivia.
6. Sided with Hugo Chavez and Communist Fidel Castro against Honduras.
7. Announced we would meet with Iranians with no preconditions while they’re building their nuclear weapons.
8. Gave away billions to AIG also without preconditions.
9. Expanded the bailouts.
10. Insulted everyone who has ever loved a Special Olympian.
11. Nearly tripled our national debt.
12. Announced the termination of our new missile defense system the day after North Korea launched an ICBM.
13. Released information on U.S. intelligence gathering despite urgings of his own CIA director and the prior four CIA directors.
14. Accepted without comment that five of his cabinet members cheated on their taxes and two other nominees withdrew after they couldn’t take the heat.
15. Appointed a Homeland Security Chief who identified military veterans and abortion opponents as “dangers to the nation.”
16. Ordered that the word “terrorism” no longer be used and instead refers to such acts as “man made disasters.”
17. Circled the globe to publicly apologize for America ’s world leadership.
18. Told the Mexican president that the violence in their country was because of us.
19. Politicized the census by moving it into the White House from the Department of Commerce.
20. Appointed as Attorney General the man who orchestrated the forced removal and expulsion to Cuba of a 9-year-old whose mother died trying to bring him to freedom in the United States.
21. Salutes as heroes three Navy SEALS that took down three terrorists that threatened one American life and the next day announces members of the Bush administration may stand trial for “torturing” three 9/11 terrorists by pouring water up their noses.
22. Low altitude photo shoot of Air Force One over New York City that frightened thousands of New Yorkers. Obama *claims* he knew nothing of this and was, supposedly, outraged.
23. Sent his National Defense Advisor to Europe to assure them that the US will no longer treat Israel in a special manner and they might be on their own with the Muslims.
24. Praised Jimmy Carter’s trip to Gaza where he sided with terrorist Hamas against Israel. (Obama and Carter, closely related perhaps?)
25. Nationalized General Motors and Chrysler while turning shareholder control over to the unions and freezing out retired investors who owned their bonds. Committed unlimited taxpayer billions in the process.
26. Passed a huge energy tax in the House that will make American industry even less competitive while costing homeowners thousands per year.
27. Announced nationalized health care “reform” that will strip seniors of their Medicare, cut pay of physicians, increase taxes yet another $1 trillion, and put everyone on rationed care with government bureaucrats deciding who gets care and who doesn’t.
28. Is trying to push his socialist agenda on our school children by making direct addresses to ALL American school children. The beginning of The Obama Youth perhaps?
Bloomberg: Daschle says, “Health care reform will not be pain free. Seniors should be more accepting of the conditions that come with age instead of treating them,” while former Colorado Governor Dick Lamm says seniors have “a duty to die.”
If this does not sufficiently raise your ire, just remember that the President, Senators and Congressmen have their own special Gold Plated Health Care Plan which is Guaranteed the remainder of their lives and they are not subject to this new law if they pass it.
Please use the power of the Internet to get this message out. Talk it up at the grassroots level. We have an election coming up in 2010 and we can reverse the dangerous direction of the Obama administration and its allies. In the interim, we can make their lives miserable. Lets do it!
I got this via email and wanted to share it with all of you. Please, feel free to use it, add to it as you see fit, just keep it real. WE don’t want to become like the loons of the left, we want to post the TRUTH, and nothing but the truth!

USS
New York
It was built with 24 tons of
scrap steel from the
World
Trade
Center
It is the fifth in a new class of warship -
designed for missions that include special
operations against terrorists. It will carry a
crew of 360 sailors and 700 combat-ready Marines
to be delivered ashore by helicopters and
assault craft.
Steel
from the
World
Trade
Center was melted
down in a foundry in
Amite , LA to
cast the ship‘s bow section. When it was poured
into the molds on Sept 9, 2003, ‘those big rough
steelworkers treated it with total reverence,’
recalled Navy Capt. Kevin Wensing, who was there. ‘It was a spiritual moment for everybody there.’
Junior Chavers, foundry operations manager, said that
when the trade center steel first arrived, he
touched it with his hand and the ‘hair on my
neck stood up.’ ‘It had a big meaning to it for
all of us,’ he said. ‘They knocked us down. They
can’t keep us down. We’re going to be
back.’
The
ship’s motto?
‘Never Forget’
Please keep
this going so everyone can see what we are made
of in this country!
How Gubmint Works
Once upon a time the government had a vast scrap yard in the middle of
a desert. Congress said, “Someone may steal from it at night.” So
they created a night watchman position and hired a person for the job.
Then Congress said, “How does the watchman do his job without
instruction?” So they created a planning department and hired two
people, one person to write the instructions, and one person to do
time studies.
Then Congress said, “How will we know the night watchman is doing the
tasks correctly?” So they created a Quality Control department and
hired two people. One to do the studies and one to write the reports.
Then Congress said, “How are these people going to get paid?” So They
created the following positions, a time keeper, and a payroll officer,
Then hired two people.
Then Congress said, “Who will be accountable for all of these people?”
So they created an administrative section and hired three people, an
Administrative Officer, Assistant Administrative Officer, and a Legal
Secretary.
Then Congress said, “We have had this command in operation for one
Year and we are $18,000 over budget, we must cutback overall cost.”
So they laid off the night watchman.
NOW slowly.
Let it sink in.
Quietly, we go like sheep to slaughter.
Does anybody remember the reason given for the establishment of
the DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY …. During the Carter Administration?
Anybody?
Anything?
No?
Didn’t think so!
Bottom line. We’ve spent several hundred billion dollars in support of
an agency …
the reason for which not one person who reads this can remember!
Ready??
It was very simple … and at the time, everybody thought it very appropriate.
The Department of Energy was instituted on 8-04-1977.
TO LESSEN OUR DEPENDENCE ON FOREIGN OIL.
Hey, pretty efficient, huh???
AND NOW, IT’S 2009 — 32 YEARS LATER — AND THE BUDGET FOR THIS
“NECESSARY” DEPARTMENT IS AT $24.2 BILLION A YEAR. THEY HAVE 16,000
FEDERAL EMPLOYEES AND APPROXIMATELY 100,000 CONTRACT EMPLOYEES; AND
LOOK AT THE JOB THEY HAVE DONE! THIS IS WHERE YOU SLAP YOUR FOREHEAD
AND SAY, “WHAT WAS I THINKING?”
Ah, yes — good ole bureaucracy.

Andrew McLaughlin, Google’s head of global public policy, is leaving the company to join the Obama administration, according to two people with knowledge of Mr. McLaughlin’s plans.
Mr. McLaughlin will be deputy chief technology officer, reporting to Aneesh Chopra, the chief technology officer, who was previously Virginia’s secretary of technology, said these people, who agreed to speak only if their names were not used because Mr. McLaughlin’s appointment had not been announced.
Mr. McLaughlin’s move is likely to renew concerns among some Google rivals and public policy groups about Google’s growing clout in Washington.
A Google spokesman confirmed that Mr. McLaughlin was leaving the company. Mr. McLaughlin did not immediately respond to an e-mail message seeking comment. An e-mail message to the White House press office was not immediately answered.
Mr. McLaughlin joined Google about five years ago and directed the company’s public policy efforts. Previously he was an executive at the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers, a nonprofit group that helps coordinate the Internet’s address system. He is an emeritus fellow at the Berkman Center for Internet and Society at Harvard, and was part of Mr. Obama’s transition team as a member of the Technology, Innovation and Government Reform Policy Working Group.
Mr. McLaughlin is the latest Google executive to take an official role in the Obama administration. Eric Schmidt, Google’s chief executive, has been a close adviser to President Obama’s transition team and is now a member of the President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology.
Katie Stanton, a former Google project manager, joined the White House as its director of citizen participation. And Sonal Shah, former head of global development at Google.org, now heads the White House Office of Social Innovation.
Some critics fear that the growing presence of former Google employees in the administration could lead to purchasing and policy decisions that improperly benefit the company at a time when the company’s power is likely to come under increasing scrutiny from regulators. Already the Federal Trade Commission is looking into whether the ties between the boards of Google and Apple amount to a violation of antitrust laws. The Justice Department is inquiring into the antitrust implications of Google’s settlement of a lawsuit with publishers and authors.
In a statement, Google said: “We understand that in order to be successful in Washington we need relationships on both sides of the aisle, and we have worked over the past few years to strengthen those relationships. As for a small handful of Googlers leaving the company to join the administration, we respect their decision to work in public service and wish them all the best in their new and exciting jobs.”
DID YOU GET A NOTICE THAT YOUR GOOGLE E-MAIL WAS BEING CANCELLED???? I DID!!!
THE PATROIT
Q: What do Obama, Libya’s Khadafi and Iran’s Ahmadinejhad Have in Common?.
ALL THREE ARE SPEAKING AT THE U.N. STASHING THE UNITED STATES
7:00 P.M. Opening flag burning.
7:15 P.M. Pledge of allegiance to U.N.
7:30 P.M. Ted Kennedy proposes a toast
7:35 P.M. Nonreligious prayer and worship. Jessie Jackson and Al Sharpton.
8:00 P.M. Ted Kennedy proposes a toast.
8:05 P.M. Ceremonial tree hugging.
8:15 P.M. Gay Wedding– Barney Frank Presiding.
8:30 P.M. Ted Kennedy proposes a toast.
8:35 P.M. Free Saddam Rally. Cindy Sheehan- Susan Sarandon.
9:00 P.M. Keynote speech. The proper etiquette for surrender- French President Jacques Chirac.
9:15 P.M. Ted Kennedy proposes a toast.
9:20 P.M. Collection to benefit Osama Bin Laden kidney transplant fund.
9:30 P.M Unveiling of plan to free freedom fighters from Guantanamo Bay – Sean Penn.
9:40 P.M. Why I hate the Military, A short talk by William Jefferson Clinton.
9:45 P.M. Ted Kennedy proposes a toast.
9:50 P.M. Dan Rather presented Truth in Broadcasting award, presented by Michael Moore.
9:55 P.M. Ted Kennedy proposes a toast.
10:00 P.M. How Bush and Rumsfeld brought down the World Trade Center Towers– Howard Dean.
10:30 P.M. Nomination of Hillary Rodham Clinton by Mahmud Ahmadinejad.
11:00 P.M. Ted Kennedy proposes a toast.
11:05 P.M. Al Gore reinvents the Internet.
11:15 P.M. Our Troops are War criminals– John Kerry.
11:30 P.M. Coronation of Mrs. Rodham Clinton
12:00 A.M. Ted Kennedy proposes a toast
12:05 A.M. Bill asks Ted to drive Hillary home
NANCY PELOSI IS CLOSING THE DOOR TO EVERYONE BUT THE LIBERAL LEFT WING DEMOCRATES. THE DEMOCRATS ARE PASSING A 1900 PAGE HEALTH CARE BILL BEHIND CLOSED DOORS. 90% OF THEM HAVE NOT READ THE BILL!!! WHERE ARE THE REPUBLICANS,INDEPENDENTS,AND ALL THE OTHER PEOPLE WHO DON’T EVEN VOTE OR CARE.THEY ARE ALL HIDING BEHIND THE SKIRTS OF “MICHELLE BACHMAN(R.MN.)
SHE IS THE ONLY ONE WITH ANY NERVE AND TELLS IT THE WAY IT IS. SHE WOULD LIKE THE PEOPLE TO MARCH ON WASHINGTON AND SHE WILL TAKE THEM IN THROUGHT THE CLOSED DOORS.
“AMERICA IT IS TIME TO MAN UP!!!”
SOMEONE SHOULD HAVE BEEN AT THAT CLOSED DOOR WITH A CAMERA AND FORCED THERE WAY IN!!!
|
||
|
|
OATH KEEPERS: ORDERS WE WILL NOT OBEY |
|---|
| Click here to read full length version.1. We will NOT obey orders to disarm the American people.2. We will NOT obey orders to conduct warrantless searches of the American people
3. We will NOT obey orders to detain American citizens as “unlawful enemy combatants” or to subject them to military tribunal. 4. We will NOT obey orders to impose martial law or a “state of emergency” on a state. 5. We will NOT obey orders to invade and subjugate any state that asserts its sovereignty. 6. We will NOT obey any order to blockade American cities, thus turning them into giant concentration camps. 7. We will NOT obey any order to force American citizens into any form of detention camps under any pretext. 8. We will NOT obey orders to assist or support the use of any foreign troops on U.S. soil against the American people to “keep the peace” or to “maintain control.” 9. We will NOT obey any orders to confiscate the property of the American people, including food and other essential supplies. 10.We will NOT obey any orders which infringe on the right of the people to free speech, to peaceably assemble, and to petition their government for a redress of grievances. |
| Click here to read full length version. |

![]()
Stewart is the founder and Director of Oath Keepers. He served as a U.S. Army paratrooper until disabled in a rough terrain parachuting accident during a night jump. He is a former firearms instructor and former member of Rep. Ron Paul’s DC staff. Stewart graduated from Yale Law School in 2004, where his paper “Solving the Puzzle of Enemy Combatant Status” won Yale’s Miller prize for best paper on the Bill of Rights. He assisted teaching U.S. military history at Yale, was a Yale Research Scholar, and is writing a book on the dangers of applying the laws of war to the American people. He is a staff attorney with Jefferson Legal Foundation and has assisted in constitutional litigation in state and federal courts. Stewart currently writes the monthly Enemy at the Gates column for S.W.A.T. Magazine, and has written for The Warrior, the journal of Gerry Spence’s Trial Lawyer’s College; for http://www.moreliberty.org; and for JPFO. Stewart has appeared on several radio shows, was invited to speak at Stanford University on unlawful enemy combatant status, and teaches classes on the Constitution and Bill of Rights.
His personal blog is here and has loads of info:
http://stewart-rhodes.blogspot.com/
Posted By Uncle Jimbo
Unless this guy shows up with multiple compound fractures caused by the repeated use of a chunk of rebar long after he was in custody in the rear, I will go on record as saying I don’t give a f**k.
Navy SEALs have secretly captured one of the most wanted terrorists in Iraq — the alleged mastermind of the murder and mutilation of four Blackwater USA security guards in Fallujah in 2004. And three of the SEALs who captured him are now facing criminal charges, sources told FoxNews.com.
The three, all members of the Navy’s elite commando unit, have refused non-judicial punishment — called an admiral’s mast — and have requested a trial by court-martial.
Ahmed Hashim Abed, whom the military code-named “Objective Amber,” told investigators he was punched by his captors — and he had the bloody lip to prove it.
You have absolutely got to be shittin’ me, a bloody lip? Good Lord, I hope he didn’t have any scrapes on him’s widdle knee. This is another slap in the faces of those we ask to do the toughest job on the damn planet. I think it may just be time to have a no prisoners policy. All of the organs of our government now seem to be more concerned with the safety and legal rights of murderous barbarians and oblivious to the damage they are doing to the morale and esprit de corps of our troops, not to mention the safety of our country.
WTF is wrong with these people? The only nice thing is they will face a jury of their peers as they told the command to suck it and demanded court martial. All it takes is a few good men on that f**king jury to tell all the chickenshits in the chain of command that we know who the good guys are and these guys walk. Navy it’s time to represent for your brothers, serve proudly on that jury and let the gutless punks know what they ought to focus on
XEROX IS DOING SOMETHING COOL
If you go to this web site, www.LetsSayThanks.com, you can pick out a thank you card and Xerox will print it and send it to a service person who is currently serving in Iraq . You can’t pick out who gets it, but it will go to a member of the armed services..
How AMAZING it would be if we could get everyone we know to send one!!! It is FREE and only takes a second.
Wouldn’t it be wonderful if our service men and women received a bunch of these? Whether you are for or against the war, our soldiers need to know we are behind them.
This takes just 10 seconds and it’s a wonderful way to say thank you. Please take the time, and then pass it on to others. We can never say enough thank you’s.
THIS IS A MESSAGE FROM AN APPALLED OBSERVER:
Today I went to visit the new World War II Memorial in Washington, DC. I got an unexpected history lesson. Because I’m a baby boomer, I was one of the youngest in the crowd. Most were the age of my parents, Veterans of ‘the greatest war,’ with their families. It was a beautiful day, and people were smiling and happy to be there. Hundreds of us milled around the memorial, reading the inspiring words of Eisenhower and Truman that are engraved there.
On the Pacific side of the memorial, a group of us gathered to read the words President Roosevelt
used to announce the attack on Pearl Harbor:
“Yesterday, December 7, 1941– a date which will live in infamy–the United States of America was suddenly and deliberately attacked. “
One elderly woman read the words aloud: ‘With confidence in our armed forces, with the abounding determination of our people, we will gain the inevitable triumph.’
But as she read, she was suddenly turned angry. ‘Wait a minute,’ she said, ‘they left out the end of the quote. They left out the most important part. Roosevelt ended the message with ‘so help us God.’ She was right.
I haven’t gotten too far in the book. It’s tough to read because it’s a graphic description of the WWII battles in the Pacific. so help us God.’ ‘WHO GAVE THEM THE RIGHT TO CHANGE THE WORDS OF HISTORY?????????’
Her husband said, ‘You are probably right. We’re not supposed to say things like that now.’
‘I know I’m right,’ she insisted. ‘I remember the speech.’ The two looked dismayed, shook their heads sadly and walked away.
Listening to their conversation, I thought to myself, ‘Well, it has been over 50 years; she’s probably forgotten.’
But she had not forgotten.
I went home and pulled out the book my book club is reading — ‘Flags of Our Fathers’ by James Bradley. It’s all about the battle at Iwo Jima.
But right there it was on page 58. Roosevelt ‘s speech to the nation ends in ‘
The people who edited out that part of the speech when they engraved it on the memorial could have fooled me. I was born after the war! But they couldn’t fool the people who were there.
Roosevelt ‘s words are engraved on their hearts.
Now I ask:
Send this around to your friends. People need to know before everyone forgets.
SHALL WE HIRE A MONUMENT ENGRAVER TO GO TO ARLINGTON NATIONAL CEMETERY AND ADD THE MISSING WORDS?
People today are trying to change the history of America by leaving God out of it, but the truth is, God has been a part of this nation, since the beginning. He still wants to be….and He always will be!
If you agree, pass this on and God Bless YOU!
If not, May God Forgive You!
Three Navy SEALs, Matthew McCabe, Petty Officer Jonathan Keefe & Petty Officer Julio Huertas all face criminal charges for allegedly punching Ahmed Hashim Abed while he was being detained. (Abed was the ringleader of the Iraqi terrorists that ambushed Blackwater employees, murdered them, dragged their bodies through the streets, burned them and then hung them from a bridge).
Full story at FoxNews.com
Fox News video interviewing Neal Puckett with Puckett & Faraj, PC, the lawyer representing Matthew McCabe.
On December 7, the three SEALs are set to go before a Judge and plead not guilty. This first court appearance is only the arraignment and the actual trial is set to be sometime in January.
A Protest is being Organized to support the SEALs and send the message that Americans are tired of our military being expected to fight a politically correct war, that we are weary of our troops having to face criminal charges for doing their job.
Date: Monday, December 7, 2009
Time: 8:00am – 6:00pm
Location: Outside Main Gate of Naval Station Norfolk
City/Town: Norfolk, VA

‘Twas the night before Christmas, he lived all alone,
in a one bedroom house made of plaster and stone.
I had come down the chimney with presents to give,
and to see just who in this little house lived.
As I looked all about, a strange sight I did see,
No tinsel, no presents, not even a tree.
No Stockings by mantle, just boots filled with sand,
On the wall hung pictures of far distant lands.
With medals and badges, awards of all kinds,
A sobering thought came through my mind.
For this house was different, it was dark and dreary,
The home of a soldier, I could now see clearly.
The soldier lay sleeping, silent, alone,
Curled up on the floor in this one bedroom home.
The face was so gentle, the room in such disorder,
Not how I picture a United States Soldier.
Was this the hero of whom I’d just read?
Curled up on a poncho, the floor for a bed?
I realized the families that I saw this night,
owed their lives to these soldiers who were willing to fight.
Soon round the world, the children would play,
and grownups would celebrate a bright Christmas day.
They all enjoyed freedom each month of the year,
because of the soldiers, like the one lying here.
I couldn’t help wondering how many lay alone,
on a cold Christmas Eve in a land far from home.
The very thought brought a tear to my eye,
I dropped to one knee and started to cry.
The soldier awakened and I heard a rough voice,
“Santa don’t cry, for this life is my choice”.
I fight for freedom, I don’t ask for more,
My life is my God, my country, my corps.”
The soldier rolled over and drifted to sleep,
I couldn’t control it, I continued to weep.
I kept watch for hours, so silent and still,
as we both shivered from the cold night’s chill.
I didn’t want to leave, on that cold, dark night,
this guardian of honor, so willing to fight.
Then the soldier rolled over, with a voice soft and pure,
whispered, “Carry on Santa…., It’s Christmas Day…., All is secure.
One look at my watch, and I knew he was right,
Merry Christmas my friend…. and to all a Good Night.
~ Author Unknown *~
posted on boudicabpi.boudica.us

Posted in America, Christ, Christmas, Our troops in Afghanistan, Our troops in Iraq, U. S. Army, U. S. Coast guard, U. S. Marines, U. s. Air Force, Uncategorized, Veterans, defense, freedom, liberty, military, religios holidays | No Comments »
![]()
WE ARE A NATION IN GREAT DISTRESS!! It is in NO WAY a sign of disrespect to our great Flag to do this! Pass it around! WE NEED TO MAKE A STATEMENT, and they are NOT LISTENING TO US!! Maybe they’ll get a little frightened if they see this on MILLIONS OF HOMES across our great Country!
Here is the relevant part of the US Code of Laws regarding how to fly the flag when in distress:
THE FLAG CODE
Title 36, U.S.C., Chapter 10
As amended by P.L. 344, 94th Congress
Approved July 7, 1976
§ 176. Respect for flag: No disrespect should be shown to the flag of the United States of America; the flag should not be dipped to any person or thing. Regimental colors, State flags, and organization or institutional flags are to be dipped as a mark of honor.
(a) The flag should never be displayed with the union down, except as a signal of dire distress in instances of extreme danger to life or property.
Most individuals who have served in the military service of our nation will (or should) recognize this signal.
Lets make sure that those in Washington that are supposed to be serving us RECOGNIZE OUR DISTRESS!
“YOU MAY BE A TALIBAN IF…”
1. You refine heroin for a living, but you have a moral objection to liquor.
2. You own a $3,000 machine gun and $5,000 rocket launcher, but you can’t afford shoes.
3. You have more wives than teeth.
4. You wipe your butt with your bare hand, but consider bacon “unclean.”
5. You think vests come in two styles: bullet-proof and suicide.
6. You can’t think of anyone you haven’t declared Jihad against.
7. You consider television dangerous, but routinely carry explosives in your clothing..
8. You were amazed to discover that cell phones have uses other than setting off roadside bombs.
9. You have nothing against women and think every man should own at least four.
10. You’ve always had a crush on your neighbor’s goat.
My guess is our readers can come up with a few more indicators. I’m sure the MI types will appreciate you passing this along to them.
Happy New Year everyone.
The fellsacre day school case back in the 80′s was a child molestation case. gerald Amirault, his mother and sister were accused of raping children at the family’s daycare school in Malden Mass. The children allegations were that they were taken to a magic room for sex play. raped with a 2 foot bucher knife and other acts of sodomy by a “bad clown” naked children tied to trees in view of a highway.
There was not one sherd of physical evidence to support the allegations. Not one parent noticed any unusual behavior in their children.
There were no witnesses to the alleged acts of abuse.
Not one student ever claimed to be abused until the child therapist arrived.
The Amirault family had been running the school for 18 yrs. and there was not one case of child molestation against the family.
In the most outrageous miscarriage of justice in mass. since the Salem witch trials Gerald Amirault was convicted of raping annd assulting six girls and three boys and sentenced to 30 to 40 yrs. in prison. the following year Violet and cheryl were convicted of raping and assulting 3 girls and a boy and were sentenced to 8 to 20 yrs.
The children in this case denied being abused all along and the police and therapist refused to believe them saythat in these cases “no” can mean “yes”‘
In this case the police told the parents what questions to ask the children. This case is now being used in law schools as how not to interview children in this type of case. Amiraults mother and sister were released after serving 8 yrs in prison for crimes that never occurred.
In july of 2001 the mass. parol board voted unaimously to grant Amirault clemency. middelsex district attorney Martha Coakley put on a full court press to keep Amirault in prison to simply further her political ambitions. Amiraults clemency was denied.
thanks to Martha , Amirault spent another 3yrs. in prison
Not until the Wall st. Journal started to take a look into the case and did an investigation of their own did this case get looked at again.
Gerald Amirault was paroled. 3yrs. later.
THE OBAMA SYNDICATE IS IN BOSTON TO INFLUANCE THE ELECTION.
HIS TEAM OF HEAD BREAKERS ARE GOOD AT THE POLES WITH THEIR DIRTY TRICKS.
WE HAVE SEEN THE BLACK PANTHERS AND THEIR BATS AT WORK BEFORE NOW THEY HAVE THE BIG UNIONS TO BACK THEM UP.
WE HAVE ALSO SEEN LIVE COAKLEY’S PEOPLE KNOCKING DOWN REPORTERS IN WASHINGTON AN A FUND RAISER FOR COAKLEY.![]()
![]()
Free Republic
Browse · Search News/Activism
Topics · Post Article
——————————————————————————–
Skip to comments.
Senior Citizens May Not Get Social Security COLA for Years Says Kaiser Medicare Brief
Senior Journal ^ | June 29, 2009
Posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:30:51 AM by GailA
Social Security News
Senior Citizens May Not Get Social Security COLA for Years Says Kaiser Medicare Brief
No Social Security increase also means higher Medicare Part B fees for many seniors says the analysis.
June 29, 2009 – Senior citizens are not expected to receive a cost of living adjustment (COLA) in 2010 – for the first time ever. What’s worse, they may not receive an increase for the next three years. And, it keeps getting worse – no COLA means high Medicare Part B premiums for about a quarter of all Medicare beneficiaries, according to an analysis by the the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation.
The Medicare Issue Brief, based on the most recent projections of the Medicare and Social Security Trustees, explains the relationship between the Social Security COLA and the Medicare Part B premium, and the implications for those who are covered by both programs.
With Medicare Part B spending expected to continue to increase in the coming years, beneficiary premium contributions are also expected to rise to cover 25 percent of total Part B spending as required by law. Not all Medicare beneficiaries will be affected. About three in four Medicare beneficiaries are protected by a “hold-harmless” provision in the law that ensures that their Medicare premiums do not increase more than any increase in Social Security premiums, according to the report.
Thus, the higher premiums would fall on the remaining one quarter of beneficiaries – with monthly premiums expected to rise from $96.40 this year to $104.20 in 2010 and $120.20 in 2011.
Because most in this group are low-income beneficiaries eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid benefits, Medicaid would pay the cost of the monthly Part B premium, increasing Medicaid costs for states.
Higher-income beneficiaries who are required to pay an income-related surcharge in addition to the monthly Part B premium would also pay the higher rate, as would any new enrollees who did not receive Social Security payments in the previous year and/or were not covered under Part B.
This issue brief was prepared by Tricia Neuman and Juliette Cubanski of the Kaiser FamilyFoundation. Lisa Potetz of Health Policy Alternatives provided http://www.kff.org/medicare/upload/7912.pdf
Link to brief
——————————————————————————–
TOPICS: Culture/Society; Front Page News; Government; Politics/Elections
KEYWORDS: 2010; aarp; agenda; bho44; bhoeconomy; bhohealthcare; democrats; economy; elections; healthcare; healthinsurance; hopeychangey; medicare; medicarepartb; obamacare; seniorcitizens; seniors; socializedmedicine; socialsecurity; ss; taxes Link to Scott Brown, dems want to cut Military Tricare health insurance
Link to Scott Brown debate, dems want to cut Military Tricare health insurance
No COLA raise for Seniors, No COLA raise for retired Military, cuts to Medicare and Tricare, we families who depend on Tricare for our secondary health insurance after our spouses spent 20 or more years serving their country are going to be getting double screwed with the cuts and increases in premiums and fees.
In the Hannity interview the remark went totally over Hannity’s head. I don’t think any of the talk radio host know what Tricare is!
TRI CARE FOR LIFE This from a google search:
Link to Tricare cuts
This option would help reduce the costs of TFL, as well as costs for Medicare, by introducing minimum out-of pocket requirements for beneficiaries. Under this option, TFL would not cover any of the first $525 of an enrollee’s cost-sharing liabilities for calendar year 2011 and would limit coverage to 50 percent of the next $4,725 in Medicare cost sharing that the beneficiary incurred. (Because all further cost sharing would be covered by TFL, enrollees could not pay more than $2,888 in cost sharing in that year.)
Link to pdf
November 6, 2009 | Rep Buyer and Rep McKeon
Link to article
Bill Would Restrict Veterans’ Health Care Options
Buyer and McKeon Offer Amendments to Protect Veterans and TRICARE Beneficiaries
1 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:30:53 AM by GailA
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: GailA
The lesson here is, live by the government, die by the government.
Meanwhile, the Obama Administration is making sweetheart deals with unions to get its execrable pile-of-junk healthcare bill passed.
2 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:34:07 AM by popdonnelly (Yes, we disagree – no, we won’t shut up – no, we won’t quit.)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: GailA
All Ponzi schemes fall apart eventually.
3 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:35:25 AM by ClearCase_guy (We have the 1st so that we can call on people to rebel. We have 2nd so that they can.)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: GailA
Ole Matt said last June that it would be 2 years, obviously they are planning for a huge inflation rate for the next 3 years.
Plan on cutting the budget by cutting the benes for SS/Military, BUT does this apply to FED EMPLOYEES.
Wonder if only “working” FED employees get an increase.
LIKE CONGRESS.
Anyone know the answer to this one.
4 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:37:16 AM by Marty62 (former Marty60)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: GailA
How can this be? Wasn’t it the Democrats that said we have to beware of the Republicans who would take benefits from seniors? Now the Democrats have done it? /s
5 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:37:20 AM by ThePatriotsFlag (http://www.thepatriotsflag.com – The Patriot’s Flag)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: GailA
But I’ll bet that al federal government employees and retirees will receive their 3% annual raises and increasess!!!
6 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:37:29 AM by Uncle Chip (TRUTH : Ignore it. Deride it. Allegorize it. Interpret it. But you can’t ESCAPE it.)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: popdonnelly
I would also expect congress to take their increases every year.
7 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:38:09 AM by Recon Dad ( USMC SSgt Patrick O – 3rd Afghanistan Deployment – Day 87)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 2 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: Uncle Chip
But I’ll bet that al federal government employees and retirees will receive their 3% annual raises and increasess!!!
You lose. I am a retired federal employee. Our COLAs are tied directly the CPI-W figures just like SS. We get the same increases or lack thereof. No raise this year and probably none next year at a minimum. Active federal employees use a different system for the computation of their increases, which amount to 2% this year.
8 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:42:25 AM by kabar
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 6 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: GailA
Thus, the higher premiums would fall on the remaining one quarter of beneficiaries – with monthly premiums expected to rise from $96.40 this year to $104.20 in 2010 and $120.20 in 2011.
NOT TRUE!!!
I turn 65 next month. I have already been informed by the SSA that my premiums for Medicare Pt. B will be $110.50/mo. The SSA also says that after they contact the IRS, this amount may increase (retro-actively to Feb.1) depending on my total income.
I’m not complaining about not getting COLA or the amount of my Medicare premiums, just stating a fact.
9 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:42:34 AM by Roccus (ABLE DANGER?????……………….What’s an ABLE DANGER???)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: GailA
When I read the headline what first came to mind was all of those seniors cheering on “The One” for hope and change during the Presidential campaign.
10 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:45:24 AM by ladyvet (WOLVERINES!!!!!)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: GailA
If these morons in Congress can deny Seniors their Cola raises then they better roll back any recent raises and any future raises for themselves.
Vote all of them out on the street, NO Pay, NO Pensions, No Health Care,NOTHING !!
11 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:51:22 AM by chatham
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: Marty62
Fed employees just got a pay raise, and congress gets one automatically each year plus extra perks. And it is not a tiny raise like they give SS, disabled Vets, retired Military and disabled on SS.
It’s just not the benefit cuts, it’s the fee hikes along with the inflation that will really put the squeeze on us seniors. We are already feeling the pinch with increased cost of living for food, gas etc. Along with the pay cut while small $10.80 with the income tax fiddling the demwits did we’ve had to cut corners where ever we can.
And when seniors have less available extra cash then they don’t contribute to church or charities, give presents to grand kids, etc….snowball effect on the economy.
I planted a veggie garden last year and intend to expand it this year. The old Victory Garden…home owner’s association can go fly a kite, if they don’t like it. I hid the green beans in behind the azeleas out front and on the side of the house. We have a huge hill for a back yard.
12 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:55:25 AM by GailA (obamacare paid for by cuts & taxes on most vulnerable Veterans, disabled,seniors & retired Military)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 4 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: ladyvet
When I read the headline what first came to mind was all of those seniors cheering on “The One” for hope and change during the Presidential campaign.
You should be remembering younger voters, because the seniors voted republican.
13 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:55:26 AM by ansel12 (anti SoCon. Earl Warren’s court 1953-1969, libertarian hero, anti social conservative loser.)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 10 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: Roccus
This is a report on the Kaiser Foundation report, and we all know how LEFT wing the Kaiser Foundation is, they may have just been conservative in their math, and it was done in June, a lot has changed in the last couple of months.
14 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 9:58:50 AM by GailA (obamacare paid for by cuts & taxes on most vulnerable Veterans, disabled,seniors & retired Military)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 9 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: ladyvet
Yes. I suspect the majority of Seniors voted for Zero. I am so sorry that they weren’t more curious about what he would REALLY do in office, instead of what he SAID he would do. Those of us who looked beneath the smarmy veneer KNEW what was coming with Zero.
15 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 10:03:44 AM by originalbuckeye
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 10 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: ansel12
“because the seniors voted republican. “
You live in a dream world!
My polling place is in a senior community and 65% of them are democrap!
The biggest percentage of seniors over 70 are democrap.
16 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 10:09:40 AM by dalereed
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 13 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: GailA
I remember during the 2nd worst Presidents aftermath. A SS eligible woman was living in her home alone.
Her daughter would come over to check on her. She would always check her cabinets and fidge to make sure she had plenty of food.
She collapsed one day and a neighbor called the ems.
When the Doc told her that her Mother was suffering from MALNUTRITION, she couldn’t believe it.
When she went to her home she found that her Mother had neatly placed the empty boxes neatly back in the Cabinets.
Empty milk cartons in the fridge etc.
Expect muchh more of this type of thing happening.
My question is, will they get medical care? Useless eaters you know.
17 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 10:11:12 AM by Marty62 (former Marty60)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 12 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: ansel12
…because the seniors voted republican.
How can you say that? There’s plenty of Democratic seniors. I expected most of the youth vote to go to the shiny new object but the seniors should have known better.
18 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 10:16:44 AM by ladyvet (WOLVERINES!!!!!)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 13 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: ThePatriotsFlag
How can this be? Wasn’t it the Democrats that said we have to beware of the Republicans who would take benefits from seniors? Now the Democrats have done it?
Needs to be repeated every 30 minutes!
Thanks TPF!!
19 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 10:18:45 AM by Budge (Who will protect us from the protectors?)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 5 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: originalbuckeye
Yes. I suspect the majority of Seniors voted for Zero.
No they didn’t. The following is pulled from a left-of-center site, but there’s plenty more out there that can be collaborated on a quick search:
Election Day was full of historic results for Barack Obama. But his performance among seniors (age 65 and over) provided one of the few lower points, as exit polls show that Obama lost to John McCain among seniors 45 to 53 percent. According to the exit polls, while Obama made gains with nearly all groups compared to John Kerry, this did not happen with seniors.
20 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 10:24:34 AM by browardchad (“Everyone is entitled to his own opinion, but not to his own fact.” – Daniel P Moynihan)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 15 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: originalbuckeye
As much as I despise Obama, he has nothing to do with COLA increases for SS. They are based on a formula approved by Congress. COLA Estimates
21 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 11:01:26 AM by kabar
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 15 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: GailA
Hell that would not be too bad if actually there was no inflation. I wonder what is in the ‘market basket’ that evidences no inflation? Obviously it must exclude food, meds, taxes, and rent. Oh also, senior income has gone down along with their investment interest rates hovering around 1%. It’s lose-lose for seniors.
22 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 11:09:33 AM by ex-snook (“Above all things, truth beareth away the victory.”)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 1 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: browardchad
Unlike among the electorate as a whole, Obama was not able to assuage the fear among white seniors that the change he would bring would be detrimental to their lives. (from the site) I stand corrected. It would appear that at least white Seniors realized the danger of an Obama Administration……and it turns out they were right.
23 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 11:23:21 AM by originalbuckeye
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 20 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: Uncle Chip
[[But I’ll bet that al federal government employees and retirees will receive their 3% annual raises and increasess!!!]]
You bet they did- while seniors, many who live on only $600 a month because they all worked minimum wage jobs, and hterefore get only the bare minimum SS now, struggle to get by each month, congress, who make an average of $80,000 per year, gave themselves an average of $4500 COLA (they call it a pay raise, but it’s a COLA make no mistake about it). While seniors receiving the minimum would have had an increase in their ‘COLA’ increase of only $12 or so dollars per month, they congress criminals gave themsleves an increase of al,ost $450 per month increase to go along with hteir swanky $80,000 a year ‘salary’ for hwich they do hardly any work- many times only workign about 7-15 days per month, and not even putting in full days (Note- Congress only worked 7 days last Febuary, and those weren’t even full days- they cotinually give htemselves ‘vacations’, sometimes for a month or even more- apparently htinking they’ve ‘earned’ it, while Seniors sit in their homes freezing and having little to eat and paying through the nose for overpriced medications.
24 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 12:09:44 PM by CottShop (Scientific belief does not constitute scientific evidence, nor does it convey scientific knowledge)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 6 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: ex-snook
[[Hell that would not be too bad if actually there was no inflation.]]
Or insurance rate icnreases, water bill increases, electricity price increases, gasoline price increases, (we’re almost over $3.00 a gallon again, and htere’s been ‘no COL increase’?), no price of milk increase, cheeze, eggs, etc etc etc- however, ALL these and much more has indeed risen over the past year, but by golly, the Fed declares there’s been no COL increase, so thsoe ‘greedy senoirs’ who are ‘sponging off hte govenrment’ get no COL increase, but Fed employeees get their COL increase per usual
25 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 12:16:13 PM by CottShop (Scientific belief does not constitute scientific evidence, nor does it convey scientific knowledge)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 22 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: browardchad
“Obama made gains with nearly all groups compared to John Kerry, this did not happen with seniors.”
Seniors had many more years of experience/seasoning and thus apparently were far better BS detectors than young voters who voted with their hearts rather than their heads.
Obama showed his gratitude towards young voters by endorsing a mandate that they all buy health insurance at actuarially unfair premiums that ensured they would subsidize older people (whose incomes typically are far higher than those of a young worker just starting a career). Of course, in the election campaign, Obama lambasted Hillary for proposing just such a mandate, but his stringent opposition to an individual mandate was just one of many campaign promises tossed aside when it became politically convenient to do so.
These same youngsters also will pay through the nose for the tsunami of deficits being incurred under Obama’s watch.
26 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 12:26:35 PM by DrC
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 20 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: ladyvet; dalereed
Sorry guys, the strongest republican vote of any age group in 2008 was the senior citizens, second was the boomers, younger than the boomers was a huge turn out for Obama and the 18-29 year olds went 66% Obama.
27 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 12:50:27 PM by ansel12 (anti SoCon. Earl Warren’s court 1953-1969, libertarian hero, anti social conservative loser.)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 18 | View Replies]
——————————————————————————–
To: chatham
It’s not just seniors on SS, but our Veterans on VA disability, our retired Military, who served for lower pay than a civilian would have gotten for the same job.
It’s also the cuts to their benefits the increase in fees for those cut benefits, the rising cost of food, utilities. You put all that in one package and your really hurt a lot of Americans.
We are hearing MORE property taxes here in Memphis, they didn’t fund the schools last year or this year, now they want us to pay more property taxes for it. (It’s a cost sharing with the county, Memphis didn’t pay their share.)
28 posted on Friday, January 15, 2010 2:22:09 PM by GailA (obamacare paid for by cuts & taxes on most vulnerable Veterans, disabled,seniors & retired Military)
[ Post Reply | Private Reply | To 11 | View Replies]
Disclaimer: Opinions posted on Free Republic are those of the individual posters and do not necessarily represent the opinion of Free Republic or its management. All materials posted herein are protected by copyright law and the exemption for fair use of copyrighted works.
Free Republic
Browse · Search News/Activism
Topics · Post Article
——————————————————————————–
FreeRepublic, LLC, PO BOX 9771, FRESNO, CA 93794
FreeRepublic.com is powered by software copyright 2000-2008 John Robinson
// //
![]() |
||||||||||||||||||
| With Congress spending TRILLIONS of taxpayer dollars and the Federal Reserve literally creating money out of thin air, it’s never been more important you and I force Congress to Audit the Fed.
That’s why it is vital you sign this petition to your Senators and Representative DEMANDING they support Rep. Ron Paul’s Audit the Fed Bill. After you sign, please make a contribution to Campaign for Liberty to get more folks in this fight. Unlike the Federal Reserve, Campaign for Liberty cannot just print money out of thin air to spread the word. “Audit the Federal Reserve”
Petition to the US Congress
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Please submit the information below to sign the petition. Copies will be sent to
your Senators and Congressman.
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Campaign for Liberty is a 501(c)4 lobbying organization which neither supports nor opposes candidates for public office and claims © 2009 Campaign For Liberty | 5211 Port Royal Road, Suite 310, Springfield, VA 22151 | (703) 865-7162 (V) | (703) 865-7549 (F) |
||||||||||||||||||
// // // // <![CDATA[
// METATRAFFIC -- COPYRIGHT (C) 2002-2005, Brinkster Site Statistics Corp.
var pagetitle = document.title;
var action = "";
var amount = "0";
var order = "";
var scriptlocation = "/stats/track.asp";
var pagedata = 'mtpt=' + escape(pagetitle) + '&mtac=' + escape(action) + '&mta=' + amount + '&mto=' + escape(order) + '&mtr=' + escape(document.referrer) + '&mtt=2&mts=' + window.screen.width + 'x' + window.screen.height + '&mti=1&mtz=' + Math.random();
document.write ('');
// ]]>
WHO WOULD MAKE A BETTER OR MORE QUALLFIED OR HAS MORE EXPERIANCE IN FOREIGN AFFAIRS. WE NEED A PRESIDENT THAT IS GOING TO STAND UP FOR OUR COUNTRY NOT GO AROUND THE WORLD BOWING TO WORLD POWERS WHO ARE OUR ENEMY!!!
I THINK HE KNOWS HOW TO PUT AN END TO THE WARS THAT WE ARE IN.
Woods Hole scientists ‘protected’ off Chile coastText Size: A | A | A
Print this Article Email this Article ShareThis
By Aaron Gouveia
agouveia@capecodonline.com
February 28, 2010WOODS HOLE — Several scientists from the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution were on research boats off the coast of Chile during yesterday’s earthquake and after shocks.
The 60 WHOI personnel on the research vessel Atlantis were 200 miles west of Arica, Chile, when the 8.8-magnitude quake hit early yesterday morning, said Al Suchy, director of ship operations at WHOI. No one associated with WHOI was injured by the quake and the ship did not experience any tsunami-related trouble, he said.
“Because of the distance, they were pretty well protected at that point,” Suchy said of the Atlantis crew. “Being on the water is actually the best place to be for something like that.”
The ship is on a biological sampling voyage, Suchy said, and has been on the water since leaving Iquique, Chile, on Jan. 29.
The Atlantis is scheduled to head back to port in Arica, Chile, on Wednesday, but Suchy said the damage in the port city may be too severe for the ship to dock.
Suchy has not yet been able to get in touch with WHOI’s contacts in Arica and said he may have to redirect the ship to another port, possibly as far away as Panama.
Also off the coast of Chile are five other WHOI researchers on the research vessel Melville — owned by the Scripps Institution of Oceanography in California — for a 24-day mission to examine the Chile Triple Junction, where three tectonic plates intersect.
Suchy said he has limited responsibility for the Melville voyage, but added he received an e-mail yesterday from the Melville crew reporting no injuries or problems resulting from the earthquake.
HOME
Today’s most viewed articles
Not your average Joe (Kennedy) – 2/28/2010Marie Osmond’s son dies in Los Angeles – 2/28/2010′American Idol’ dad can carry his own tune – 2/28/2010Police: Gunshots fired outside restaurant – 2/28/2010Man beaten with bat in Harwich – 2/28/2010Calling all Sagamore Bridge users – 2/28/2010Ads by Google
“Iron” Mike’s Favorite Quotes:
“In the cold darkness, where the predators wait in ambush, nobody cares how fast your draw is, nor what your score was, nor how many certificates you’ve collected.”
– Gabe Suarez
——————————————————————————–
“A 99 percent shooter with a 1 percent brain will almost invariably be beaten in a gunfight by the 1 percent shooter who has a 99 percent brain. Since the dawn of mankind, humans have had to rely on their thinking prowess to survive. The firearm is merely the means to attain the end.”
– Louis Awerbuck
——————————————————————————–
“A fear of weapons is a sign of retarded sexual and emotional maturity.”
– Sigmund Freud
——————————————————————————–
“A good plan executed now, is better than a perfect plan executed next week.”
– Patton
——————————————————————————–
“A man has got to know his limitations.”
– Dirty Harry Callahan
——————————————————————————–
“A man who has nothing for which he is willing to fight, nothing he cares more about than his own personal safety, is a miserable creature who has no chance of staying free unless made and kept so by the exertions of better man than himself.”
– John Stuart Mill
——————————————————————————–
“A man’s greatest work is to break his enemies, to drive them before him, to take from them all the things that have been theirs, to hear the weeping of those that cherished them, to take their horses between his knees and press in his arms the most desirable of their women.”
– Genghis Khan
——————————————————————————–
“A Master of Arms is more honorable than a Master of Arts, for good fighting came before writing.”
– Marston, in Paradox XV, A.D. 1617
——————————————————————————–
“A sword never kills anybody; it is a tool in the killer’s hand.”
– Lucius Annaeus Seneca, c. 4BC – 65AD
——————————————————————————–
“A warrior who is prepared to fight must also be prepared to die.”
– Sun Tzu
——————————————————————————–
“Aggressive fighting for the right is the noblest sport the world affords.”
– Theodore Roosevelt
——————————————————————————–
“Ammunition . . . The precious metal of the future.”
– Unknown
——————————————————————————–
“An appeaser is one who feeds the crocodile – hoping it will eat him last.”
– Winston Churchill
——————————————————————————–
“An armed man is a citizen. An unarmed man is a subject.”
– Unknown
——————————————————————————–
“And he that hath no sword, let him sell his garment, and buy one.”
– Luke 22.36
——————————————————————————–
“Anyone who gets in a fair fight…has no tactical skills.”
– Anonymous
——————————————————————————–
“Better a good enemy than a bad friend.”
– Plato
——————————————————————————–
“Better to have a gun and not need it, than to need it and not have it.”
– David Crosby
——————————————————————————–
“Courage is being scared to death and saddling up anyway.”
– John Wayne
——————————————————————————–
“Cowards die many times before their deaths; The valiant never taste of death but once.”
– William Shakespeare
——————————————————————————–
“Democracy is two wolves and a lamb voting on what to have for lunch. Liberty is a well armed lamb contesting the vote.”
– Benjamin Franklin, 1759.
——————————————————————————–
“Diplomacy is the art of saying ‘nice doggy’ until you can find a rock.”
– Wynn Cotlin
——————————————————————————–
“Do you care about freedom? Dreams may have inspired it, and wishes prompted it, but only war and weapons have made it yours.”
– Robert Ardrey
——————————————————————————–
“Fear of death will not prevent dying but it may prevent living.”
– Anonymous
——————————————————————————–
“Firearms stand next in importance to the Constitution itself . . . they deserve a place of honor with all that’s good.”
– George Washington
——————————————————————————–
“‘Heroism’ is not the same as coping. A man who does his job properly and succeeds through his own efforts is definitely to be commended, but he is not a hero in the classic sense until he deliberately lays his life on the line for a cause he deems to be greater than himself.”
– Jeff Cooper
——————————————————————————–
“I do believe that where there is a choice only between cowardice and violence I would advise violence.”
– Mohandas Gandhi
——————————————————————————–
“I won’t back down, I’ll stand my ground, you can stand me up at the gates of hell, but I won’t back down.”
– Tom Petty
——————————————————————————–
“If I must choose between righteousness and peace, I choose righteousness.”
– Theodore Roosevelt
——————————————————————————–
“If you know how to shoot, and are quite ready to shoot, the chances are that you won’t have to shoot.”
– Blackjack Pershing
——————————————————————————–
“If you look like a rabbit, and act like a rabbit, you will be treated like a rabbit – prey for all predators.”
– Stony Loft
——————————————————————————–
“In ascending order the qualities of Patriotism are:
1. To work, fight, or die for your own survival.
2. To work, fight, or die for your immediate family.
3. To work, fight, or die for a group, extended family, tribe, or clan.
4. To work, fight, or die for a group too large for all the individuals to know each other.
5. To work, fight, or die for a way of life.”
– Robert A. Heinlein
——————————————————————————–
“In the beginning of a change, the PATRIOT is a scarce man and brave, hated and scorned. When his cause succeeds, however, the timid join him, for then it costs nothing to be a patriot.”
– Mark Twain
——————————————————————————–
“It is a sin to be silent when it is your duty to protest.”
– Abraham Lincoln
——————————————————————————–
“It is better to die on your feet than to live on your knees!”
– Emiliano Zapata
——————————————————————————–
“Mine honour is my life; both grow in one; take honour from me, and my life is done.”
– King Richard II
——————————————————————————–
“Now I don’t know, but I been told it’s hard to run with the weight of gold, On the other hand I have heard it said, it’s just as hard with the weight of lead.”
– The Grateful Dead
——————————————————————————–
“One of these days the talking will be over and the citizenry of the United States will decide whether or not to remain free.”
– Dan W. Shoemaker
——————————————————————————–
“Only a fool confuses preparedness with paranoia.”
– Anonymous
——————————————————————————–
“Only an armed man can have political rights.”
– Old Swiss tradition
——————————————————————————–
“Our death is not an end if we can live on in our children and the younger generation. For they are us; our bodies are only wilted leaves on the tree of life.”
– Albert Einsten
——————————————————————————–
“The art of war is simple enough. Find out where your enemy is. Get at him as soon as you can. Strike him as hard as you can and as often as you can, and keep moving on.”
– Ulysses S. Grant
——————————————————————————–
“The essence of life is struggle, and its goal is domination. There are higher goals and deeper meanings, but they exist only within the mind of man. The reality of life is war.”
– Lovret
——————————————————————————–
“The highest obligation and privilege of citizenship is bearing arms.”
– General George S. Patton Jr.
——————————————————————————–
“The more thou sweateth in training, the less thou bleedeth in combat.”
– Richard Marcinko, Seal Team 6
——————————————————————————–
“The object of war is not to die for your country, but to make the other bastard die for his.”
– General George S. Patton Jr.
——————————————————————————–
“The only good enemy is a dead enemy.”
– General George S. Patton Jr.
——————————————————————————–
“The only thing necessary for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing.”
– Edmund Burke
——————————————————————————–
“The pen is mightier than the sword, only if the sword is kept sharp, and the man that writes with the pen is willing and able to fight with the sword!”
– Don Cross
——————————————————————————–
“The pen is mightier than the sword…except in a swordfight.”
– Anonymous
——————————————————————————–
“The pistol – learn it well and wear it always.”
– Jeff Cooper
——————————————————————————–
“The reason there are so many stupid people is because it’s illegal to kill them.”
– John Wayne, Sands of Iwo Jima
——————————————————————————–
“The strongest reason for the people to retain the right to keep and bear arms is, as a last resort, to protect themselves against tyranny in government.”
– Thomas Jefferson
——————————————————————————–
“The sword is more important than the shield, and skill is more important than either. The final weapon is the brain. All else is supplemental.”
– John Steinbeck
——————————————————————————–
“The tank, the B-52, the fighter-bomber, the state-controlled police and military are the weapons of dictatorship. The rifle is the weapon democracy. If guns are outlawed, only the government will have guns. Only the police, the secret police, the military. The hired servants of our rulers. Only the government and a few outlaws. I intend to be among the outlaws.”
– Edward Abbey The Right to Arms (New York, 1979).
——————————————————————————–
“The truth is that any good modern rifle is good enough. The determining factor is the man behind the gun.”
– Theodore Roosevelt, 1910.
——————————————————————————–
“The unarmed man is not just defenseless he is also contemptible.”
– Machiavelli
——————————————————————————–
“The warrior is to be always single minded with one object in view: to destroy, looking neither backward nor sideways to go straight forward in order to crush the enemy.”
– Daisetz Suzuki
——————————————————————————–
“‘IRON’ MIKE’S FAVORITE QUOTE OF ALL TIME: The wolf cares not, how many the sheep be.”
– Plato
——————————————————————————–
“There are going to be situations where people are going to go without assistance. That’s just the facts of life.”
– LA Police Chief Gates.
——————————————————————————–
“There are no such things as dangerous weapons. There are only dangerous men.”
– Robert Heinlein, Methuselah
——————————————————————————–
“There is no shame in defeat as long as the spirit is unconquered.”
– Fenix Starcraf
——————————————————————————–
“This country, with its institutions, belongs to the people who inhabit it. Whenever they shall grow weary of the existing Government, they can exercise their constitutional right of amending it or their revolutionary right to dismember or overthrow it.”
– Lincoln’s First Inaugural Address, March 4, 1861.
——————————————————————————–
“Tis better to be armed and never need to be than to be unarmed and need to be armed.”
– Jeff Cooper
——————————————————————————–
“Tis true that the pen is mightier than the sword, but far more have died for want of a sword than will die for lack of a pen.”
– Curtis Mohr
——————————————————————————–
“War is an ugly thing but not the ugliest of things; the decayed and degraded state of moral and patriotic feelings which thinks that nothing is worth war is much worse. A man who has nothing for which he is willing to fight, nothing which is more important than his own personal safety, is a miserable creature and has no chance of being free unless made and kept so by the exertions of better men than himself.”
– John Stuart Mill
——————————————————————————–
“Waste enemies, not ammunition.”
– Mark Moritz
——————————————————————————–
“Well, boys, the’ve got us surrounded…. the bastards can’t get away now!”
– Chesty Puller
——————————————————————————–
“When in doubt, shoot it out.”
– Jason Mott
——————————————————————————–
“Whenever there is light enough to see your sights you should have your boots on.”
– Anonymous
——————————————————————————–
“You have the rest of your life to solve your problems. How long you live depends on how well you do it.”
– Clint Smith
——————————————————————————–
“TEST QUOTE”
– Anonymous
——————————————————————————–
“”Walk a mile to avoid a fight but when one starts, don’t back down an inch.” “
– -Unknown
——————————————————————————–
” “.308 … because people have a strange tendency to get behind things when you start shooting at them.”"
– Unknown
——————————————————————————–
“It is foolish and wrong to mourn the men who died. Rather we should thank God that such men lived. “
– Gen. George S. Patton
——————————————————————————–
“An armed society is a polite society. Manners are good when one may have to back up his acts with his life. “
– Robert A. Heinlein
——————————————————————————–
“A creative man is motivated by the desire to achieve, not by the desire to beat others. “
– – Ayn Rand
——————————————————————————–
“”The true soldier fights not because he hates what is in front of him, but because he loves what is behind him.”"
– G.K. Chesterton
——————————————————————————–
“” BEWARE THE FURY OF A PATIENT MAN” “
– -John Dryden
——————————————————————————–
“The kill is the satisfying, indeed essential, conclusion to a successful hunt. But, I take no pleasure in the act itself. One does not hunt in order to kill, but kills in order to have hunted. Then why do I hunt? I hunt for the same reason other predators hunt…because I must, because it is in the blood, because I am the decendent of a thousand generations of hunters. I hunt because I am a hunter.”
– Finn Aagard
——————————————————————————–
“Pacifism is a privilege of the protected. They can exercise their pacifism because they are sheltered by those who would defend them.”
– – Unkown
——————————————————————————–
“”The pacifist is as surely a traitor to his country and to humanity as is the most brutal wrongdoer” – Theodore Roosevelt”
– – Theodore Roosevelt
——————————————————————————–

House Democrats Appear Set to Pass Senate Bill Without Voting on It
By Jon Ward
Friday, March 12
Republicans now expect Democrats to pass health care through the House with a trick only Capitol Hill could dream up: approving the Senate bill without voting on it.
It’s called the “Slaughter Solution” (prepare for a weekend of endless TV gabbing about it).
And after debating House Majority Leader Steny Hoyer on the chamber floor, Minority Whip Eric Cantor emerged convinced that Democrats are going to use the tactic, and that they won’t allow Republicans, and the public, to see the text of any legislation for 72 hours before a vote.
“I can infer that we’re going to see a rule that will deem the Senate bill as having passed, and at the same time not even have 72 hours to even look at what they are passing,” Cantor, a Virginia Republican, said in an interview outside his office at the Capitol.
“The outrage to me on the part of the public is going to be focused on the fact that there is not even an up or down vote, a clean up or down vote,” Cantor said.
Here’s the reason Democrats are using such a complicated procedure: many in the House completely do not trust the Senate to pass fixes to the bill passed by the Senate in December. But according to the rules of reconciliation, the House must go first in passing the Senate bill and passing a reconciliation fix.
So House Democrats have been searching for a way to alleviate members’ concerns that if they vote for the Senate bill and the Senate does nothing to fix it, they will be hung out to dry as having supported a piece of legislation that many across the country dislike, either for spending reasons, or because of special provisions like the extra money for Nebraska’s Medicaid population (the “Cornhusker kickback”).
Technically, using the “Slaughter solution,” they’ll never have voted for the bill they find odious, even if their vote on the reconciliation legislation will have been the vote that passed the Senate bill into law.
House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, California Democrat, alluded to all this at her weekly press conference Friday.
“There are certain assurances that they want and that we will get for them before I ask them to take a vote,” Pelosi said.
The “Slaughter solution” is named for House Rules Committee Chairman Louise Slaughter, the New York Democrat who came up with the idea. She told the Daily Caller on Thursday that the chances of her procedure being used were “pretty good.”
Despite doubt among some on Capitol Hill on whether the “Slaughter solution” was feasible, Cantor expressed no doubt that the tactic could be used.
“It’s a self-executing rule. It is akin to passage but hidden in a rule as a side-note, passing the 2,700-page, $1 trillion bill, oh by the way,” he said.
Hoyer rejected the idea that Republicans have not had enough time to review the legislation.
“You have had months to review the substance of that bill. You don’t like it. We understand. You’re going to oppose it. We understand that as well. The fact of the matter is you cannot say you have had no notice of each and every provision for over two months,” said Hoyer, a Maryland Democrat.
Cantor said he wanted 72 hours to review the final text of the reconciliation bill.
“The reconciliation bill is new text. He claims it’s old hat, but this is clearly where they’re reconciling differences,” Cantor said, expressing concern that Democrats would rush the final text to the House floor for a vote to keep “sweeteners” used to buy off votes from being discovered.
Democrats are coalescing around a schedule for the bill’s route to the House floor for a vote. They are expecting a final score from the Congressional Budget Office later today.
On Monday, the House Budget Committee will mark the bill up, leading to an expected vote in the Rules Committee on Wednesday, with a final vote by the full House possible next weekend.
The question remains, however, whether Pelosi will even be able to round up enough votes to pass a bill.
Momentum continued to go the wrong direction for her on Friday, as two more Democrats said they are opposed to the bill.
ARE YOU GOING TO TELL ME THAT WE STILL LIVE IN A DEMOCRACY?????.
IT SOUNDS LIKE A DIC
TATORSHIP TO ME!!!!
THIS SHOULD BE THE LAST STRAW!!!
TIME FOR THE AMERICAN CITIZENS TO REVOLT AGAINST THIS LEGISTRATION!!!!
THE PATRIOT.
I am a retired police detective.
a korean war vetern. 82nd Airborne Div.
I worked as a diver on a research ship from cape cod Ma. for 4yrs. we traveled all over the world doing work for the navy Dept.
I am the father of 3 children